222 BASIC Computer Programs (1984)

222 BASIC
Computer Programs
for Home, School & Office
Universal BASIC books by Don Roberts
222 BASIC Computer Programs for Home, School & Office

Universal BASIC Computer Program Writing Workbook
222 BASIC
Computer Programs
for Home, School & Office
by Don Roberts
ARCsoft Publishers
WOODSBORO, MARYLAND
FIRST EDITION
FIRST PRINTING
© 1984 by ARCsoft Publishers, PO Box 132, Woodsboro, MD 21798 USA
Reproduction or publication of the contents of this book, in any manner,

without express permission of the publisher, is prohibited. No liability is
assumed with respect to the use of the information herein.
Trademark credits and software copyrights:

Microsoft BASIC is a trademark of Microsoft Corp.
Applications software, programs, and programming advice in this book are
copyright 1984 by ARCsoft Publishers.
ISBN 0-86668-039-X
Preface
Microcomputers are everywhere! They are the most
popular electronic tool today. Their lightweight desktop,
lap or pocket designs, and powerful BASIC language pro
gramming capabilities, place them at the forefront of the
new wave of high technology sweeping homes, offices,
laboratories, schools.
Not toys at all, these powerful, miniature decision
makers are highly useful in a business workspace, learn
ing arena, scientific environment, as well as for practical
jobs around the home.
The number of jobs to which a microcomputer can be
put is limited only by the scope of the imagination. In this
program-packed book we have attempted to create 222
new, specific, practical, serviceable, hard-working sets of
applications software in BASIC for your use.
The programs in this book are written for newcomers
and beginners, as well as for advanced users of microcom
puters who might be searching for new and different ways
to make their machines do real work. Our intention has been
to provide a giant library of easy-to-type ready-to-run or
nearly-ready BASIC programs so your computer can per
form useful tasks. You type them in and your computer does
the rest.
— Don Roberts
Table of Contents
program page
number number
Introduction 13
Fun & Games
1 Chinese Zodiac 20
2 Secret Letter 23
3 Shell Game 25
4 Backward Writer 28
5 Highball 28
6 Remarkable Person 30
7 Computer Guesses Your Number 31
8 Guess The Letter 33
9 Coasters 34
10 Blues 38
11 Coin Toss 40
12 Horoscope 40
13 Poetrywriter 44
14 Super Slot-0 47
15 Draw Straws 48
16 Funny Similes 50
17 Traditional Dice Roll 51
18 See Two Dice 52
19 See Four Dice 53
20 Secret Message 54
21 Original Hi/Lo Game 54
22 Manual Box Mover 55
23 Backward Writer II 56
24 Secret Message: Backwards Writer 57
25 Print Character Set 57
26 Whodunit? 58
27 Klingon Killer 59
28 Memory Tester I 60
29 Memory Tester II 62
30 Smart Computer 63
31 Parameters 64
32 Wood Chuck Chuck 65
33 Murder In The Mansion 67
34 Buried Treasure 69
35 Craps 72
36 Old West Shootout 73
37 Scrambled Egg 75
38 Lost Safari 78
39 Barrel of Apples 80
40 The Black Pearl 83
41 Saturn Death 84
42 Mystery Clues 87
43 Code Groups 88
44 Keeping Game Scores 88
45 Batting Average 89
46 Computer Rating Service 90
47 Box Score 91
48 Create A Quiz 92
49 Killing Time 93
Gee Whiz!
50 Gee Whiz I: Smart Adder 94

51 Gee Whiz II: Three-Digit Mystery 95
52 Gee Whiz III: Up, Down, Back, Forth 95
53 Gee Whiz IV: First Alphabet Spotter 96
54 Gee Whiz V: Second Alphabet Spotter 97
55 Gee Whiz VI: Who is Youngest? 97
For The Family
56 Birthstones 99
57 Three-Minute Egg Timer 100
58 Membership List 102
59 Photography: Filters 103
60 Photography: Close Ups 105
61 Photography: Flash Exposure 106
62 90-Day Calendar 107
63 Alphabet Code 109
64 High/Low Bowling Score 109
65 60-Second Timer 110
66 News Ticker 111
67 Event Timer 111
68 Day of the Year 112
69 Code Breaker 113
70 Jogger Logger 115
71 Name 'n Note List 118
72 Great Circle Navigation 120
73 Stopwatch 122
74 Password To Run 122
75 Three-Try Password 123
76 Memory Search 123
77 Super Number Reverser 123
78 Simulated RPN Calculator 124
79 Simulated Algebraic Calculator 125
80 Single-Digit Adding Machine 126
Home Finance Programs
81 How Money Grows 126

82 Deposit Doubler 127
83 Mortgage Loans 128
84 Installment Purchase Plan 130
85 Rule of 78s Loan-Interest Rebate 131
86 Loan Payments 132
87 Check Balancer 134
88 Reconciling a NOW Account 135
89 Finance Charge Refund 136
90 Charge Account Statement 138
91 Average Monthly Expenditure 139
92 Electric Bill Analysis 139
93 Savings Quickie 142
94 Monthly Loan Payment 143
95 Auto: Miles Per Gallon 143
96 Auto: Cost Per Mile 143
97 Auto: Miles In Gas Tank 145
98 Auto: Car Payments 146
99 Simple Interest 146
100 Compound Interest: Present Value 147
101 Compound Interest: Future 148
Value/Annual
Value/Quarterly
Value/Intermediate
104 Bank Loans 151
105 Checking Account Monthly Balancer 153
106 Decreasing Debts 155
107 Savings Accumulation 156
108 Shoppers Friend 156
Learning Programs
109 Temperature Converter 158

110 Foreign Capitals 159
111 Number of Days In A Month 161
112 Bubble Sort 162
113 Astronomy 163
114 State Geographic Centers 165
115 U.S. Presidents 167
116 Ohm's Law 169
117 Designing Active Filters 171
118 Major U.S. Cities 172
119 Body Surface Area & 175
120 Urea Removal 175
121 Canadian Provinces 176
122 Thermal Stress 177
123 Radio Frequency & Wavelength 178
124 Receiver Sensitivity 179
125 Horsepower 180
126 Math Flasher 181
127 Advanced Math Flasher 184
128 Weights & Measures 186
129 Lakes of the World 188
130 Deserts of the World 190
131 Volcanoes of the World 192
132 Chemistry: Elements 193
133 Chemistry: Atomic Numbers 196
134 Class Roll Sorter 200
135 Exam Score Sorter 201
136 Teacher's Grade Curve Graph 203
137 ASCII Conversion 204
138 Sentence Writer 204
139 Resistance 205
140 Time Constants: RL & RC 206
141 Heating Effect of a Current 206
142 Diagonal Of A Square 207
143 dB 207
144 State Capitals 208
145 History of Invention 210
146 Alphabetizing Test Evaluation 213
147 Foreign Measurements 215
148 World's Hottest Places 218
149 World's Coldest Places 219
150 Earth's Extremes 220
151 Test Timer 222
152 Screen Full 223
153 Sine Wave 223
154 Create A Table 224
155 Centered Message 224
156 Beautiful Braided Rug 225
157 Eyeball Scrambler 225
158 Draw A Line 225
159 Draw Bar Graphs 226
160 Random Bar Graph 227
161 Number Reverser 228
162 Changing Signs 228
163 Fraction Inverter 228
Business Matters
164 Making Change 229
165 Income Property Cash Flow Analysis 230
166 Daily Codes 231
167 Invoice Computer 232
168 Hourly Wages 233
169 Ad Campaign Profit 234
170 Advertising: Cost Per Thousand 235
171 Advertising: Cost Per Unit Sold 236
172 Media Money Massage 236
173 Salesman's Commission 238
174 Unit Price 238
175 Cash Receipts Comparer 239
176 Mark Up 240
177 Daily Receipts Adder 241
178 To Nearest 95 Cents 242
179 To The Nearest Penny 243
180 Percentage Off 243
181 Dollars & Cents 244
182 Shipments 244
183 Profit Estimator 245
184 Sales Required For A Profit 249
185 Gross & Net Computer 250
186 Answers: Yes-No Decision Maker 251
187 Answers: Executive Decision Maker 251
188 Answers: Superior Decision Maker 252
189 Selling Price of World Currencies 253
190 Percent To Decimal 254
Math Helper Programs

191 Volumes 255
192 Areas 256
193 Reciprocals 257
194 Averages 258
195 Fractional Feet 258
196 Standard Deviation 259
197 Normal Distribution 259
198 Spearmans Coefficient 260
199 Aggregate Classification 261
200 N-Month Moving Average 262
201 f-Distribution 262
202 t-Distribution 263
203 2x2 Contingency Table 264
204 Converting To Any Base 265
205 Binary/Decimal Decimal/Binary
Converter 266
206 Slope & Distance 267
207 Metric Converter 268
208 Pythagorean Theorem 269
209 Rounding Off Numbers 270
210 Fractional Portion of Number 271
211 Median and Mean 271
212 Circle Circumference 272
213 Delta Y Conversions 272
214 Which Is Largest? 275
215 Highest and Lowest 275
216 Mid-Range Numbers 276
Random Numbers
217 Every 10th Answer 276

218 Random Numbers: Zero to Nine 277
219 Random Numbers: Distribution 277
220 Random Numbers: Averages 279
221 Random Numbers: Sorting High/Low 279
222 Random Number Quality Checker 280
223 Sneaky Seeds 281
Introduction
With the immense popularity of microcomputers has
come a great need for practical, useful software to make
these machines do real work. The computers are very fast
and have large memories. They are powerful, flexible and
versatile. But what can they do?
The aim of this book is to provide 222 complete easy-to-
type, nearly-ready-to-run (many ready to run) sets of pro
gram listings for you to use in making your own microcom
puter—desktop, lap, briefcase, pocket—work for you.
Once you've purchased a computer and know how to
turn it on, you need down-to-earth workable programs to
run the computer. In this book, we provide program ideas
and appropriate complete easy-to-type sets of program list
ings for you to use in your own computer, to make it work
for you.
The 222 BASIC programs in this library are considered
not machine specific. That is, they are designed to run on
any computer which is set up for programming in the BASIC
language. Some of these programs may run in your com
puter exactly as you find them in this book. More likely, you
will make minor modifications to some program lines.
In writing a universal non-machine specific book, the
13
most universal forms of BASIC are used. However, each
hardware manufacturer offers his equipment with a slightly
different version of BASIC. Please check your computer's
instruction manual for the list of BASIC words in its vocabu
lary.
See how each BASIC word is used in your computer.
Compare that usage with the use of similar words in this
book. Note any differences and make appropriate changes
to any program as you type it into your computer.
These programs haye a timeless quality to them and will
be as useful tomorrow as today. It is hoped they provide an
exciting learning invitation to the new and beginning pro
grammer, and refreshing exercise for more advanced
computer owners.
The book has been divided into several sections to
make future reference easier:
Fun & Games includes game programs and programs
designed to make computer games easier to write and use.
Text On Text has programs which are useful when us
ing the computer to handle words and symbols.
Number Crunching is a section of programs designed
to turn your computer into a powerful math machine.
Gee Whiz includes programs you will use to WOW your
friends, neighbors, relatives.
Learning Programs contains educational materials,
useful for students and teachers. Learn geography, chem
istry, astronomy, science, history, and more.
Family Programs are personal improvement software
for use in and around the home.
Business Matters includes programs for use in the
small-business office, professional office, and other work
space environment.
Money, Financial & Banking is a section devoted to per
sonal money management.
Graphs has various easy-to-use video displays.
Random Numbers shows different ways to obtain
pseudorandom numbers and things to do with those
numbers.
Odds & Ends is just that.
Naturally, these sections are not rigid dividing lines.
You probably will find programs in the business or learning
sections which are useful in your home. Or you may take
14
one of the home programs to work or school. Try them all.
They're great fun to run.And they are especiallydesigned to
be short so you won't have to spend hours typing them into
your computer.
Making them RUN
These programs will run on any computer which can be
programmed in the BASIC language. However, it is likely
you will need to modify some or all of the lines of a program
to make it work with the version of BASIC in your computer.
Each hardware manufacturer makes his own BASIC slightly
different from all other manufacturers.
Graphics commands, especially, will differ from com
puter system to computer system.
Multiple-statement lines, using the colon (:) symbol,
can be quite different in various hardware brand names.
Many computers don't even permit multiple statements on
one BASIC program line. If you find that your computer will
not accept two BASIC statements on one line, change the
one line into two or more, each with its own individual line
number.
Such things as line numbering, spacing between words
or symbols, logical tests, multiplication symbols, print
statements, precision math, and other instructions and
results, may be different.
Refer to your owner's manual to compare your com
puter's version of BASIC to that found in this book.
We assume you have read the owner's manual and
instructional pamphlets which came with your computer
and any accessories you may have. You know how to hook
the computer to your TV or other accessories you have.You
know how to type programs into the computer. If you don't
know these beginning steps, please reviewthe instructions
in the owner's manual.
Computers used to test the programs in this book
include IBM, IBM PCjr, Texas Instruments TI-99/4A,
TIMEX 1000, Sinclair ZX-81, TRS-80 Color Computer,
Commodore 64, VIC 20, APPLE II, APPLE lie, Atari 400,
Atari 800, TRS-80 Model 4, TRS-80 Model 16, TRS-80
pockets, PC-1, PC-2, PC-3, PC-4, and Sharp pockets.
Each program in this book was tested on one of the above
computers.
Since the programs in this book have been written and
15
tested on a wide variety of systems, you will find differences
in random number generation, ASCII character-string
numbers, screen PRINT locations, optional LET use, CLS
and other screen-clearing methods, spacing between
BASIC commands and variables, TIME$ and DATE$, and
other BASIC vocabulary and formats.
Different computers use RND, RAN, RAND, and other
BASIC words to generate a random number. And not all
allow resetting the generator's seed through words like
RANDOMIZE or RAND. Check the BASIC language in your
computer to see which word generates a random number
and which resets the random number generator seed.
You may need to modify games and other random-number-
using programs in this book.
As a general rule, microcomputers use the ASCII
numbers 65 to 90 to represent the upper-case alphabet
letters A to Z. But not all computers do. And the other ASCI I
keyboard numbers may vary. See your owner's manual for
the ASCII character set used in your computer. You may
need to make changes in programs using CHR$ and other
BASIC words.
How do you print a particular letter or number at one
specific spot on the face of your video monitor or TV
screen? Some computers use PRINT AT. Others require
PRINT @. Others use even different methods of locating a
spot on the video display. Check your owner's manual for
the proper BASIC words used to locate displays on the
screen.
Most computers allow the use of the BASIC word LET

to be optional. You probably can include it where it is shown
in this book. But, you may have to add it where it is not
shown.
How do you erase all of your video display at one time.
The most common BASIC command to accomplish this is
CLS but your computer may use PRINT CHR$(147) or
CALL CLEAR or some other BASIC phrase. Check it out
before using a program.
Must you include a space after a BASIC command
word, before a variable or whatever follows that BASIC
command? Some computers require it; some don't. Some
even put the space in for you so you can forget worrying
about it. Look in your BASIC manual to see how your
computer handles this matter.
16
Does your computer have a built-in real-time clock and
calendar? These often are read in a BASIC program using
the words TIME or TIME$ and DATE or DATE$. Ifyou don't
have these features, see our 60-Second Timer program for
an example of a timing loop you can write.
Can your computer read a key directly from one stroke
on the keyboard, without the need for you to press ENTER
or RETURN? This ability usually comes with the BASIC
word INKEY$ but might be some other word, such as CALL
KEY. Better look in your computer's BASIC manual for the
proper words before starting.
These are the major areas of potential difference in the
programs in this book. Please familiarize yourself with the
BASIC language, as used in your own computer, before
attempting to use the programs in this book. Wehave made
these programs straightforward and simple to use. They
should be easy to modify for use in your computer.
Standalone vs. subroutine

The programs in this book may be used as portions of
larger lists of instructions to your computer. They can be
written in as GOTO or GOSUB objects. To do so, make
appropriate changes to the first line (usually numbered 10
in this book) and to the last line of each program.
If you create a subroutine, remember that every
GOSUB must have a RETURN. RETURN must be the last
line of every subroutine.
If you work one of these programs into a larger set of
instructions, be especially careful of your memory (vari
able) names or labels. They must agree with, and fit into,
those you are using in the main program. Also, be careful of
line numbers. No two programs can occupy the exact same
set of line numbers.
By the way, if you want to load more than one of these
programs into your computer at the same time, be sure to
use different sets of line numbers for different programs.
For example, only one line can be numbered 10. There can
not be two lines numbered 10 in the computer at the same
time.
We use the words ENTER and RETURN interchange
ably. Programmers today generally mix the use of the two
words, to mean the same thing.
As your knowledge of BASIC and how it makes your
17
computer work grows, you will be able to build on these
elementary programs to create ever-more-complex
schemes for practical applications.
Try them all. They are great fun to run. And they are
especially designed to be short so you won't have to spend
hours typing any one program into your computer.
Endless running
Many of the programs in this book will continue to run
until you command them off manually via the BREAK key.
You may stop any run, at any time, by pressing BREAK.
REMarks
As you read through the programs in this book, you will
notice very few REM, or remarks, statements. The author's
training in writing BASIC-language computer programs
included an emphasis on brevityand saving memory space.
A sharp editing pencil was in order—and still is!
REMarksand explanations in software are out. Honing,
fine tuning and waste trimming are in. Use of coding form
program-writing worksheets is encouraged. Such work
sheets can be found in the publication, Computer Program
Writing Workbook, available from ARCsoft Publishers. Your
objective always should be to make the most efficient use of
available memory.
Here's another important note to remember: even
though they may be headed toward the same goal, no two
programmers will write the exact same list of BASIC instruc
tions, or program lines, from scratch. As you load these
programs into your computer, one at a time, you'll make
modifications to suit your personal needs and interests if
you want to. For instance, the exact wording of PRINT
statements can be changed. Or two or more programs can
be combined into one grand scheme. Your applications may
vary.
These programs are useful in themselves. They also
make good starting points for further development as you
learn more and more about how to program your own com
puter. Read these programs. Type them into your com
puter. Watch them run. Analyze how the lines in the listings
cause the computer to step through a sequence of opera
tions to reach a final goal. You'll see how programs are
organized, how they work. You can use these fun and prac
tical programs and then, later, modify them to do more or
18
different work. Expand them to suit your needs as your
interests grow.
Learning programming
These programs are written to be typed into your com
puter just as you find them here—with no extra program
ming needed. We assume you know how to turn on your
computer and how to go about typing in a program.
Many of the programs and most of the programming
advice in this book will be of interest to old hands, as well as
newcomers, since we are presenting new twists and more
powerful exercises aimedat making yourcomputer do more
work, more quickly.
Amidst the refreshing programs in this book, you will
find countless ideas for using your computer. Each piece of
software is intended to make you a more versatile program
mer and make your programming chores lighter.
This is not a replacement for the owner's manual which
came with your computer. You need to read it thoroughly,
then use this book as a supplement.
Use this book to stimulate your thinking about how to
approach various software problemsand projects. Use it to
get good ideas for new and different approaches to all of
your programminggoals. Asyougrowand developas a pro
gram author, modify these programs to make your com
puter do even more.
Happy programming!
19
Chinese Zodiac
The most-famous oriental zodiac calendar is divided
into twelve-year groups, each year having a different
animal sign. The sign under which a person is born is
believed to determine the circumstances of his life and
the kind of person he is.
The animals are rat, ox, tiger, rabbit, dragon, snake,
horse, sheep, monkey, cock, dog and boar.
Run this program. When asked by the computer, type
in the year of your birth. The computer will find which
animal sign corresponds to your birth year and present
you with information concerning your own cir
cumstances.
The computer names the animal, describes your per
sonality traits, tells which other animal signs are compati
ble with your own, and tells which animal signs are your
opposite.
This game goes on endlessly until you press the
BREAK key to stop the run.
Program Listing
10 PRINT CHR*a47>:REM SCREEN CLEAR
20 INPUT"VEflR OF BIRTH";V$
30 X*«RIGHT$<V$,2>
40 N*VflL<X*>
50 IF <N/12>«INT<N/12> THEN 200
60 IF <<N-lVi2>«INT'C<N-lVi2> THEN 250
70 IF <<N~2>/12> = INT<<N--2>/12> THEN 300
60 IF <<N-3>/12>«INT<<N-3)/12> THEN 350
90 IF <<N-4>/12>«INK<N-4>/i2> THEN 400
106 IF <<N-5>/12>«INT<<N-5>/12) THEN 450
110 IF <<N-6V12> = INT<<N~SV12> THEN 500
120 IF <<N-7V12>-INT<<N-7V12> THEN 550
130 IF <<N-8V12>-INT<<N-8V12> THEN 600
140 IF <'::N~9>/12>*INT<<H~9>/12> THEN 650
150 IF <<N-10>/12>«INT<<H-10>/12> THEN 700
160 IF <<N-iiV12>«INTC<N-ii>/'12> THEN 750
170 GOTO 10
200 PRINT =PRINT V*.:" SIGN'- RAT"
210 PRINT:pRINTnVOU ARE="
215 PRINT"AMBITIOUS, SINCERE"
220 PRINT=PRINT"COMPATIBLE with:"
20
225 PRINT"DRAGON. MONKEV"
230 PRINT:PRINT"OPPOSITE OF:"
235 PRINT"HORSE"
248 GOTO 80S
250 PRINT:PRINT v*j" SIGN: OX"
260 PRINT:PRINT"VOU ARE:"
265 PRINT"LEADER, BRIGHT, CHEERV"
270 PRINT:PRINT"COMPATIBLE WITH:"
275 PRINT"SNAKE, COCK"
285 PRINT"SHEEP"
230 GOTO 880
300 PR I NT :PR I NT V$.: " SIGN : TIGER "
31@ PRINT:PRINT"VOU ARE ="
315 PRINT"SENSITIVE, COURAGEOUS"
325 PRINT"HORSE, BOG"
338 PRINi:PRINT"OPPOSITE OF:"
335 PRINT"MONKEV"
340 GOTO 800
350 PRINT:PRINT V$;" SIGN: RABBIT"
365 PRINT"TALENTED, AFFECTIONATE"
375 PRINT"SHEEP, BOAR"
380 PR I NT :PR I NT *' OPPOS I TE OF : "
385 PRINT"COCK"
390 GOTO 800
400 PRINT:PRINT V$;" SIGN: DRAGON"
410 PRINT:PRINT"VOU flRE:"
415 PRINT"ROBUST, PASSIONATE"
425 PRINT"MONKEV, RAT"
435 PRINT"DOG"
440 GOTO 800
450 PRINT:PRINT V$j" SIGN = SNAKE"
465 PRINT"WISE, INTENSE"
475 PRINT"OK, COCK"
21
485 PRINT"BOAR"
490 GOTO 800
500 PRINT:PRINT V$;" SIGN: HORSE"
515 PRINT"ATTRACTIVE, POPULAR"
520 PRINT:PRINT"COMPATIBLE WITH ="
525 PRINT"TIGER, DOG"
535 PRINT"RAT"
540 GOTO 800
550 PRINT: PRINT y$; »• SIGN: SHEEP"
560 PRINT:PRINT"VOU RRE: "
565 PRINT"STVLISH, PRIVATE"
570 PR I NT: PR I NT "COMPAT I BLE WITH-'"
575 PRINT"BOAR, RABBIT"
580 PRINT:PRINT"OPPOSITE 0F:"
585 PRINT"OX"
590 GOTO 800
600 PRINT: PRINT y$; •» SIGN: MONKEV"
6 i0 PRINT:PRINT"VOU ARE ="
615 PRINT"PERSUASIVE,INTELLIGENT"
625 PRINT"DRAGON, RAT"
635 PRINT"TIGER"
640 GOTO 800
650 PRINT:PRINT V$;" SIGN: COCK"
66B PRINT:PRINT"VOU ARE:"
665 PRINT"PIONEERING,"
666 PRINT"SEEKING TRUTH"
675 PRINT"SNAKE, OX"
680 PRINT:PRINT"OPPOSITE 0F:"
685 PRINT"RABBIT"
690 GOTO 800
700 PRINT:PRINT v*j" SIGN: DOG"
710 PRINT:PRINT"VOU RRE:"
715 PRINT"GENEROUS, LOVAL"
725 PRINT"HORSE, TIGER"
735 PRINT"DRAGON"
22
740 GOTO 800
750 PR I NT :PR INT V*; " SI GN •' BOAR "
765 PRINT"GALLANT, NOBLE"
770 PR INT: PR INT "COMPAT IBLE WITH"-
775 PRINT"RABBIT, SHEEP"
785 PRINT"SNAKE"
800 PRINT
810 PRINT"TO DO MORE,"
820 INPUT"PRESS RETURN"jK*
830 GOTO 10
Secret Letter
Guess-the-number games can be great fun but they're
old-hat in the world of personal computers. So we've come
up with something that captures that old fun and adds a
more challenging, more exciting play. This is the guess-the-
secret-letter game.
The computer ponders a moment, then thinks of a
letter. It knows that secret letter but it doesn't let you know.
Your job is to figure it out.
It starts by displaying the full alphabet of 26 letters on
its screen. You make a guess by pressing a letter key. No
need to press ENTER.
The computer responds with a CORRECT or WRONG
message. If wrong, it displays the entire alphabet again but
this time without the letter or letters you have chosen pre
viously. By the way, the tricky part is in having the computer
come back and display the entire alphabet without the
chosen letter or letters. This is accomplished in the sub
routine in lines 700 to 810.
You will note there is a processing delay of 5 or 6
seconds so the computer sends out a wait message.
The computer uses its random-number generator to
select the mystery letter. This is done by selecting an ASCII
number from 65 to 90, in the subroutine at lines 500 to 520.
Number 65 corresponds to the letter A and 90 to letter Z.
In playing the game, you make your selection by press-
23
ing a letter key, anywhere from A through Z. No need to
press ENTER.
The computer keeps track of your number of attempts
and tells you, after each try, how many incorrect guesses
you have made. If you make a correct guess, the computer
will tell you how many tries it took to get it right.
It provides an interesting afternoon's diversion, con
suming many hours of fun. The game plays continuously
until you press the BREAK key.
Program Listing
10 CLSsCLEAR
20 DIM N(26>,V<26)
30 GOSUB 500
40 GOTO 160
50 GOSUB 700
60 GOSUB 600
70 PRINT"GUESS THE LETTER"
80 GOSUB 600
90 PRINTsPRINT B*:PRINT
100 LET G*=INKEY$
110 IF G*="" THEN 100
120 CLS:LET T=T+1
130 LET N<T>=ASC(G$>
140 IF ASC(G$)=P THEN 300
150 PRINTS PRINT"WRONG ":T,"" TIMES'*
160 PRINT SPRINT"PLEASE STANDBY"
170 PRINT"PROCESSING WILL TAKE 6 SECONDS"
ISO GOTO 50
300 PRINT"CORRECT"
310 PRINT CHR$(P>?" IS THE LETTER"
320 PRINT
400 PRINT" YOU GOT IT IN "?T;'» TRIES"
410 PRINT
420 CLEAR:GOTO 20
430 END
500 FOR W=l TO VAL<RIGHT$«TIME$,2>>
sP=INT«91*RND(l>)sNEXT W
510 IF P<65 THEM 500
520 RETURN
600 FOR Q=l TO 16
24
610 PRINT "*";
620 NEXT 0
630 PRINT
640 RETURN
700 LET E*=""
710 FOR 0=1 TO 26
720 IF N(Q>=0 THEN V<Q)=$+64
730 FOR Z= l TO 26
740 IF V(Q)=N(Z) THEN V(Q)=0
750 NEXT Z
760 LET B*=B*+CHR*(V(Q))
770 NEXT 0
780 PRINT
790 PRINT"THANK YOU FOR WAITING"
800 PRINT
810 RETURN
Shell Game
Hey, Man! Here's a great new game which can only be
played on a powerful computer such as yours.
The dark squares on the display screen are cups. Under
one is a letter P, representing a pea. But which cup covers
the pea? You guess by pressing the appropriate number
key, either 1,2 or 3. No need to press ENTER. The computer
shuffles its cups after each guess.
Upon first starting this program, the computer will dis
play a menu asking you to select an option. Press R to read
the rules. Press P to play the game. Press Q to quit or end the
game. You can return to the main menu at any time by press
ing the ESCape key.
The number of right and wrong guesses is shown on the
screen. See how much you can win in 10 minutes of play.
Then see how much your friends can win in the same length
of time. Or you can compete by number of games played. Or
play solitaire by yourself. The object is to locate the pea! It
may or may not move after each guess, depending upon the
secret decision of the computer. Go for it!
Program Listing
10 CLSsCLEAR
25
20 RV*=CHR*<27)+"p":NV*=CHR*<27) +"q"
100 PRINT 3 55,RV*3"SHELL GAME"!NV*
110 LINE<89,7)-<149,15),1,B
120 LINE(87,5)-<151,17),1,E
130 PRINT S 130,"TO PLAY";SPACE*(5)
5"PRESS P"
140 PRINT a 170,"FOR RULES";SPACE*<3)
5"PRESS R"
145 PRINT a 210,"TO QUIT";SPACE*<5)
s." PRESS Q"
150 K*=INKEY*
160 IF K*="" THEM 150
170 IF K*="P" THEN 200
1S0 IF K*="Rn THEN 1100
185 IF K*-="Q" THEN 1300
190 GOTO 150
200 PRINT a 130,SPACE$(19)SPRINT 3 170
,SPACE*<19)SPRINT a 210,SPACE*(19)
210 PRINT a 130,"1"SPRINT a 140,"2"
SPRINT a 150,"3"
220 GOSUB 900
300 K*=INKEY*
310 IF K*="" THEN 300
315 IF ASC<K*)=27 THEN 10
320 IF VAL<K*)<1 OR VAL(K$)>4 THEN 300
330 GOSUB 1000
340 GOSUB 500
350 ON X GOSUB 800,700,600
360 FOR T=l TO 500sNEXT T
400 IF VAL(K*)=X THEN R=R+lsGOTO 420
410 W=W+1
420 PRINT 3 40,R;"RIGHT"
430 PRINT a 71, W", "WRONG"
440 GOTO 220
500 FOR Q=l TO VAL(RIGHT*<TIME*,2))
3X=INT<4*RND<1))SNEXT Q
510 IF X<1 THEN 500
520 RETURN
600 LINE<55,37>-<69,50),1,BF
610 LINE(115,37)-(129,50),1, BF
620 LINE(175,37)-(189,50),1,E
630 PRINT a 230,"P"
26
640 RETURN
700 LINE(55,37>-(69,50), 1, BF
710 LINE(115,37)--<129,50), 1,B
720 LINE(175,37)~d89,50), 1, BF
730 PRINT a 220,"P"
740 RETURN
800 LINE<55,37)-(69,50),1,B
810 LINEC115,37)»(129,50),1,BF
820 LINE<175,37)-(189,50),1,BF
830 PRINT a 210,"P"
840 RETURN
900 LINE<55,37)-(69,50),1,BF
910 LINE(115,37)-(129,50),1,BF
920 LINE(175,37)-(189,50),1,EF
930 RETURN
1000 LINE(55,37)-(69,50),2,BF
1010 LINE(115,37)-(129,50),2,BF
1020 LINE(175,37)-(189,50),2,BF
1030 RETURN
1100 CLS
1110 PRINT 3 56,RV*;"RULES";NV*
1120 LINE(95,7)-(125,15),1,B
1130 LINE(93,5)-(127,17),1,B
1140 PRINTsPRINT"A 'PEA' IS UNDER ONE
CUP? WHICHs NUMBER 1, 2 OR 3? THE
COMPUTER SHUFFLES CUPS"
1150 PRINT"AFTER EACH GUESS. TO GUESS,
PRESS NUMBER OF CUP,";SPACE*<9)
;"(NOW PRE SE ANY KEY)"
1160 IF INKEY*="" THEN 1160
11 70 PRINT a 120,SPACE*(156)
11 80 PRINT 3120,"COMPUTER SHOWS NUMBER
OF RIGHT GUESSES & WRONG GUESSES, '
1190 PRINT"TO END THE GAME ANYTIME,
PRESS ESCape KEY. ";SPACE*(3);"(NOW
PRESS Atir KE t' ) "
1200 IF HIKE' THEN 1200
1210 CLS3GOT< 100
1300 CLS
1310 PRINT a 55,RU*S"END OF GAME";NV*
1320 LINE(89 7)-<155,15). 1,B
27
1330 LINE(87,5)-(157,17),1,B
1340 END
Backward Writer
Type in a message of up to 85 characters in response to
the computer's request. The computer will turn your mes
sage around and print it backwards on the display
The 85 characters includes letters, numbers, symbols
and spaces. You may use any combination. For a test, try it
with the 26 letters of the alphabet as we have done in our
SAMPLE RUN below. Type Z to A in backwards order. You
will be amazed at the speed with which your computer turns
it around!
Program Listing
10 CLSsCLEAR
20 INPUT"TYPE A MESSAGE OF UP TO 85
CHARACTERS "sA*
30 IF A*="" THEN 20
40 L=LEN(A*)
50 FOR J=L TO 1 STEP -1
60 E*=B*+MID*<A*,J,1)
70 NEXT J
80 CLS
90 FRINT B*
110 GOTO 10
Sample Run
TYPE A MESSAGE OF UP TO 85 CHARACTERS ?
AB CDEFGHIJKLMN0PQR3TUVWX YZ
ZYXWVUTSRQPONMLKJIHGFEDCBA
High Ball
No excitement at the office water cooler? Bored in
study hall? Nothing to do on a rainy Saturday at home?
28
Here's a fast game of Highball in which the highest-scoring
player wins.
The game is built for five players. You type in the first
name, or initials or other identifying label, for each of the
five players. The computer draws straws and randomly
assigns numbers to each player. Itsorts to find which player
has the highest number and declares that player the winner.
The number of players is controlled by the FOR/NEXT
loop in lines 105 to 180. Change the number 5 at the end of
line 105 to change the number of players.
This is an ideal bit of speedy entertainment. The game
runs endlessly until you press BREAK to stop it.
Program Listing
10 CLS sCLEAR sRV*=CHR*(27)+"p"s NV*=CHR*
(27)+"q"
20 DIM P*(5),S(5)
30 PRINT a 56,RV*I"HIGH BALL"?NV*
40 LINE(95,7)-(149,15),1,B
50 LINE(93,5)-(151,17),1,B
100 PRINT a 122VTYPE IN FIRST NAMES OF
FIVE PLAYERS"
105 FOR L=l TO 5
110 PRINT a 203,"PLAYER NUMBER W;L;
115 INPUT P*(L)
120 PRINT a 219,SPACE*(20)
130 IF LEN(F*(L>>>12 THEN PRINT 5 243,
"NAME TOO LONG, TRY AGAIN"sGOTO 110
140 PRINT 3 243,SPACE*(30)
150 FOR 0=1 TO VAL(RIGHT*(TIME*,2))
SS(L)=INT(100*RND(1)):NEXT Q
160 IF L=l THEN H=S(L»
170 IF S(L)>H THEN H=S(L)
IS© NEXT L
190 CLSSPRINT
200 FOR L=l TO 5
210 IF S(L)=H THEN PRINT S(L),P*(L)
5"< WINNER"
220 IF S(L)OH THEN PRINT S(L),P*(L)
230 NEXT L
240 PRINT"PRESS ANY KEY TO PLAY AGAIN"
29
250 IF INKEV*="" THEN 250
270 GOTO 10
Remarkable Person
This is a fun program to impress your friends with the
speed and "intelligence" of your computer. It is a great de
monstrator of computer graphics as shown on the com
puter's display. Note the reverse box!
Press any key on the keyboard to do a new name. Press
BREAK to end the run.
Program Listing
10 CLSsCLEAR
30 INPUT"WHAT IS YOUR FIRST NAME"sFN*
40 INPUT"WHAT IS YOUR LAST NAME "?LN*
50 IF FN*=»» OR LN*="" THEN 10
60 CLS
70 LF=LEN(FN*)s LS=LEN(LN*)
80 BF=(21--LF-LS)/2
90 BS=BF
100 IF INT( (LF+LS)/2XXLF+LS)/2 THEN
BS=BS-1
110 IF 21~LF-LS<1 THEN PRINT "NAME TOO
LONG",,"GIVE ME A SHORTER ONE"
sGOTO 30
120 BF*=SPACE*(BF)
130 BS*=SPACE*(BS)
140 RV*=CHR*(27)+"p"sNV*=CHR*(27)+"qM
150 LINE(59,15)-<185,40),1,B
160 LINE(57,13)-~(187,42),1,B
170 print a 90,rv*;bf*;fn*;" ";ln*;bs*;NV*
180 PRINT a 130,RV*" IS
;nv*
190 PRINT a 170,RV*s" A REMARKABLE PERSON
"S.NV*
210 GOTO 10
30
Computer Guesses
Your Secret Number
Wow! Everybody has heard of the high/low game in
which a computer selects a secret number and you try to
guess it. But, what if you think up the secret number and the
computer tries to guess it?
When you run this program, think of a secret number
from one to 63. The computer will ask some easy questions
and then guess your secret number every time!
To ask its questions, the computer displays sets of
various numbers. It does this six times. Each time you tell
it nothing more than whether or not your secret number is in
the set of numbers shown on the display. You tell it this
simply by pressing Y for yes or N for no.
After its sixth query, it will correctly tell you what the
mystery number was. Naturally, you can't change the
mystery number after the start of the game and you must
tell the computer truthful answers to each of the six
questions.
At the start of a RUN, the computer will ask for your
name. You give it and then read an opening explanation bill
board on the display screen. Then press ENTER to start. At
completion of a game, press ENTER to play a new game.
The program runs on endlessly until you stop it by pressing
the BREAK key.
Program Listing
10 CLSsCLEAR
20 INPUT"WHAT IS YOUR NAME"5N*
30 PRINT"OKAY,";N*;", THINK OF A NUMBER"
40 PRINT"FROM 1 TO 63"
45 INPUT"PRESS ENTER TO START";0*
50 CLS
55 S=0
60 FOR J=l TO 6
70 T=l
75 PRINT;
80 FOR K=l TO 32
90 READ A
31
100 IF A<10 THEN PRINT A;" ";sGOTO 120
110 PRINT A?" "5
120 IF K=8*T THEN PRINT?sT=T+i
130 NEXT K
140 PRINT N*;", "5
150 INPUT"IS YOUR NUMBER HERE";R*
160 IF LEFT*(R*,1)="Y" THEN S=S+2A(J-1)
170 IF LEFT*(R*,1)<>"Y" AND LEFT*(R*,1)
<>"N" THEN 150
175 CLS
180 R*=" "
190 NEXT J
200 PRINT a 90,"YOUR NUMBER IS"3S
210 PRINT a 164," ";s INPUT"TO PLAY
AGAIN, PRESS ENTER"?P*
220 RESTORE
230 GOTO 10
300 DATA 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21,23
,25,27,29,31,33,35,37
310 DATA 39,41,43,45,47,49,51,53,55,57
,59,61,63
320 DATA 2,3,6,7,10,11,14,15,18,19,22
,23,26,27,30,31,34,35,38
330 DATA 39,42,43,46,47,50,51,54,55,58
59 6'"1' 63
340 DATA 4,5,6,7,12,13,14,15,20,21,22
,23,28,29,30,31,36,37,38
350 DATA 39,44,45,46,47,52,53,54,55,60
,61,62,63
360 DATA 8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,24,25,26
,27,28,29,30,31,40,41,42,43, 44,45
,46,47,5 6,57,58,59,60,61,62,63
370 DATA 16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25
,26,27,28,29,30,31,48,49
380 DATA 50,51,52,53,54,55,56,57,58,59
,60,61,62,63
390 DATA 32,33,34,35,36,37,38,39,40,41
,42,43,44,45,46,47,48,49
400 DATA 50,51,52,53,54,55,56,57,58,59
,60,61,62,63
32
Guess The Letter
We always did say what list of programs would be
complete without our old friend, the Hi-Lo Game. Well, it
would be less than interesting to do a simple old Hi-Lo so
let's try something a bit more challenging.
This is a guess-the-letter game. The computer will
display the full alphabet and asks that you guess a secret
letter being held by the computer.
The computer reports WRONG or CORRECT in reply
to your guess. If WRONG it then displays several letters,
including the mystery letter. It allows you six tries to get
the right letter.
The program offers BEEP sound cues. You enter the
letter Y or the letter N in answer to the question of
whether or not you want to play another game. The com
puter reports your number of tries as a score.
Program Listing
10 CLEARrDIM A$(0)*26:DIM LT$(0)*26
20 A$(0)="ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
30 GOSUB 500
40 WAIT 150
50 PRINT A$(0)
60 BEEP 1,10:PAUSE "GUESS THE LETTER"
70 G$=INKEY$
80 IF G$="" THEN GOTO 70
90 T=T+1
100 IF ASC (G$)=P THEN GOTO 300
200 W=W+1:M=6-T
210 IF M=0 THEN GOTO 350
220 BEEP 1,10:PAUSE "WRONG"
230 FOR L=(C-M) TO (C+M)
240 IF L<1 THEN GOTO 270
250 IF L>26 THEN GOTO 270
260 LT$(0)=LT$(0)+CHR$ (L+64)
270 NEXT L
280 WAIT 200
290 PRINT LT$(0):LT$(0)="n:GOTO 60
300 BEEP 3,10:PAUSE "CORRECT!"
33
310 PAUSE CHR$ P;" IS THE LETTER"
320 PAUSE "YOU GOT IT IN ";T;" TRIES'
330 GOTO 400
350 BEEP 2,10:PAUSE "YOU LOSE"
360 PAUSE "YOU TOOK ";T;" TRIES"
400 BEEP 1,10
410 PAUSE "AGAIN:YES(Y) OR NO(N) ?"
420 CH$=INKEY$
430 IF CH$="n THEN GOTO 420
440 IF CH$="Y" THEN CLEAR:GOTO 10
450 IF CH$="N" THEN GOTO 470
460 GOTO 420
470 PRINT "THANK YOU FOR PLAYING"
480 END
500 RANDOM
510 P=RND 90
520 IF P<65 THEN GOTO 510
530 C=P-64
540 RETURN
Coasters
Coasters is a mixture of chance and common sense.
It can be a gambling object when played with others, yet it
is great fun when played alone. Two persons usually play
but in this computer version, you play alone against the
computer.
To play this game in a bar, you need nine coasters. Or
identical squares of paper. The nine coasters are
numbered 1 to 9 on one side and then turned over,
numbered side down. The coasters are thoroughly shuf
fled and then lined up in a row.
The player chooses a coaster and turns it over. The
first coaster chosen can be any one of the nine in any
position. The number on the coaster is read.
From this point on, the number on the coaster deter
mines which coaster next will be selected. Suppose on
the first turn-over, the fourth coaster from the right was
chosen and it revealed the number 3. On his next move,
the player must take the third coaster in from either end
of the row.
34
When the player makes his second move, his third
move will be determined by the number on the second
coaster. The number corresponds to the count of
coasters in from either end of the row. And so on.
The player continues until no further moves are
possible. The numbers on the coasters which remain are
added up to give the player his score. The object is to ob
tain the lowest score. Ideally, you want to eliminate all of
the coasters so you will have a score of zero.
Many players can take turns. The person with the
lowest score at the end of a round of all players is the win
ner of that round. The winner of the most rounds is the
winner for the day.
To play the game on your computer, start the pro
gram RUN. The computer will display the game name,
COASTERS. While this display is going on, the computer
is shuffling the nine coasters into random order.
Next, the computer will display nine solid coasters
with their numbers hidden behind, out of sight. To make
your play, press the number key of your choice, 1 through
9, on the keyboard. No need to press ENTER. The number
you press will be for the position in the row of nine
coasters.
The first number you select is your only totally-free
choice. From then on, you must use the latest number
from the last-revealed coaster to determine the position
of your next move. The new move can be from either the
right end or the left end of the row of nine coasters.
For instance, suppose the last coaster you revealed
had the number 8. You may turn over coaster position 2 or
position 8, so long as the one you wish hasn't been turned
over already. If it has, you must select the other. If it also
has, then the game ends since you can't move any more.
Add the remaining numbers to get your score by pressing
the letter S on the keyboard. No need to press ENTER.
35
Pressing S reveals your score. Your lowest score of
the day is your best game. If more than one person is play
ing, lowest score wins.
After reading the score, press any keyboard key to
start a new game.
Program Listing
10 CLEAR :RANDOM:WAIT 0:DIM N(9)
20 PRINT »********COASTERS********"
30 FOR L=l TO 9
40 N(L)=RND 9
50 IF L=l THEN 90
60 FOR LL=1 TO L-l
70 IF N(LL)=N(L) THEN 40
80 NEXT LL
90 NEXT L
100 BEEP 1,1:T=45:CLS
200 FOR C=0 TO 46 STEP 6
210 GCURSOR C
220 GPRINT 127;127;127?127;127
230 NEXT C
300 K$=INKEY§
310 IF K$=""THEN 300
320 IF K$="1"THEN 450
330 IF K$="2"THEN 500
340 IF K$="3"THEN 550
350 IF K$="4"THEN 600
360 IF K$="5"THEN 650
370 IF K$="6"THEN 700
380 IF K$="7"THEN 750
390 IF K$="8"THEN 800
400 IF K$="9"THEN 850
410 IF K$="S"THEN 1000
420 IF K$=""THEN 300
450 CURSOR 0
460 K=VAL K$
470 GOSUB 900
480 T=T-N(K)
490 GOTO 300
500 GCURSOR 6
36
510 K=VAL K$
520 GOSUB 900
530 T=T-N(K)
540 GOTO 300
550 GCURSOR 12
560 K=VAL K$
570 GOSUB 900
580 T=T-N(K)
590 GOTO 300
600 GCURSOR 18
610 K=VAL K$
620 GOSUB 900
630 T=T-N(K)
640 GOTO 300
650 GCURSOR 24
660 K=VAL K$
670 GOSUB 900
680 T=T~N(K)
690 GOTO 300
700 GCURSOR 30
710 K=VAL K$
720 GOSUB 900
730 T=T-**(K)
740 GOTO 300
750 GCURSOR 36
760 K=VAL K$
770 GOSUB 900
780 T=T-N(K)
790 GOTO 300
800 GCURSOR 42
810 K=VAL K$
820 GOSUB 900
830 T=T-N(K)
840 GOTO 300
850 GCURSOR 48
860 K=VAL K$
870 GOSUB 900
880 T=T-N(K)
890 GOTO 300
900 IF N(K)=1THEN GPRINT 0;66;127;64;0
910 IF N(K)=2THEN GPRINT 66;97;81;73;70
37
920 IF N(K)=3THEN GPRINT 65;73;77;75;49
930 IF N(K)=4THEN GPRINT 24;20;18;127;16
940 IF N(K)=5THEN GPRINT 39;69;69;69;57
950 IF N(K)=6THEN GPRINT 60;74;73;73;48
960 IF N(K)=7THEN GPRINT 1;1;121;5;3
970 IF N(K)=8THEN GPRINT 54;73;73;73;54
980 IF N(K)=9THEN GPRINT 6;73;73;41;30
990 RETURN
1000 PRINT "SCORE: ";T
1010 IF INKEY$ =""THEN 1010
1020 GOTO 10
Blues
This is a quiz game. Each answer in this quiz is a
word, name or familiar phrase containing the word blue.
It's lots of fun and, after you have all of ours memor
ized, you easily can substitute other "blues" for the 19 we
have here.
Be sure to observe quote marks, commas, spellings
and spaces in DATA lines.
To change the quantity of blues, add DATA lines and
change the number 19 in the FOR/NEXT loop in line 290.
Also change the number 19 in the line 420 PRINT state
ment.
The program totals correct and incorrect answers
and reports the numbers of rights and wrongs after you
have been tested on all 19 blues.
The length of times of displays of the various
messages can be changed by altering the numbers in the
WAIT statements in lines 200, 240, 300, 350 and 400. The
BASIC word RESTORE must be in the program as we have
it in line 520.
After the end of a game, press any key to start over.
This is an interesting trivia game which can be educa
tional!
Program Listing
10 DATA "PANTS","BLUE JEANS"
20 DATA "BUILDING PLAN","BLUEPRINT'
38
30 DATA "BANJO MUSIC","BLUEGRASS"
40 DATA "LOYAL","TRUE BLUE"
50 DATA "COP SHOW","HILL STREET BLUES"
60 DATA "STOCKS","BLUE CHIPS"
70 DATA "BROOKE SHIELDS","BLUE LAGOON"
80 DATA "FATS DOMINO", "BLUEBERRY HILL"
90 DATA "STRAUSS","BLUE DANUBE"
100 DATA "LABORER","BLUE COLLAR"
110 DATA "SURPRISE","OUT OF THE BLUE"
120 DATA "PITCHER","VIDA BLUE"
130 DATA "RARELY", "ONCE IN A BLUE MOON"
140 DATA "ELVIS","BLUE SUEDE SHOES"
150 DATA "KILLER","BLUEBEARD"
160 DATA "RHYME","LITTLE BOY BLUE"
170 DATA "TALK","BLUE STREAK"
180 DATA "INSURANCE","BLUE CROSS"
190 DATA "SONGS","BLUES"
200 CLEAR :WAIT 0
210 FOR L=25 TO 0 STEP -1
220 CURSOR L:PRINT"*";
230 NEXT L
240 WAIT 120
250 CURSOR 11
260 PRINT "BLUES"
270 CURSOR 3
280 PRINT "IDENTIFY THESE BLUES"
290 FOR L=l TO 19
300 WAIT 0
310 READ A$,B$
320 PRINT A$;" ";
330 INPUT C$
340 CLS
350 WAIT 60
360 IF C$=B$THEN LET R=R+1:PRINT "CORRECT1
:GOTO 380
370 W=W+1:PRINT "WRONG"
380 PRINT A$;": ";B$
390 NEXT L
400 WAIT 120
410 PRINT "YOU HAD ";R;" RIGHT"
420 PRINT "AND ";W;" WRONG IN 19 TRIES"
500 PRINT "TO GO AGAIN, PRESS ANY KEY"
39
520 RESTORE
530 GOTO 200
Coin Toss
Flip a coin! Here's the heads or tails of it. As written
it uses RUN to start a RUN immediately upon turning on
the computer. Turn on the computer and it automatically
starts the run, presenting the results of a toss: either
heads or tails. It allows you to carry your computer around
to settle arguments. Press any key for a new coin toss.
Program Listing
20 IF RND (2X2 THEN PAUSE "HEADS"

:GOTO 40
30 PAUSE "TAILS"
40 IF INKEY$ ="" THEN GOTO 40
50 CLS :GOTO 20
Horoscope
This fun program will entertain your family and
friends for hours. It makes a great party game, too.
The player, or user, talks with the computer, giving
his name, month of birth and date of birth. The computer
then tells the player his sign of the zodiac and what it
means. The computer describes the player's personality
and predicts the player's future.
If you find the program a bit long to type in, shorten it
by using the sign-of-the-zodiac response only. For in
stance, between lines 700 and 790 you could delete 710
and 750 or 720 to 750. That would make the program
shorter and easier to type in, but without most of the ex
citing description.
Program Listing
10 CALL CLEAR
20 INPUT "WHAT'S YOUR NAME?"sN*
30 CALL CLEAR
40
40 PRINT "HI, ";N*;", NICE TO MEET YOU"
50 PRINT
60 INPUT "IN WHAT MONTH WERE YOU BORN?":M*
70 PRINT M*;" IS A NICE MONTH"
80 PRINT "WHAT DATE IN "5M*
90 INPUT D
100 CALL CLEAR
200 IF M*="DECEMBER" THEN 700
210 IF M*="JANUARY" THEN 800
220 IF M*="FEBRUARY" THEN 900
230 IF M*="MARCH" THEN 1000
240 IF M*="APRIL" THEN 1100
250 IF M$="MAY" THEN 1200
260 IF M*="JUNE" THEN 1300
270 IF M*="JULY" THEN 1400
280 IF M*="AUGUST" THEN 1500
290 IF M*="SEPTEMBER" THEN 1600
300 IF M*="OCTOBER" THEN 1700
310 IF M*="NOVEMBER" THEN 1800
320 BOtO 60
500 PRINT
510 PRINT
520 INPUT "TO DO ANOTHER, PRESS ENTER": KY*
530 GOTO 10
700 IF D<22 THEN 1810
710 PRINT "SO, ";N*;" YOLPRE A CAPRICORN"
720 PRINT "CAPRICORN IS THE GOAT"
730 PRINT
740 PRINT "YOU ARE TOUGH HEAD-TO-HEAD."
750 PRINT "YOU MISTRUST PEOPLE BUT"
760 PRINT "YOU LIKE SMALL CHILDREN."
770 PRINT
780 PRINT "YOU WILL TAKE A TRIP!"
790 GOTO 500
800 IF D<20 THEN 710
810 PRINT "SO, "sN*;" YOU ARE AN AQUARIUS"
820 PRINT "AQUARIUS IS THE WATER BEARER"
830 PRINT "YOU ARE A LIQUID PERSON,"
840 PRINT "YOU DO SNEAKY THINGS BUT"
850 PRINT "PEOPLE SECRETLY ADMIRE YOU."
860 PRINT "YOU SOON WILL FIND A REWARD!"
870 GOTO 500
41
900 IF D<19 THEN 810
910 PRINT "SO, ";N*;'\ YOU ARE A PISCES"
920 PRINT "PISCES IS THE FISH"
930 PRINT "YOU OFTEN FEEL WEAK BUT"
940 PRINT "PEOPLE THINK YOU OTHERWISE."
950 PRINT
960 PRINT "A STRANGER SOON"
970 PRINT "WILL AFFECT YOUR LIFE!"
980 GOTO 500
1000 IF D<21 THEN 910
1010 PRINT "SO, ";N*q", YOU ARE AN ARIES"
1020 PRINT "(NOT THE CAR,, STUPID!)"
1030 PRINT "ARIES IS THE RAM"
1040 PRINT
1050 PRINT "YOU SOMETIMES FEEL DEVILISH"
1060 PRINT "BUT OTHERS THINK OF YOU"
1070 PRINT "AS A SAINT."
1080 PRINT "AVOID MOUNTAINS AND CAVES!"
1090 GOTO 500
1100 IF D<20 THEN 1010
1110 PRINT "SO, "uN*;", YOU ARE TAURUS"
1120 PRINT "TAURUS IS THE BULL"
1130 PRINT
1140 PRINT "MOST OF THE TIME"
1150 PRINT "YOU ARE COMPLETELY HONEST"
1160 PRINT "BUT OTHERS THINK YOU ARE"
1170 PRINT "FULL OF BULL."
1180 PRINT "A NICE FRIEND WILL VISIT."
1190 GOTO 500
1200 IF D<21 THEN 1110
1210 PRINT "SO, ";N*;", YOU ARE GEMINI"
1220 PRINT "GEMINI IS 'THE TWINS'"
1230 PRINT
1240 PRINT "IT'S HARD FOR YOU TO DECIDE,"
1250 PRINT "YOU OFTEN SPLIT A DECISION."
1260 PRINT "YOU SEE TWO SIDES BUT"
1270 PRINT "FRIENDS FIND YOU DECISIVE.."
1280 PRINT "AVOID NEWSPAPER REPORTERS!"
1290 GOTO 500
1300 IF D<21 THEN 1210
1310 PRINT "SO, ";N*s", YOU ARE A CANCER"
1320 PRINT "CANCER IS THE CRAB"
42
1330 PRINT
1340 PRINT "YOU LIKE TO VENT YOUR"
1350 PRINT "FEELINGS WHEN THINGS"
1360 PRINT "GO WRONG AND FRIENDS"
1370 PRINT "SOMETIMES EXCLUDE YOU."
1380 PRINT "JEWELS WILL BE IN YOUR PATH."
1390 GOTO 500
1400 IF D<23 THEN 1310
1410 PRINT "OKAY, ";N*;", YOU ARE LEO"
1420 PRINT "LEO IS THE LION"
1430 PRINT
1440 PRINT "YOUR ROAR IS WORSE"
1450 PRINT "THAN YOUR BITE."
1460 PRINT "YOUR FRIENDS THINK"
1470 PRINT "YOU ARE A PUSSYCAT."
1480 PRINT "FUR IS IN YOUR FUTURE."
1490 GOTO 500
1500 IF D<23 THEN 1410
1510 PRINT "SO, "sN*;", YOU ARE A VIRGO"
1520 PRINT "VIRGO IS THE VIRGIN."
1530 PRINT
1540 PRINT "CLEANLINESS IS YOUR VIRTUE."
1550 PRINT "CASUAL ASSOCIATES THINK"
1560 PRINT "YOU ARE TIGHT, BUT THOSE"
1570 PRINT "CLOSE TO YOU KNOW BETTER."
1580 PRINT "AVOID CARS, BARS AND STARS!"
1590 GOTO 500
1600 IF D<24 THEN 1510
1610 PRINT "OKAY, "$N*5", YOU ARE A LIBRA"
1620 PRINT "LIBRA IS 'THE BALANCE'"
1630 PRINT
1640 PRINT "EVERYTHING WORKS OUT FOR"
1650 PRINT "YOU IN THE END BUT PERILS"
1660 PRINT "ALONG THE WAY SOMETIMES"
1670 PRINT "SEEM TO GREAT."
1680 PRINT "YOU WILL FIND THE TRUTH!"
1690 GOTO 500
1700 IF D<24 THEN 1610
1710 PRINT "RIGHT ON, ";N*;" YOU ARE A
SCORPIO."
1720 PRINT "SCORPIO IS THE SCORPION"
1730 PRINT
43
1740 PRINT "YOU ARE TRUSTWORTHY, LOYAL,"
1750 PRINT "HELPFUL, FRIENDLY,"
1760 PRINT "COURTEOUS, KIND, OBEDIENT,"
1770 PRINT "CHEERFUL, THRIFTY AND SEXY."
1780 PRINT "YOU WILL WIN!"
1790 GOTO 500
1800 IF D<22 THEN 1710
1810 PRINT "WELL, ";N*s", A SAGITTARIUS"
1820 PRINT "SAGITTARIUS IS THE ARCHER"
1830 PRINT
1840 PRINT "YOU FIRE FROM THE HIP"
1850 PRINT "BUT FRIENDS LIKE YOU ANYWAY"
1860 PRINT "HAPPINESS WILL BE YOURS"
1870 PRINT "BUT WATCH OUT FOR FALSENESS"
1880 GOTO 500
Poetrywriter™
Well, we said It could do anything* All you have to do
Is explain to your computer about adjectives, nouns,
verbs and adverbs. Give it a nice little vocabulary. And off
it goes, writing poetry.
The vocabulary is held as DATA in lines 20 to 200.
The relationship of the words in each of those program
lines is important if you want the computer to make sense
with proper syntax.
Each DATA line has seven items (after the BASIC
word DATA). The seventh "word" actually is a phrase as
we use it but is treated as one unit. The seven items are
separated by commas.
We use the first English word in the DATA line for
transitions. The second and third English words are ad
jectives.
The fourth word is a plural noun. The fifth word is a
verb. The sixth word is an adverb. And the seventh item is
a colorful phrase. It could just as well be a single word.
The computer randomly selects one of each of the
seven types of English words and puts them together to
form sentences.
Random number generators are in lines 300,400,500,
600, 700,800, and 900. Punctuation and print-out order is
44
determined in lines 1000 to 1100.
The computer will write poems all day until you
press its BREAK key.
Program Listing
10 CALL CLEAR
15 RANDOMIZE
20 DATA THE,BIG,BLUE,MARBLES,RUN,
SMOOTHLY,IN THE SAND
30 DATA WHILE, JOLLY, GREEN, GIANTS, EAT.,
HEARTILY,ON THE HILL
40 DATA AND,FRIENDLY,OLD,BOYS,WEAR,
WELL,AS THEY AGE
50 DATA OR,HARD,PLASTIC,BUTTONS,LAST,
TOUGHLY,FOREVER
60 DATA WHEN,HAIRY,TINY,DOGS,PASS,
RUGGEDLY,IN THE NIGHT
70 DATA FROM,WEALTHY,RED,BAGS,TALK,
HAPPILY,FROM THE VALLEY
80 DATA FOR,LIVELY,MEAN,FOLKS,PLOW,
NICELY,ABOVE THE CLOUDS
90 DATA THE,PRETTY, TIMELY, LOVERS,FLY,
LOOSELY,IN THE GROUND
100 DATA MEANWHILE,SAD,YOUNG,CATS,GRIND,
CONCRETELY,BEHIND THE BARN
110 DATA FROM,TIRED,POOR,DRINKERS,FLASH,
BRIGHTLY,IN THE PAN
120 DATA ABOUT,TIGHT,BALD,WIVES,PLAY,
NOISELY,BEYOND THE PALE
13D DATA THE,FOLDED,GLOWING,FARMERS,
SHINE,MERRILY,TOWARD OUR LIVES
140 DATA AND,ROUGH,DARK,HENCHMEN,TRYST,
SWEETLY,NEAR A TREE
150 DATA AS,TIMELY,ROUND,PRIESTS,FOLLOW,
BLINDLY., DOWN THE TUBES
160 DATA WHILE,CRUNCHY,BULKY,STATUES,
LIFT,WETLY,IN THE BOX
170 DATA AND,GOLDEN,SILVERY,BODIES,TURN,
FREELY,IN THE WIND
180 DATA WHILE,NAKED,CARVED,FLOWERS,GLOW,
45
SMARTLY,FROM A MOUNTAIN
190 DATA WHERE,SPARKLING,LOUD,MEN, FIGHT,
WHOLEHEARTEDLY,TO THE DEATH
200 DATA AND, FRESH, NEW, ANCIENTS, HUMAN IZEE
BRAZENLY,FOR THE REST
300 GOSUB 1200
330 FOR L=l TO R
340 READ V*
350 NEXT L
360 RESTORE
400 GOSUB 1200
430 FOR L=l TO R-l
440 READ Ul«
450 NEXT L
460 RESTORE
500 GOSUB 1200
530 FOR L=l TO R--2
540 READ X*
550 NEXT L
560 RESTORE
600 GOSUB 1200
630 FOR L=l TO R-3
640 READ Y*
650 NEXT L
660 RESTORE
700 GOSUB 1200
730 FOR L=l TO R-4
740 READ Z*
750 NEXT L
760 RESTORE
800 GOSUB 1200
830 FOR L=l TO R-5
840 READ A*
850 NEXT L
860 RESTORE
900 GOSUB 1200
930 FOR L=l TO R-6
940 READ B$
950 NEXT L
960 RESTORE
1000 D-D+l
1010 IF INT(D/2)~(D/2)THEN 1030
46
1020 PRINT A*;" ";Z*;" "; Y*
1025 GOTO 1040
1030 PRINT B*;" ";A*ji" "sZ*;" "; Y*
1040 IF INT(D/2)-(D/2)THEN 1060
1050 PRINT X*;" ";W*$" ";V$5","
1055 GOTO 1070
1060 PRINT X$q" ";W*$" "*,V*;"."
1070 IF INT(D/2)=(D/2)THEN 1085
1080 GOTO 1090
1085 PRINT
1O90 IF D<12 THEN 300
1100 D=0
1110 PRINT
1120 PRINT
1130 GOTO 300
1200 R=INT(133*RND)
1210 IF R<7 THEN 1200
1220 IF INT (R/7XXR/7) THEN 1200
1230 RETURN
Super Slot-0
Like any good slot machine, when you pull the han
dle it displays some objects. If you get no two alike, you
lose. If you get two alike among the three objects, you
win small. If all three are the same, you win big.
To simulate pulling the slot machine's lever arm,
press the ENTER key on the keyboard.
One difference in our Slot-0 game, the display is en
tirely at random. No one pushes a secret button under the
table to make certain items pop up.
Get out your funny-money from that old Monopoly
game, gather up your friends, and let's have some fun.
Program Listing
10 CALL CLEAR
20 GOSUB 500
30 PRINT
40 PRINT
50 PRINT
60 GOSUB 200
70 PRINT "***** ***** ***** *****"
47
80 PRINT "* "5A$:j" * * ";B*5" * * "
;C*5" * * " 5Difi5" *"
90 PRINT "***** ***** ***** ******
100 PR INIT
IOS PRINT
110 PRINT "TO PULL THE LEVER,"
120 INPUT "PRESS ENTER";KY*
130 GOTO 10
200 GOSUB 400
210 A*=CHR$(X)
220 GOSUB 400
230 B$=CHR*(X)
240 GOSUB 400
250 C$~CHR*(X)
260 GOSUB 400
270 D*==CHR$(X)
280 GOSUB 400
400 R=INT(5*RND)
410 IF R<1 THEN 400
420 IF R=l THEN 800
430 IF R=2 THEN 900
440 IF R~3 THEN 1000
450 IF R=4 THEN 1100
460 RETURN
500 PRINT "*********************•'
510 PRINT "* SUPER T.I. SLOT-0 *"
520 PRINT "*********************"
530 RETURN
800 X=35
810 GOTO 460
900 X=36
910 GOTO 460
1000 X=37
1010 GOTO 460
1100 X=38
1110 GOTO 460
Draw Straws
Here's one of man's oldest decision makers. Several
straws are broken off to the same length except for one
48
extra-short straw. The length of all straws is concealed
and each person draws a straw. The person drawing the
shortest straw "wins." That Is, he is selected by the luck
of the draw.
Now, your computer can provide a fast and easy
drawing where no straws are available. It does all the work
for you by assigning electronic straws randomly to each
person. Those straws are numbers. The shortest straw, or
lowest number, "wins."
Program Listing
10 CALL CLEAR
20 B=0
30 C=0
40 D=0
50 L=0
60 X=0
70 GOSUB 500
80 PRINT
90 PRINT "DRAW STRAWS"
100 GOSUB 500
110 PRINT
120 PRINT
130 INPUT "PLAYER NO. Is ":B*
140 INPUT "PLAYER NO. 2: ":C*
150 INPUT "PLAYER NO. 3: ":D$
160 GOSUB 540
170 B=X
180 L=B
190 GOSUB 540
200 C=X
210 IF C<L THEN 230
220 GOTO 240
230 L=C
240 GOSUB 540
250 D=X
260 IF D<L THEN 280
270 GOTO 290
280 L=D
290 PRINT
300 PRINT
310 PRINT B$;"s "5B;
49
320 IF L~B THEN 350
330 PRINT
340 GOTO 360
350 PRINT " <<<<<"
360 PRINT C*s"s "5C3
370 IF L=C THEN 400
380 PRINT
390 GOTO 410
400 PRINT " <<<<<"
410 PRINT D*;": "5D5
420 IF L=D THEN 450
430 PRINT
440 GOTO 460
450 PRINT " <<<<<"
460 PRINT
470 PRINT
480 INPUT "FOR MORE, PRESS ENTER"sKY*
490 GOTO 10
500 FOR L=l TO 11
510 PRINT "*";
520 NEXT L
530 RETURN
540 X=INT(100*RND)
550 RETURN
Funny similes
Give these newfangled gadgets an inch and they'll
take a mile. In the case of the computer, give it some
tacky retorts and it will spew out an endless string of
dumb remarks.
The fun is in having the computer randomly select
various words and combine them to make silly sayings.
The random number is used to match the words into
similes.
Program Listing
10 RANDOMIZE
20 CALL CLEAR
30 DATA SHORT, TALL, FAT.. LEAN» CLEAN
50
40 DATA DIRTY,GOOD,BAD,HAPPY,SAD
50 DATA GREEN,RED,YELLOW,BLUE,UGLY
60 DATA PRETTY, SHARP, DULL., TACKY, NATTY
70 DATA STRONG„WEAK,MEAN,NICE,DUMB
80 DATA GNOME,TREE,PIG, BOX ,CLOCK
90 DATA TURKEY., GOLD, APPLE, DOG, ROOK-I E
100 DATA BEET,BIRD,SKY,SIN,PEACH
110 DATA TACK,RAZOR,PIN, PLUG,BULL
120 DATA WORM, LION, LAMB, PUPPY, OX-
130 PRINT "WHOM ARE WE DESCRIBING"
140 INPUT B$
150 PRINT
160 T=-INT(26*RND)
:l 70 IF T<1 THEN 160
180 IF T>25 THEN 160
190 FOR L=l TO T
200 READ D*
210 NEXT L
220 RESTORE
230 T=INT(51*RND)
240 IF T<26 THEN 230
250 IF T>50 THEN 230
260 FOR L=l TO T
270 READ E$
280 NEXT L
290 RESTORE
300 CALL SOUND(1, 1000,19)
310 PRINT B$5" IS D*; AS A E$
320 FOR L=l TO 8
330 PRINT
340 NEXT L
350 INPUT "FOR ANOTHER, PRESS ENTER":KY*
360 GOTO 20
Traditional Dice Roll

Here's a simple, brief way to roll and display results
for two dice.
Lines 100-110 get a random number between 1 and 6
and store it in A. Lines 200-210 get another random
number from 1 to 6 and store it in B.
51
Lines 300-310 print the contents of A and B along
with a suitable message.
Program Listing
10 RANDOMIZE
20 CALL CLEAR
100 A=INT(7*RND)
110 IF A<1 THEN 100
200 B=INT(7*RND)
210 IF B<1 THEN 200
300 PRINT "FIRST DICE:",A
310 PRINT "SECOND DICE:",B
400 FOR L=l TO 10
410 PRINT
420 NEXT L
430 PRINT "TO ROLL DICE AGAIN,"
440 INPUT "PRESS ENTER ": KY*
450 GOTO 20
See Two Dice

This program rolls two dice and lets you see the
results, as with real dice. This is especially useful in
those games where it is important to see the value of
each.
The subroutine in lines 100-140 generates the
necessary pair of random numbers. Lines 60, 70 and 80
make the display you want.
Note that lines 60 and 80 each have nine asterisks.
Line 140 is RETURN and must be the last line in the pro
gram.
After you type in and RUN the program, press ENTER
on your computer's keyboard to roll the dice.
Program Listing
10 RANDOMIZE
15 CALL CLEAR
20 PRINT "TO ROLL TWO DICE,"
30 INPUT "PRESS ENTER":KY*
40 PRINT
50 GOSUB 100
52
60 PRINT "*************"
70 PRINT "* ";DL; " * ";DR *"
80 PRINT "*************"
90 PRINT
95 GOTO 20
100 DL=INT(7*RND>
110 IF DL<1 THEN 100
120 DR=INT(7*RND)
130 IF DR<1 THEN 120
140 RETURN
See Four Dice

Two dice not enough for your game? Here's how to
see four dice after a roll!
Naturally, this program works just like the other
program except that the FOR/NEXT loop in lines 50-
140 makes the computer roll and display four times rather
than two times. If you need six, eight or ten dice on
display, change the number two in line 50 to three, four or
five.
Program Listing
10 RANDOMIZE
15 CALL CLEAR
20 PRINT "TO ROLL TWO DICE,"
30 INPUT "PRESS ENTER":KY*
40 CALL CLEAR
50 FOR L=l TO 2
60 DQ=INT(7*RND)
70 IF DGK1 THEN 60
80 DR=INT(7*RND)
90 IF DR<1 THEN 80
100 PRINT "*************"
110 PRINT "* ";DQ;" * ";DR;" *"
120 PRINT "*************"
130 PRINT
140 NEXT L
150 PRINT
160 PRINT
170 GOTO 20
53
Secret Message
Secret messages can be lots of fun! They often are
composed of codes in which letters of the alphabet have
been replaced by numbers.
In this easy-to-use program, the computer generates
a list of pseudorandom numbers and assigns one number
to each letter of the alphabet. You use the numbers, in
lieu of letters, to write notes to your friends.
There is very littie chance of the same number being
assigned to two different letters because available
numbers range from zero to 999.
When typing this program into your computer,be sure
to separate the alphabet letters with commas in line 100.
By the way, note the nice two-column screen printing
format! Line 250 does that.
Program Listing
10 RANDOMIZE
20 CALL CLEAR
1 oc DATA A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,M
11C> DATA N,0,P,Q,R„S,T,U,V,W„X,Y,Z
20C FOR N=l TO 13
21C • C-INT(1000*RND)
*?*?(" READ L*
23 C D=INT(1000*RND)
24C READ J*
PRINT L*s" "!C,J*;" ";D
26C NEXT N
Original Hi/Lo Game

Here it is. Where everybody started in micro
computer programming back in the Seventies. The first
game ever played was a high-low guess-the-number
routine.
The computer selects a secret number. You try to
guess it. The computer tells you whether or not you are
too high, too low, or right on the number.
54
Here's how it works: the secret number can be zero
to 1000. Line 100 generates a random number (the secret
number) and stores it. Line 200 asks you to guess the
number.
Lines 300-310 decide if you are right or wrong. Line
220 keeps track of the number of attempts.
Program Listing
10 RANDOMIZE
20 CALL CLEAR
30 T=0
100 R=INT(1001*RND)
200 INPUT "GUESS THE NUMBER ":B
210 PRINT
220 T-T+l
230 PRINT "THAT WAS TRY NUMBER "$T
300 IF B>R THEN 350
310 IF B<R THEN 330
320 GOTO 400
330 PRINT "TOO LOW"
340 GOTO 360
350 PRINT "TOO HIGH"
360 INPUT "GUESS AGAIN ":B
370 GOTO 210
400 CALL SOUND(99,440, 1)
410 PRINT "YES, YOU GOT IT !"
420 PRINT R;" IS THE NUMBER"
430 PRINT "YOU GOT IT IN ";T5" TRIES"
440 PRINT
450 PRINT
460 PRINT
470 GOTO 30
Manual Box Mover

The computer can be made to take your message (of
up to 34 characters and spaces) and center that message,
and draw a box around it to highlight it.
Line 10 asks for a word or words of up to 34 total
characters and spaces. Lines 30-80 draw a box around it.
Line 100 positions it at the bottom of the video screen.
Lines 110 to 130 display it, in its box.
55
At this point the computer waits for you to press any
key (line 200). When you press a key on the keyboard, the
program progresses to line 210. The entire message box
is pushed up one line.
Each key press pushes the box up one more line.
Imagination!
Program Listing
10 HOME
20 INPUT"MESSAGE TO BE BOXED ";M$
30 LM=LEN(M$)
40 LT=LM+4
50 FOR L=l TO LT
60 AS$=AS$+"*M
70 NEXT L
80 P=(40-LT)/2
90 HOME
100 FOR L=l TO 20:PRINT:NEXT L
110 PRINT TAB(P) AS$
120 PRINT TAB(P) "* ";M$;" *••
200 GET KY$
210 CALL -912
220 GOTO 200
Backward Writer II
Type in any message of up to 26 characters in
response to the computer's request. The computer will
turn your message around and print it backwards on the
display screen.
Program Listing
10 DIM X$(26)*26:DIM A$(0)*26
:DIM Z$(0)* 26
20 INPUT "TYPE A MESSAGE",A$(0)
30 L=LEN A$(0)
40 FOR J=L+1 TO 1 STEP -1
50 Z$(0)=Z$(0)+MID$ (A$(0),J,1)
60 NEXT J
70 PRINT Z$(0)
80 CLEAR:GOTO 10
56
Secret Message:
Backward Writer
Again type in any message of up to 26 characters (in
cluding spaces, of course). You may use any combination
of letters, numbers, symbols and spaces up to a total of
26.
The computer will reverse it and display it. Try it with
the alphabet. Type in Z to A in backwards order.
Program Listing
10 CLEAR:DIM A$(0)*26:DIM B$(0)*26
20 INPUT "TYPE 26-CHARACTER MESSAGE"
,A$(0)
30 IF A$(0)=nn THEN GOTO 20
40 L=LEN (A$(0))
50 FOR J=L TO 1 STEP -1
60 B$(0)=B$(0)+MID$ (A$(0),J,1)
70 NEXT J
80 PAUSE B$(0)
90 IF INKEY$=n" THEN GOTO 90
100 GOTO 10
Print Character Set

If you have misplaced the character set, here's a way
to see it all on paper. This program causes the computer
to run through its list and print numbers, symbols, upper
case alphabet and lower-case alphabet.
Program Listing
10 CLS:CLEAR:DIM C$(0)*47:DIM D$(0)*47
20 FOR L=33 TO 80
30 C$(0)=C$(0)+CHR$ L
40 NEXT L
50 FOR L=81 TO 127
60 D$(0)=D$(0)+CHR$ L
70 NEXT L
80 LPRINT C$(0);D$(0)
57
Whodunit?
The lord of the manor has been found murdered. The
butler, the gardener, the nanny all seem guilty. And a
burglar was on the scene. Whodunit?
Program Listing
10 LET A$="CAT BURGLAR"
20 LET B§="GARDNER"
30 LET C$="NANNY"
40 LET D$="BUTLER"
50 LET W=0
60 LET R=0
70 RAND
100 LET S=INT (5*RND)
110 IF S=l THEN LET X$=A$
120 IF S=2 THEN LET X$=B$
130 IF S=3 THEN LET X$=C$
140 IF S=4 THEN LET X$=D$
150 IF S<1 OR S>4 THEN GOTO 100
200 PRINT "WHO KILLED THE DUKE?"
210 PRINT
220 PRINT "WAS IT THE",,A$,B$,C$fD$
230 PRINT
240 PRINT "WHODUNIT?"
250 INPUT P$
260 IF P$=X$ THEN GOTO 400
300 CLS
310 PRINT "NO, NOT THE ";P$
320 LET W=W+1
330 PRINT
340 GOTO 200
400 CLS
410 PRINT "HOORAY", ,"THATS RIGHT"
420 PRINT P$;" DID IT"
430 LET R=R+1
440 PRINT
500 PRINT "YOUR SCORE IS"
510 PRINT R;n RIGHT ";W;" WRONG"
58
Klingon Killer
BLEEP. BLEEP. BLEEP. The warning alarm is
screaming. A Klingon raider has been spotted. It is at
tacking. You swing your laser gun and fire. Will you kill
him? Damage him? Miss him? If you miss, will he get
you?
Program Listing
10 let v=0
20 LET W=0
30 RAND
40 PRINT "*********************"
50 PRINT "* RAIDERS ATTACKING *"
60 PRINT •*********************"
70 PRINT ,,"STANDBY TO FIRE LASERS"
80 PRINT ,,"HOW MANY SHOTS WILL YOU FIRE?
90 INPUT Q
110 IF S=l THEN GOTO 200
120 IF S=2 THEN GOTO 300
160 GOTO 100
200 CLS
210 PRINT "YOU DAMAGED HIM"
220 PRINT
230 GOTO 70
300 CLS
310 PRINT "YOU MISSED"
320 GOTO 220
400 CLS
410 PRINT "YOU MISSED BUT"
420 PRINT "HE FIRED AT YOU"
430 PRINT
440 PRINT "HE MISSED"
450 GOTO 220
500 CLS
510 PRINT "YOU GOT HIM"
520 PRINT "HE IS DEAD IN SPACE"
59
530 LET W=W+1
540 GOTO 700
600 CLS
610 PRINT "OH NO"
620 PRINT "HE GOT YOU"
630 PRINT "EL ZAPPO"
640 PRINT "FINIS"
650 LET V=V+1
700 PRINT
710 PRINT
720 PRINT "SCORE:"
730 PRINT "KLINGONS ";V,"YOU ";W
740 PAUSE 240
750 CLS
760 GOTO 40
Memory Tester I
Now you can rate the holding power of your very own
memory, all in the privacy of your own home or office.
Simply say how much of a challenge you think you can
withstand and such a test will be devised.
Think you know it all? Try this.
Program Listing
10 PRINT "MEMORY TEST"
20 PRINT "***********"
30 LET W=0
40 LET A$="ACT"
50 LET B$="RADIO"
60 LET C$="DOG"
70 LET D$="LAMP"
80 LET E$="BREAD"
90 LET F$="LOG"
100 LET G$="POCKET"
110 LET H$="TABLE"
120 LET I$="COLOR"
130 LET J$="TRAIN"
140 LET K$="BOOK"
150 LET L$="FLOWER"
160 LET M$="DRAIN"
60
170 LET N$="SUPPER"
180 LET 0$="PJAN"
190 LET P$="CAT"
200 LET Q$="EVENT"
210 LET R$="TOY"
220 LET S$="CLOCKn
230 LET T$="SHIP"
240 LET X=0
250 LET U$=A$
260 LET V$=B$
270 LET W$=C$
280 LET X$=D$
290 GOSUB 600
300 LET U$=E$
310 LET V$=F$
320 LET W$=G$
330 LET X$=H$
340 GOSUB 600
350 LET U$=I$
360 LET V$=J$
370 LET W$=K$
380 LET X$=L$
390 GOSUB 600
400 LET U$=M$
410 LET V$=N$
420 LET W$=0$
430 LET X$=P$
440 GOSUB 600
450 LET U$=Q$
460 LET V$=R$
470 LET W$=S$
480 LET X$=T$
490 GOSUB 600
500 CLS
510 PRINT "YOU GOT ";W;" RIGHT","IN n
;X;" TRIES"
520 PRINT "*************************"
530 STOP
600 PRINT U$,V$,W$,X$
610 PAUSE 120
620 CLS
61
700 PRINT "WHAT WERE THOSE WORDS?"
800 PRINT "FIRST WORD:",
810 GOSUB 1200
820 IF Y$=U$ THEN GOSUB 1300
830 IF Y$OU$ THEN GOSUB 1400
840 IF Y$OU$ THEN GOTO 800
900 PRINT "SECOND WORD:",
910 GOSUB 1200
920 IF Y$=V$ THEN GOSUB 1300
930 IF Y$OV$ THEN GOSUB 1400
940 IF Y$OV$ THEN GOTO 900
1000 PRINT "THIRD WORD:",
1010 GOSUB 1200
1020 IF Y$=W$ THEN GOSUB 1300
1030 IF Y$OW$ THEN GOSUB 1400
1040 IF Y$OW$ THEN GOTO 1000
1100 PRINT "FOURTH WORD:"
1110 GOSUB 1200
1120 IF Y$=XS THEN GOSUB 1300
1130 IF Y$OX$ THEN GOSUB 1400
1140 IF Y$OX$ THEN GOTO 1100
1150 CLS
1160 PRINT "WATCH CLOSELY"
1170 PAUSE 120
1180 CLS
1190 RETURN
1200 INPUT Y$
1210 PRINT Y$
1220 LET X=X+1
1230 RETURN
1300 PRINT "CORRECT"
1310 PAUSE 180
1320 LET W=W+1
1330 CLS
1340 RETURN
1400 PRINT "WRONG",,"TRY AGAIN"
1410 RETURN
Memory Tester II
Suppose I pick a number out of the air. Say, 5. You
can remember that, right? Or 73. Or 841. But, just how big
62
a number can you see briefly and remember? This pro
gram throws ever-increasingly-larger random numbers at
you and asks you to remember them. And it keeps score.
What's your memory's upper limit?
Program Listing
10 let w=0
15 LET R=0
20 LET Z=l
30 LET S=INT(100*RND)
40 LET N=INT(S*Z)
60 PRINT "REMEMBER ";N
65 PAUSE 100
70 CLS
80 IF W=3 THEN PRINT "FORGET IT"
85 IF W=3 THEN GOTO 145
90 PRINT "WHAT WAS IT ?"
95 INPUT S
100 IF SON THEN PRINT "WRONG"
105 IF SON THEN LET W=W+1
110 IF SON THEN GOTO 80
115 PRINT "RIGHT"
120 LET R=R+1
125 LET W=0
130 LET Z=11*Z
135 PRINT R;" RIGHT SO FAR"
140 GOTO 30
145 PRINT "YOU HAD ";R;" RIGHT"
150 PRINT "LETS START OVER"
155 GOTO 10
Smart Computer
This game is so quick you can work it in while your
secretary is away sharpening her pencil. It's more or less
the reverse of the old favorite High-Low Number bit. In
this rendition, you come up with the secret three-digit
number and the computer guesses it!
In old-fashioned High-Low, the computer could keep
you guessing for hours. Here, the computer asks one lit-
63
tie old question and...bingo! it has the correct answer in
an instant.
The mystery number has to be a three-digit number
with all digits the same.
Program Listing
10 CLS
20 PRINT "SELECT A THREE-DIGIT NUMBER"
30 PRINT "WITH ALL THREE DIGITS THE
SAME"
40 PRINT
50 PRINT "ADD THE THREE DIGITS TOGETHER'
60 PRINT "WHAT IS THE SUM"
65 PRINT "OF THE THREE DIGITS ?"
70 INPUT N
75 CLS
80 LET Q=37*N
90 PRINT
100 PRINT "YOUR ORIGINAL NUMBER WAS ";Q
110 PRINT
120 PRINT
130 GOTO 20
Parameters
What! Another high-low numbers game? Yep. It's the
all-time most favorite computer game.
Any rules? Sure. The computer picks a secret
number. You try to guess it. The computer gives you too-
high or too-low clues and keeps score.
Program Listing
10 RAND
20 LET T=0
30 LET R=INT (101*RND)
40 IF R<1 OR R>100 THEN GOTO 20
50 PRINT "GUESS MY SECRET NUMBER","(1
TO 100)"
60 INPUT B
70 LET T=T+1
80 IF B>R THEN GOTO 200
64
90 IF B<R THEN GOTO 300
100 PRINT
110 PRINT "YES"f,R;" IS THE NUMBER"
120 PRINT "IT TOOK YOU ";T;" TRIES"
130 PAUSE 240
140 CLS
150 GOTO 20
200 CLS
210 PRINT B;" IS TOO HIGH"
220 PRINT "GUESS AGAIN"
230 GOTO 60
300 CLS
310 PRINT B;" IS TOO LOW"
320 GOTO 220
Wood Chuck Chuck

How much wood would a woodchuck chuck, if a
woodchuck could chuck wood. How much wood could a
woodchuck chuck, if a woodchuck would chuck wood?
That's like asking how many angels can sit on the head of
a pin. Or, more appropriately, how many trees in the
forest.
But.wait. This little game takes that old ditty seriously.
How much wood could Mr. Chuck throw around if he
wanted to? Try it. If you're good enough, you'll end up in
the Woodchuck Hall of Fame.
Program Listing
10 PRINT "HOW MUCH WOOD",,"COULD A
WOODCHUCK CHUCK"
20 PRINT "IF A WOODCHUCK",,"COULD
CHUCK WOOD?"
30 PRINT ***************************
40 PRINT "TOO MUCH"
50 LET C=0
55 LET E=0
60 LET G=0
70 PRINT "PRESS A KEY TO PLAY"
90 GOSUB 1000
100 CLS
65
110 PRINT "HOW MANY LOGS", ,"CAN THE
WOODCHUCK CHUCK?"
120 INPUT B
130 LET C=C+1
140 IF BOX THEN GOTO 400
150 LET G=G+1
160 PRINT "HOORAY",,"YOU GOT IT"
170 IF C=l THEN PRINT "ON THE FIRST TRY"
180 IF COl THEN PRINT "IN ";C;" TRIES"
190 PRINT
260 LET E=E+C
265 LET C=0
270 PRINT "WANT TO PLAY AGAIN?"
280 INPUT D$
290 IF D$="YES" THEN GOTO 90
300 GOTO 800
400 IF C=l THEN GOTO 425
405 IF C=2 THEN GOTO 440
420 IF C>4 THEN GOTO 500
425 PRINT "YOUR FIRST TRY IS"
430 IF B<X THEN GOTO 480
435 GOTO 490
440 PRINT "YOUR SECOND GUESS IS"
450 GOTO 490
455 PRINT "THIRD GUESS"
465 GOTO 490
470 PRINT "FOURTH TRY",,"YOUR LAST CHANCE'
477 GOTO 630
480 PRINT "TOO LITTLE"
485 GOTO 495
490 PRINT "TOO MUCH"
495 PRINT "TRY AGAIN"
497 GOTO 120
500 PRINT "SORRY",,"YOU ONLY GET 4
CHANCES"
505 PRINT "THE WOODCHUCK COULD"
66
510 PRINT "CHUCK ";X;" LOGS"
520 PRINT "YOU LOSE",,"TOUGH LUCK"
530 PRINT
540 GOTO 260
600 PRINT "TOO LITTLE AGAIN"
610 GOTO 500
630 PRINT "STILL TOO HIGH"
640 GOTO 500
800 CLS
805 PRINT "YOU HAD ";G;" RIGHT"
810 PRINT "IN ";E;" TRIES"
815 LET H=INT (G/E)*1000)
820 PRINT
830 PRINT "YOU ARE BATTING ";H
900 STOP
1000 RAND
1010 LET X=INT (11*RND)
1020 IF X<1 OR X>10 THEN GOTO 1010
1030 RETURN
Murder In the Mansion

The wind howls around gnarled tree trunks and
through heather across the moor. A dog barks in the
distance. Inside the stately Victorian mansion, the upstairs
maid weeps noisily into her handkerchief. The Baron has
just been found dead in a pool of blood.
As Scotland Yard's chief inspector for the district,
you've just been called in on the case. Besides the Pretty
Maid, you find a motley cast of characters including the
Stately Butler and the Old Nanny.
The case is perplexing. You're not sure how the old
boy was done in, or even where he actually was killed.
The identity of the killer is not immediately apparent.
The first major decision comes as you sort through
the clues, trying to deduce where the Baron was killed.
Satisfying that one, you search for the weapon. Once you
know where and how he was murdered, the only remaining
question is: Whodunit?
Program Listing
10 CLEAR
67
20 LET A$="BUTLER"
30 LET B$="MAID"
40 LET C$="NANNY"
60 PRINT "A WINTER EVE,"
70 PRINT "A COUNTRY MANSION,"
80 PRINT "THE BARON IS DEAD."
90 PRINT "******************"
100 PRINT "OUR CAST:"
110 PRINT "THE STATELY ";A$
120 PRINT "THE PRETTY ";B$
130 PRINT "THE OLD ";C$
150 LET E$="HAIRPIN"
160 LET F$="GUN"
170 LET G$="POKER"
190 LET I$="PANTRY"
200 LET J$="BEDROOM"
210 LET K$="LIBRARY"
230 RAND
240 LET M=INT (4*RND)
250 IF M<1 OR M>3 THEN GOTO 240
260 LET N=INT (4*RND)
270 IF N<1 OR N>3 THEN GOTO 260
280 LET R=INT (4*RND)
310 PRINT
330 PRINT "PRESS A KEY TO PLAY"
340 IF INKEY$="" THEN GOTO 340
350 CLS
360 PRINT "WHICH ROOM?"
370 PRINT I$,J$,K$
420 INPUT V$
430 IF M=l THEN LET S$="PANTRY"
440 IF M=2 THEN LET S$="BEDROOM"
450 IF M=3 THEN LET S$="LIBRARY"
470 IF V$=S$ THEN GOTO 530
475 PRINT "CLUE:"
480 IF S$=I$ THEN PRINT "FOOD"
490 IF S$=J$ THEN PRINT "PILLOW"
500 IF S$=K$ THEN PRINT "BOOKS"
520 GOTO 360
530 CLS
540 PRINT "CORRECT. IN THE ";V$
68
550 PRINT "BUT WHICH WEAPON"
560 PRINT E$,F$,G$
610 INPUT W$
620 IF N=l THEN LET T$="HAIRPIN"
630 IF N=2 THEN LET T$="GUN"
640 IF N=3 THEN LET T$="POKER"
660 IF W$=TS THEN GOTO 720
665 PRINT "CLUE:"
670 IF T$=E$ THEN PRINT "COIFFURE"
680 IF T$=F$ THEN PRINT "BULLETS"
690 IF T$=G$ THEN PRINT "LOGS"
700 GOTO 550
720 CLS
730 PRINT "THE ";T$;" IS CORRECT"
740 PRINT "BUT WHODUNIT?"
750 PRINT AS,B$,C$
760 INPUT X$
770 IF R=l THEN LET U$="BUTLER"
780 IF R=2 THEN LET U$="MAID"
790 IF R=3 THEN LET U$="NANNY"
810 IF X$=U$ THEN GOTO 865
820 IF U$=A$ THEN PRINT "HE SERVES"
830 IF U$=B$ THEN PRINT "SHE DUSTS"
840 IF U$=C$ THEN PRINT "LOVES KIDS"
860 GOTO 740
865 CLS
870 PRINT "YOU SOLVED THE CRIME"
880 PRINT "THE ";U$;n DID IT"
890 PRINT "IN THE ";S$;" WITH THE ";T$
Buried Treasure
The sun burns the beach sand as it glares across
mirrored depths. An old salt, one leg gone below the
knee, stumps down to the water's edge and glares back.
A parrot chatters on his shoulder. The old man tosses a
bottle into the ocean.
Hours later you awaken to find the tide moistening
your toes and the bottle bumping against your leg. It's
got paper inside.
Pulling the cork you find a map. A treasure map! The
scrawl shows a quiet Cay with a peaceful finger of land
69
extending into the sea. On the map is a giant X, marking
the spot where the treasure is buried. Then, the only
remaining question is: Where?
Program Listing
10 PRINT "YOU SEARCH FOR"
20 PRINT •*******************"
30 PRINT "* BURIED TREASURE *"
40 PRINT •*******************"
50 PRINT
60 PRINT "PRESS ANY KEY TO PLAY"
65 LET W=0
100 CLS
110 PRINT "* *"
120. PRINT " * * "
130 PRINT " * "
140 PRINT " * * "

150 PRINT "* *"
160 PRINT
170 PRINT "ON YOUR MAP, X MARKS THE SPOT"
180 PRINT
190 GOTO 950
200 PRINT "BUT WHERE IS IT?"
220 PRINT "IN THE GARDEN?"
225 INPUT D$
230 IF D$="YES" THEN GOTO 400
240 PRINT "SUNK IN THE POND?"
245 INPUT F$
250 IF F$="YES" THEN GOTO 500
260 PRINT "BESIDE THE TREE?"
265 INPUT H$
270 IF H$="YES" THEN GOTO 600
280 PRINT "BENEATH THE BOULDER?"
285 INPUT 1$
290 IF I$="YES" THEN GOTO 700
300 PRINT "INSIDE THE CAVE?"
305 INPUT J$
70
310 IF J$="YES" THEN GOTO 800
320 PRINT "UNDER THE SHED?"
325 INPUT K$
330 IF K$ ="YES" THEN GOTO 900
340 GOTO 950
400 IF X=l THEN GOTO 980
410 GOSUB 1000
420 GOTO 240
500 IF X=2 THEN GOTO 980
510 GOSUB 1000
520 GOTO 260
610 GOSUB 1000
620 GOTO 280
710 GOSUB 1000
720 GOTO 300
810 GOSUB 1000
820 GOTO 320
910 GOSUB 1000
920 GOTO 200
950 PRINT "IT HAS TO BE"
955 PRINT "IN THE GARDEN",,"SUNK IN THE
POND","BESIDE THE TREE"
960 PRINT "BENEATH THE BOULDER","INSIDE
THE CAVE",,"OR UNDER THE SHED"
965 PRINT
970 GOTO 200
980 PRINT "YOU FOUND THE CHEST","WITH
$1 MILLION IN JEWELS"
985 PRINT
990 PRINT "YOU HAD ";W;" WRONG GUESSES"
995 PRINT "THATS GOOD"
999 STOP
1000 CLS
1010 PRINT "NO, NOT THERE",,"TRY AGAIN"
1020 LET W=W+1
1030 RETURN
71
Craps
The world's oldest game transformed into a
futuristic setting: computer dice. The computer rolls the
dice, notes your point, cheers your wins and com
miserates after your losses.
Snake eyes. Lucky seven. The roll. The point. Just be
sure not to crap out!
Program Listing
10 RAND
15 LET E=0
20 LET D=0
25 LET C=0
30 PRINT "*********"
40 PRINT "* CRAPS *"
50 PRINT "*********"
60 PRINT
70 PRINT "TO ROLL DICE PRESS ANY KEY"
90 GOSUB 600
100 LET C=C+1
110 CLS
120 PRINT "***** *****"
130 PRINT "* ";X,-" * * ";Y;" *"
140 PRINT "***** ******
150 LET Z=X+Y
160 IF C=l THEN LET B=Z
180 IF Z=B THEN GOTO 400
190 IF Z=7 THEN GOTO 250
200 IF Z=2 THEN GOTO 300
210 PRINT "YOUR POINT IS ";B
220 GOTO 60
250 IF C=l THEN PRINT "HOORAY",,"LUCKY
SEVEN"
255 IF C=l THEN PRINT "YOU WIN"
260 IF C=l THEN LET D=D+1
270 PRINT "TOUGH LUCK",,"YOU CRAPPED OUT"
275 PRINT "YOU LOSE"
72
280 LET E=E+1
285 GOTO 500
300 PRINT "SORRY",,"SNAKE EYES"
310 GOTO 275
400 PRINT "POINT"
410 PRINT "YOU GOT ";B
420 PRINT "YOU WIN"
430 LET D=D+1
500 PRINT
510 PRINT "YOU ROLLED ";C;" TIMES"
520 PRINT
530 PRINT "WANT TO ROLL AGAIN?"
540 PRINT
550 INPUT F$
560 IF F$="YES" THEN GOTO 25
570 PRINT "OKAY"
580 PRINT "YOU WON ";D;" AND LOST ";E
590 STOP
620 LET Y=INT (7*RND)
630 IF Y<1 OR Y>6 THEN GOTO 620
640 RETURN
Old West Shootout

You are Marshall Matt Dillon. Billy the Kid is in town.
You can't avoid your duty: the kid must be arrested. It's
high noon!
You must plug the gunfighter before he guns you
down. But where is he hiding? He could be down in the
corral or up on the hotel roof. He might have slipped into
the stable or down behind the bar in the saloon. He could
be inside the house or outside in the wagon. He might be
behind the railroad station or in the doctor's office. And,
worst of all, he may have brought a friend!
Follow the clues from your handy computer, fastest
figurer in the West. Just don't stop any bullets.
Program Listing
10 CLEAR
73
12 RAND
13 LET P=0
14 LET M=0
15 LET Z=0
16 LET 0=0
17 LET W=0
20 LET A$="CORRAL"
25 LET B$="HOTEL"
30 LET CS="STABLE"
35 LET D$="SALOON"
40 LET E$="HOUSE"
45 LET F$="WAGON"
50 LET G$="STATION"
55 LET H$="STORE"
60 LET I$="OFFICE"
85 PRINT "SHOOT THE GUNFIGHTER"
90 PRINT "BEFORE HE SHOOTS YOU"
95 PRINT
100 PRINT "HE MAY BE IN THE"
105 PRINT A$,B$,C$,D$,E$,F$,G$,H$,I$
110 PRINT
115 PRINT "WHERE?"
120 INPUT K$
130 PRINT "WHERE ARE YOU?",
135 INPUT LS
140 CLS
150 PRINT "YOU SHOOT"
155 PRINT "FROM THE ";L$
160 PRINT "INTO THE ";K$
165 PAUSE 120
170 GOSUB 1000
175 CLS
180 PRINT "BANG"
185 IF K$=Z$ THEN GOTO 300
190 IF L$=Z$ THEN GOTO 600
200 PRINT "YOU MISSED HIM"
205 LET P=P+1
210 LET W=W+1
215 LET Z=Z+1
220 IF W>2 THEN GOTO 700
230 LET V=S
74
245 PRINT "TRY AGAIN"
250 GOTO 95
300 CLS
305 PRINT "YOU GOT HIM",,"IN THE ";Z$
310 LET M=M+1
315 PRINT
320 PRINT
325 PRINT "OOPS, ANOTHER BAD GUY"
330 PRINT "WANNA FIGHT AGAIN?"
335 LET W=0
340 INPUT N$
345 CLS
355 IF N$="YES" THEN GOTO 85
357 PRINT "YOU MISSED ";P;" SHOTS"
360 PRINT "YOU WON ";M;" LOST ";0
370 STOP
600 PRINT "OOPS,",,"HE IS IN THE ";L$
605 PRINT "HE SHOT YOU"
610 LET 0=0+1
615 GOTO 315
700 PRINT "HE GOT YOU", ,"YOU ARE DEAD"
705 LET 0=0+1
710 PRINT "HE WAS IN THE ";Z$
715 GOTO 315
1010 IF S=l THEN LET Z$=A$
1020 IF S=2 THEN LET Z$=B$
1030 IF S=3 THEN LET Z$=C$
1040 IF S=4 THEN LET Z$=D$
1050 IF S=5 THEN LET Z$=E§
1060 IF S=6 THEN LET Z$=F$
1070 IF S=7 THEN LET Z$=G$
1080 IF S=8 THEN LET Z$=H$
1090 IF S=9 THEN LET Z$=I$
1110 RETURN
Scrambled Egg
Ttsae. Let's see. Oh, I know. State? Right. Try another.
Nidlsa. Good grief. That's too tough. Give me an easier
75
one. Okay. Fo. Well, that's too easy. What is it? Of, of
course. By the way, what is Nidlsa. Island. Oh!
Try another.
Program Listing
10 PRINT "*****************"
20 PRINT "* SCRAMBLED EGG *"
30 PRINT n*****************n
40 CLEAR
50 RAND
60 PRINT
70 LET W=0
80 LET T=0
90 LET C=0
100 PRINT "DO YOU WANT THE","HARD,
HARDER, OR HARDEST WORDS?"
110 INPUT Y$
120 IF Y$="HARDEST" THEN GOTO 8000
130 IF Y$="HARDER" THEN GOTO 8500
140 IF Y$="HARD" THEN GOTO 9000
150 GOTO 110
200 CLS
210 PRINT "HERE IS THE ";Y$;" WORD"
220 GOSUB Z*500
230 PRINT
240 PRINT X$
250 PRINT
260 PRINT "WHAT IS THE WORD?",
270 INPUT Z$
275 LET T=T+1
280 PRINT Z$
290 IF Z$=L$ THEN GOTO 400
300 CLS
310 PRINT "WRONG",,"TRY AGAIN"
320 LET W=W+1
330 GOTO 230
400 CLS
410 PRINT "CORRECT"
420 LET C=C+1
430 PRINT
76
450 INPUT Z$
460 CLS
465 IF ZS="YES" THEN GOTO 100
470 IF Z$="NO" THEN GOTO 9500
480 PRINT "ANSWER YES OR NO"
490 GOTO 430
500 LET L$="EGG"
600 LET X$="GEG"
700 RETURN
1000 LET L$="LOG"
1100 LET X$="GLO"
1200 RETURN
1500 LET L$="BEE"
1600 LET X$="EBE"
1700 RETURN
2000 LET L$="TRY"
2100 LET X$="RYT"
2200 RETURN
2500 LET L$="RADIO"
2600 LET X$="DIROA"
2700 RETURN
3000 LET L$="COURT"
3100 LET X$=nRUCOT"
3200 RETURN
3500 LET L$="DREAM"
3600 LET X$="RAMED"
3700 RETURN
4000 LET L$="LIVER"
4100 LET X$="RIVEL"
4200 RETURN
4500 LET L$="COMPUTE"
4600 LET X$="PEMCUTO"
4700 RETURN
5000 LET L$="MANSION"
5100 LET X$="SOMNNAI"
5200 RETURN
5500 LET L$="VEHICLE"
5600 LET X$="ELCHIVE"
5700 RETURN
6000 LET L$="ILLEGAL"
6100 LET X$="GALELIL"
6200 RETURN
77
8000 LET Z=INT (13*RND)
8010 IF Z<9 OR Z>12 THEN GOTO 8000
8020 GOTO 200
8520 GOTO 200
9020 GOTO 200
9500 PRINT "OKAY"
9510 PRINT "*****************"
9520 PRINT "YOU HAD ";C;" RIGHT"
9530 PRINT "AND";W;" WRONG"
9540 PRINT "IN ";T;" TRIES"
Lost Safari
Jim Buck, the famous safari guide, has been deep in
the bush of darkest Africa, leading a party of big game
hunters for days when word arrives at his London
headquarters that he is lost. The telegram doesn't say
what country on the African continent he is in. Nor does it
tell what big game he is hunting. You'll have to apply your
best deductive reasoning and come up with his prey and
his location if you are to save his life and the lives of three
men and two women on safari with Big Jim.
But the jungle is full of traps. Once you have discovered
which animal he is huntingyou'll know whether he is up-
country or down-country or in the back country. But the
jungle is full of traps. Having settled all that, it's still not
clear whether you can fly in, in time to save the party from
certain death at the hands of a tribe of giant pygmies. If
only you can fly in in the right number of days, all will be
saved. Hurry!
Program Listing
10 CLEAR
20 PRINT "LOST SAFARI"
30 PRINT m***********n
40 RAND
50 LET B$="RHINO"
78
60 LET C$="GAZELLE"
70 LET D$="HIPPO"
80 LET E$="LION"
90 LET F$="ZEBRA"
100 LET G$="TIGER"
110 LET H$="KENYA"
120 LET I$="CONGO"
130 LET J$=NIGERIA"
140 LET K$="SUDAN"
150 LET L$="TOGO"
160 LET M$="LESOTHO"
170 LET A1=INT(7*RND)
180 IF AKl OR Al>6 THEN GOTO 170
200 IF A2<1 OR A2>6 THEN GOTO 190
220 IF A3<1 OR A3>6 THEN GOTO 210
230 IF Al=l THEN LET S$=B$
240 IF Al=2 THEN LET S$=C$
250 IF Al=3 THEN LET S$=D$
260 IF Al=4 THEN LET S$=E$
270 IF Al=5 THEN LET S$=F$
280 IF Al=6 THEN LET S$=G$
290 IF A2=l THEN LET T$=H$
300 IF A2=2 THEN LET T$=I$
310 IF A2=3 THEN LET T$=J$
320 IF A2=4 THEN LET T$=K$
330 IF A2=5 THEN LET T$=L$
340 IF A2=6 THEN LET T$=M$
350 PRINT
360 PRINT "THE SAFARI IS LOST"
370 PRINT "SOMEWHERE IN"
380 PRINT
390 PRINT H$,I$,J$,K$,L$,M$
400 PRINT
430 PRINT "TO PLAY PRESS A KEY"
450 CLS
460 PRINT "WHAT ARE THEY HUNTING?"
480 PRINT B$,C$,D$,E$,F$,G$
510 INPUT 0$
79
530 IF 0$=S$ THEN GOTO 580
540 GOSUB 1000
570 GOTO 480
580 GOSUB 1200
610 PRINT "NOW FIND THEM"
630 PRINT "ARE THEY IN"
650 PRINT H$,I$,J$,K$,L$,M$
680 INPUT R$
700 IF R$=T$ THEN GOTO 750
710 GOSUB 1000
740 GOTO 640
750 GOSUB 1200
770 PRINT "NOW RUSH TO SAVE THEM"
790 PRINT "HOW MANY DAYS (1-6)"
810 PRINT "WILL IT TAKE TO GET THERE?"
820 INPUT Z
840 IF Z=A3 THEN GOTO 880
850 GOSUB 1000
860 PRINT "TRY A DIFFERENT NUMBER"
870 GOTO 790
880 GOSUB 1200
890 PRINT "YOU SAVED THE SAFARI"
900 PRINT "HUNTING ";S$;" IN ";T$
;" IN ";A3;" DAYS"
910 STOP
1000 CLS
1010 PRINT "WRONG, TRY AGAIN"
1020 RETURN
1200 CLS
1210 PRINT "CORRECT"
1220 RETURN
Barrel of Apples
Albert is a fat kid, about as round as that barrel of
apples. Oh, that's Albert's barrel by the way. He carts it
around with him. Has a new game he likes to play. And
play. And play. It's enough to drive you nuts!
Go ahead. Say hello.
80
Program Listing
10 PRINT "HI",,"I AM ALBERT"
20 PRINT "WHATS YOUR NAME?"
30 INPUT L$
40 CLS
50 PRINT "HI,";L$
60 PRINT "WANT TO PLAY A GAME?"
70 PRINT
80 PRINT "PRESS ANY KEY"
100 LET B=0
105 LET P=0
110 LET Q=0
115 LET X=0
120 GOSUB 1100
130 CLS
140 GOSUB 1000
150 PRINT
160 PRINT
170 PRINT "THIS BARREL HOLDS LOTS OF
APPLES"
180 PRINT "IN FACT, ";L$;", UP TO 100
APPLES"
190 PRINT
200 PRINT "CAN YOU GUESS HOW MANY"
210 PRINT "ITS HOLDING RIGHT NOW?"
220 INPUT P
225 IF P<1 OR P>100 THEN GOTO 220
230 LET B=B+1
240 IF X=P THEN GOTO 300
250 GOTO 500
300 LET Q=Q+1
310 IF B=l THEN GOTO 450
320 CLS
330 PRINT "YOU GOT IT",,"CONGRATULATIONS'
340 PRINT
360 INPUT R$
370 IF R$="YES" THEN GOTO 400
380 GOTO 800
400 LET X=0
81
410 LET P=0
420 GOTO 120
450 CLS
460 PRINT "WOW",,"RIGHT THE FIRST TIME"
470 PRINT "YOU QUALIFY AS A GENIUS"
480 GOTO 340
500 IF P<X THEN GOTO 600
510 IF P>X THEN GOTO 700
600 CLS
610 PRINT "WRONG",,"THERE ARE MORE"
620 PRINT
630 PRINT "PICK A LARGER NUMBER"
640 INPUT P
650 LET B=B+1
660 GOTO 240
700 CLS
710 PRINT "SORRY",,"TOO MANY"
720 PRINT
730 PRINT "GO FOR A SMALLER NUMBER"
740 INPUT P
750 LET B=B+1
760 GOTO 240
800 CLS
810 PRINT "OKAY, ";L$
820 PRINT "YOU HAD ";Q;" RIGHT"
830 PRINT "IN ";B;" TRIES"
840 LET C=INT ((Q/B)*1000)
850 PRINT
860 PRINT "YOU BATTED ";C
870 PRINT
880 PRINT "BYE BYE, ";L§
900 STOP
1000 FOR H=17 TO 27
1010 FOR Y=43 TO 30 STEP -1
1020 PLOT H,Y
1030 NEXT Y
1040 NEXT H
1050 RETURN
1100 RAND
1130 RETURN
82
The Black Pearl
Loves have been lost for it. Families have been
broken by it. Men have killed for it: the infamous Black
Pearl from Won Quon Luk temple in the Orient.
One night in 1946, in a fabulous apartment high
above Fifth Avenue in New York City, a svelte blonde in
black velvet wore a string of 10 superb pearls. At least,
nine superb and one ultimate. Nine whites and the black
beauty!
The string broke during a lights-out-at-midnight and
were lost. Until now, their whereabouts has been a
mystery. Until now, that is, because here they are in this
leather pouch. Reach in. Take one. Hope you get the
Black Pearl!
Program Listing
10 CLEAR
20 LET C=0
30 LET D=0
40 CLS
•*******************"
45 PRINT
50 PRINT "* THE BLACK PEARL *"
55 PRINT
60 PRINT
65 RAND
70 PRINT "MY POUCH HAS TEN PEARLS"
80 PRINT "NINE WHITES AND..."
90 PRINT "THE BLACK BEAUTY"
100 PRINT
110 PRINT "EACH HAS A TINY GOLD NUMBER'
120 PRINT "FROM ONE TO TEN"
130 PRINT "ETCHED ON ITS SURFACE"
140 PRINT
150 PRINT "TAKE A PEARL AND"
160 PRINT "TELL ME ITS NUMBER"
170 PRINT
180 PRINT "IF IT IS THE BLACK PEARL,"
190 PRINT "YOU WIN"
200 PRINT
210 PRINT "WHICH NUMBER DO YOU HAVE?"
83
240 INPUT A
245 LET C=C+1
250 IF XOA THEN GOTO 300
260 LET D=D+1
270 GOTO 800
300 CLS
310 PRINT "SORRY",,"THAT ONE IS WHITE"
320 PRINT "PLEASE TRY A DIFFERENT PEARL"
330 INPUT B
335 LET C=C+1
340 IF XOB THEN GOTO 300
350 GOTO 260
800 CLS
820 PRINT "THATS IT",,"YOU HAVE IT"
830 PRINT "THE BLACK PEARL IS NUMBER ";X
840 FOR L=l TO 5
850 PRINT
860 NEXT L
880 INPUT E$
890 IF E$="YES" THEN GOTO 40
900 IF E$="NO" THEN GOTO 930
910 PRINT "PLEASE ANSWER YES OR NO"
920 GOTO 870
930 LET F=INT ((D/C)*1000)
940 CLS
950 PRINT "OKAY",,"YOUR FINAL SCORE IS ";F
999 STOP
Saturn Death
Lights are dimmed to a dull red on the flight deck of
the USS Intrepid. Men m your command chatter quietly
as their handheld terminal boxes twinkle with vital data.
The forward view screen has been showing gigantic
Saturn as a tiny ball for days. Now the planet is a giant
balloon with the Sun receding from the starboard screens.
Despite the ever-imminent danger in the hostile
environment of space, the trip out from Earth Command
has been uneventful. Suddenly, the red bullseye flashes
84
on your terminal box. The console under your left elbow
brightens and a low buzz emits from its loudspeaker. The
ship's main computer sounds an alarm. Life-threatening
danger is approaching rapidly. With only seconds to
spare, it's you and the computer against the challenge of
your life. Death in the frozen void of space lurks nearby.
Program Listing
100 CLEAR
110 PRINT "RED ALERT"
130 PRINT -*********"
150 PRINT "EARLY WARNING REPORT",
"DANGER APPROACHING"
170 RAND
180 GOSUB 1400
200 GOSUB 900
210 PRINT
230 PRINT "ASTEROID CLOSING FAST"
240 GOSUB 900
250 IF W=l THEN GOTO 310
270 PRINT,,"NO TIME",,"WE ARE HIT"
300 GOTO 1000
310 PRINT "THERE IS TIME",,"BLAST IT"
330 GOSUB 900
350 GOTO 1200
360 CLS
365 PRINT,,"MISSED"
370 GOTO 310
400 PRINT "ALIEN DEATH PROBE COMING FAST'
410 GOSUB 900
430 GOSUB 1400
460 PRINT,,"TOO LATE",,"HE FIRED TORPEDOS'
480 GOSUB 900
500 PRINT "WE ARE HIT"
520 GOSUB 900
550 PRINT,,"MUCH DAMAGE",,"SHIP EXPLODING'
570 GOTO 1000
85
580 CLS
582 PRINT "MISSED"
585 PRINT,,"STANDBY TO FIRE"
590 GOSUB 900
600 GOTO 630
610 PRINT "DAMAGE","WE HAVE POWER"
620 GOTO 585
640 PRINT,,"HIT"
650 GOSUB 900
670 PRINT "DAMAGE BUT HE HAS POWER","WILL
• FIRE AGAIN"
680 GOTO 410
690 PRINT,,"MISSED"
700 GOTO 460
710 GOTO 1200
900 LET W=INT (3*RND)
910 IF W<1 OR W>2 THEN GOTO 900
920 RETURN
1000 GOSUB 1400
1010 CLS
1020 PRINT "THIS IS THE END"
1030 LET A$="TOO BAD"
1040 GOTO 1240
1200 GOSUB 1400
1210 CLS
1220 PRINT "IT IS DESTROYED","ALL ARE SAFE"
1230 LET A$="YOU WIN"
1240 FOR L=l TO 15
1245 PRINT
1250 NEXT L
1260 PRINT TAB 7;A$
1270 FOR N=l TO 12
1280 LET X=20-(10*COS (N/6*PI))
1290 LET Y=10+(10*SIN (N/6*PI))
1300 PLOT X,Y
1310 NEXT N
1320 GOTO 1320
1400 FOR L=l TO 30
1410 NEXT L
1420 RETURN
86
Mystery Clues
Want to create your own murder mystery? Figure out
whodunit and write your program backwards from there.
When your players make wrong guesses, give them tan
talizing clues.
Here's a short program which you can load into your
computer in a matter of minutes. Key it in and try it out. It
shows how you can add clues to your mysteries.
For simplicity, we assume here the Butler did it. Note
that, in line 20, we are making him equal to X$. At line 30,
the computer stops to ask you whom you think did it. Your
answer is recorded in A$.
In line 40, your answer, lodged in A$, is compared
with the computer's already-certain knowledge that the
Butler did it. A$ is compared with X$. If they agree, and
only if they agree, the computer displays the message,
"You guessed it." If you got it right, things will end right
there.
If, however, you missed it, program execution (sorry
about using that word in a murder mystery!) drops to line
50 where we hear the computer, "Clue: servant." After
deftly dropping that clue, the computer moves back to
line 10 and runs through the whole affair another time. It
will keep running through it until you answer, "Butler," in
response to its question in line 30.
Program Listing
10 CLS
20 LET X$="BUTLER"
30 PRINT "WHODUNIT ?"
35 INPUT A$
40 IF X$=A$ THEN GOTO 100
45 CLS
50 PRINT "CLUE: SERVANT"
60 FOR T=l TO 100
70 NEXT T
80 GOTO 10
100 PRINT "YOU GUESSED IT: BUTLER"
110 PRINT "PRESS ANY KEY TO PLAY AGAIN"
130 GOTO 10
87
Code Groups
Need some secret codes for your latest sensitive
mission? How about sets of five random letters for use in
Morse code practice?
This program has the computer generate an endless
string of random combinations of five letters. It won't stop
until you press the BREAK key.
Program Listing
10 RAND
20 LET A$="ABCDEFGHlJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
30 FOR L=l TO 5
40 LET R=INT(100*RND)
60 PRINT A$(R);
70 NEXT L
80 PRINT
90 SCROLL
100 GOTO 30
Keeping Game Scores

Writing a computer football game? Spelling bee?
Cave adventure? No matter what kind of fun you are
preparing, you'll need a way to keep score. Here's how.
The wealthy English duke has just been killed in our
little mystery game. In lines 10 through 160 of
our program listing, below, you play the game, attempting
to find out whodunit.
The trick here is in the scorekeeping. Noteline170.lf
you guessed correctly in response to the query in Iine160,
at Iine170thecomputer will give you credit by adding one
point to your score stored in memory location R. It does
that by comparing your Ilne160answer stored in P$ with
the correct answer stored in A$.
If you blew it and guessed wrong, the program drops
below Iine170to line 180 where it increases your "wrong
score" by adding one point to W.
If you got a W+1 at line 190, the program moves back
toline120and gets you to try again. If you scored a victory
88
and got an R+1 atline170,the program jumps to line 200
where it stops to display your total right and wrong score.
After that, it's back to line 10 for a complete new run-
through.
Program Listing
10 CLEAR
15 LET W=0
20 LET R=0
25 DIM A$(6,7)
30 DIM P$(7)
35 LET S=INT(10*RND)
60 LET A$(1)="BUTLER"
70 LET A$(2)="NANNY"
80 LET A$(3)="MAID"
90 LET A$(4)="SON"
100 LET A$(5)="COACH"
110 LET A$(6)="WIFE"
120 PRINT "WHO KILLED THE DUKE?"
130 PRINT "WAS IT THE..."
140 FOR L=l TO 6
145 PRINT A$(L)
150 NEXT L
160 INPUT P$
165 CLS
170 IF A$(S)=P$ THEN GOTO 200
180 PRINT "NOT ";P$
190 LET W=W+1
195 GOTO 120
200 LET R=R+1
210 PRINT P$;" DID IT"
220 PRINT "YOUR SCORE IS..."
230 PRINT R;" RIGHT ";W;" WRONG"
240 PRINT
250 GOTO 10
Batting Average
Once you know the number of times you were right
and wrong in a game, as in the previous program, it's fun to
89
convert those raw numbers to a batting average. Numbers
right and numbers wrong take on a new meaning when
changed to a batting average. Folks seem to be able to
understand a batting average better.
Our program, starting at line 900, is a partial listing
designed to be tacked onto the end of your longer game
program to display the final results of play. It will show
the number of tries, number of right answers, percentage
right, and batting average.
You'll want to test load this program so add lines 10
and 800 as shown. Line 800 will give you the R and T
values you'll need going into the program at line 900.
Program Listing
10 CLS
800 LET R=55
810 LET T=100
900 PRINT R;" RIGHT"
910 PRINT "IN ";T;" TRIES"
920 LET D=R/T
930 LET P=100*D
940 LET B=10*P
950 PRINT "THAT IS ";P;" PERCENT"
960 PRINT "BATTING ";B
Computer Rating Service

Of course, once you know a player's batting average
it still might need some interpretation. In this program,
the computer takes a look at a batting average and makes
a comment.
Remember that this listing, starting here with line
800, is a partial program to be tacked on the end of a
longer game. Note that, at 800, you already have values for
G (number right) and E (number of tries). Line 810 converts
those raw numbers to a batting average (H).
Then, the computer takes that batting average,
stored in H, and compares it with values shown in lines
830 to 870. Depending upon the value of H, a slogan is
selected by a jump to one of the lines 880 to 950.
By the way, check line 880. You'll see a special
90
epitaph for players with batting averages above 900.
Program Listing
10 CLS
700 LET G=55
710 LET E=100
800 PRINT "YOU GOT ";G;" RIGHT IN "
;E;" TRIES"
810 LET H=INT(1000*(G/E))
820 PRINT "BATTING ";H
825 PRINT "YOU ARE..."
830 IF H<100 THEN GOTO 910
880 PRINT "QUALIFIED FOR THE HALL OF FAME'
890 GOTO 960
910 PRINT "VERY NEAR THE BOTTOM OF THE
BARREL"
915 GOTO 960
920 PRINT "POOR"
925 GOTO 960
930 PRINT "AVERAGE"
940 PRINT "TOP NOTCH"
945 GOTO 960
950 PRINT "DAMN NEAR PERFECT"
960 PRINT "YOUR BATTING AVERAGE IS ";H
Box Score
To dress up scores during and at the end of a game
program, use this method of putting those scores in a
box. The box around the score will highlight it and jazz up
your video display.
The program here has a temporary substitute for
lines 10-40. Normally, you would obtain player's name and
score from some larger game program you already have
on hand, or are writing. Line 20 gets from you a name and
stores it in N$. Line 30 gets a score and stores it in S. If
lines 50-230 were a subroutine to a larger program, you
would need a RETURN at line 110.
91
Program Listing
10 DIM A$(10)
20 PRINT "PLAYERS NAME ?"
25 INPUT N$
30 PRINT "PLAYERS SCORE ?"
35 INPUT S
40 CLS
50 LET S$=STR$(S)
60 LET L=LEN(N$)+LEN(S$)
70 LET T=L+13
80 GOSUB 200
85 PRINT
90 PRINT "* ";N$;"S SCORE: ";S$;" *"
100 GOSUB 200
110 PRINT
120 PRINT
130 GOTO 20
200 FOR L=l TO T
210 PRINT "*";
220 NEXT L
230 RETURN
Create a Quiz
Quiz data—the computer's storehouse of know
ledge—is in lines 100to 140.Be careful, when you type
them in. Spelling and spacing must be exact.
Of course, the quiz can be made much longer. In this
example, it could be expanded to encompass all past U.S.
presidents.
Program Listing
10 RAND
20 DIM P$(5,10)
100 LET P$(l)="WASHINGTON"
110 LET P$(2)="ADAMS"
120 LET P$(3)="JEFFERSON"
130 LET P$(4)="MADISON"
140 LET P$(5)="MONROE"
200 LET R=INT(6*RND)
92
210 IF R<1 THEN GOTO 200
300 PRINT "WHO WAS PRESIDENT NO. ";R
310 PRINT "OF THE UNITED STATES ?"
320 INPUT A$
330 IF A$="" THEN GOTO 320
340 LET L=LEN A$
350 CLS
360 IF A$=P$(R,1 TO L) THEN GOTO 500
400 PRINT "WRONG"
410 GOTO 510
500 PRINT "CORRECT"
510 PRINT P$(R);" WAS PRESIDENT"
520 PRINT "NUMBER ";R
530 PRINT
540 GOTO 10
Killing Time
Sometimes, it may seem to you as if the computer
will never get to the result of a job. You understand the
processing delay but your non-computer friends may not.
They could be confused by the wait and think the com
puter is "broken."
To keep their minds off the slowness, give them
something to look at while the computer is "thinking."
The added, extra lines, numbered 60 and 70,
take up more processing time but make for less confu
sion. Computing may take a bit longer but your fun will be
increased.
If you delete lines 60-70 you'll see how the program
runs faster but the blank screen is confusing.
Program Listing
10 LET X=0
20 PRINT "GIVE ME A NUMBER"
30 INPUT N
40 FOR L=l TO N
50 LET X=X+L
60 CLS
70 PRINT "I AM THINKING"
80 NEXT L
90 CLS
93
100 PRINT "I HAVE THE ANSWER"
110 PRINT "THE TOTAL OF ALL NUMBERS"
120 PRINT "FROM 1 TO ";N;" IS ";X
130 PRINT
140 GOTO 10
Gee Whiz I: Smart Adder

These six programs, in this section of the book, make
up our Gee Whiz series. One of the fun ways to use your
computer is in wowing your friends. Next time they ask,
"But, what can it do?", show them its uncanny abilities at
adding, spelling, writing upside down, even cracking
jokes. Try these six Gee Whiz programs on your friends.
You'll love their reactions.
Smart Adder is the first in the series. When your
neighbor drops in for a cup of coffee, bring out the compu
ter for a demonstration of its lightning speed.
This program adds long strings of numbers in a flash.
You give the computer a number. It starts at 1 and adds all
numbers up to and including your number. Forinstance, if
you give it a five, it will add 1 plus 2 plus 3 plus 4 plus 5
and display the result.
Ask your neighbor how fast he or she can add all the
numbers to 100. It should take several minutes. While
he's working on it, let your computer do it in a split sec
ond.Your neighbor's reaction is bound to be,"Gee whiz!"
Program Listing
10 PRINT CHR*<147>
20 INPUT"GIVE ME A NUMBER";N
30 IF N<1 THEN 20
40 FOR L=i TO N "• X»X+L :NEXT L
58 PRINT'• PR INT "THE TOTAL OF"
60 PRINT"ALL NUMBERS"
70 PR I NT" FROM 1 TO'MN
80 PRINT"IS";X
98 PRINT:PRINT:PRINT:PRINT
100 CLR:G0T0 20
94
Gee Whiz II: Three-Digit Mystery
Have your neighbor secretly select any three-digit
number in which all three digits are the same. Then have
him tell the computer only the sum of those three digits.
The computer will identify his secret number!
Program Listing
10 PRINT CHR*a47>
20 PRINT"SELECT A"
30 PRINT"THREE-DIGIT NUMBER"
40 PRINT"WITH ALL THREE"
50 PRINT"DIGITS THE SAME."
60 PRINT
70 PRINT"ADD THE THREE"
80 PRINT"BIGITS TOGETHER"
90 PRINT
100 PRINT"WHAT IS THE SUM OF"
110 INPUT"THE THREE DIGITS";N
120 IF N<3 OR N>27 THEN 100
130 Q»37*N
140 PRINT:PRINT
150 PRINT"VOUR NUMBER IS";Q
160 FOR L=l TO 7=PRINT:NEXT L
170 CLR:00T0 20
Gee Whiz III:

Up, Down, Back, Forth
"Good golly, what can't it do?", will be the question
from your surprised neighbor when you show him this
neat trick.
You type in any word. The computer instantly prints it
on the video display, both up and down vertically, and
backward and forward horizontally. It's great to show how
smart your computer is when it comes to spelling!
Program Listing
10 HOME
95
20 DIM X$(100)
30 INPUT"GIVE ME A WORD ";A$
40 L=LEN(A$)
50 FOR 3=1 TO L+l
60 X$(3)=MID$(A$,3,1)
70 NEXT 3
80 PRINT:PRINT "DOWN :»', "UP :"
90 FOR 3=1 TO L+l
100 PRINT X$(3),X$(L+l-3)
110 NEXT 3
120 PRINT "FORWARD:"
130 PRINT A$
140 FOR 3=L+1 TO 1 STEP -1
150 Z$=Z$+MID$(A$,3,1)
160 NEXT 3
170 PRINTrPRINT "BACKWARD:"
180 PRINT Z$
190 PRINT:PRINT:CLEAR:GOTO 20
Gee Whiz IV: First

Alphabet Spotter
There are 26 letters in the alphabet. Each has a
number. For instance, number 1 is A. Number 20 is T. This
Gee Whiz program has the computer ask you for a number
from 1 to 26 and then, faster than a jackrabbit, tell you
what letter it goes with.
Naturally, you'll know how it works but to your non-
computer friends it will seem like the computer is a
genius!
Program Listing
10 PRINT CHR$a47>
20 PRINT"GIVE ME THE NUMBER"
30 PRINT"OF R LETTER"
40 PRINT"FROM THE ALPHABET"
50 INPUT "FROM 1 TO 26 MN
55 IF N<1 OR N>26 THEN 50
68 X-N+64
70 PRINT:PRINT:PRINT
96
80 PRINT"LETTER NUMBER";N;"IS ";CHR*CX>
90 FOR L«l TO 7:PRINT:NEXT l
100 GOTO 20
Gee Whiz V: Second

Alphabet Spotter
This is a variation on the previous program. This
Gee Whiz program has the computer ask you for a number
from 1 to 26 and then, faster than a jackrabbit, tell you
what letter it goes with.
Program Listing
10 PRINT CHR$<147>
20 PRINT"GIVE ME THE NUMBER"
30 PRINT"OF fl LETTER"
40 PRINT"FROM THE ALPHABET"
50 INPUT"FROM 1 TO 26";N
60 IF N-Cl OR N>26 THEN 50
70 FOR L=l TO N
80 READ m
90 NEXT L
100 PRINT:PRINT'PRINT
110 PRINT"LETTER NUMBER";N;"IS ";A*
209 FOR L=l TO 7-PRINT'NEXT L
210 RESTORE
229 GOTO 20
300 DATA A,B,C,B,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,M
310 DATA N,0,P,Q,R,S..T,UA',W,K,V,Z
Gee Whiz VI:

Who Is Youngest?
The computer asks forthe names and ages of all peo
ple in the room. If you are the only person in the room, it
will tell you to get someone else to playwith you or forget
it. After collecting the names and ages, the computer in
stantly tells which person is youngest.
Program Listing
10 HOME
97
20 PRINT"HIll:PRINT"IfM YOUR COMPUTER"
30 INPUT"WHAT»S YOUR NAME ";N$
40 IF N$="" THEN PRINT"YOU HAVE TO
HAVE A NAME":GOTO 30
50 PRINT:PRINTMHI, ";N$
60 INPUT"HOW MANY PEOPLE ARE IN THE
ROOM ? ";Q
70 IF Q<1 OR QOINT(Q) THEN 400
80 IF Q=l THEN 500
100 PRINT:PRINTMI BET I CAN TELL WHO
IS YOUNGEST"
110 DIM P$(Q),A(Q)
120 FOR L=l TO Q
130 IF L>1 THEN 170
140 INPUT"GIVE ME SOMEONE'S NAME "
;P$(L)
150 IF P$(L) = ,,H THEN 140
160 IF L=l THEN 190
170 PRINT :INPUT"GIVE ME ANOTHER NAME "
;P$(L)
180 IF P$(L)="" THEN 170
190 PRINT"HOW OLD IS ";P$(D
200 INPUT A(L)
210 IF L=l THEN LA=A(L):LN$=P$(L)
:HA=A(L):HN$=P$(L)
220 IF A(L)<(LA) THEN LA=A(L):LN$=P$(L)
230 IF A(L)>(HA) THEN HA=A(L):HN$=P$(L)
240 NEXT L
250 HOME
260 PRINT N$;", HERE'S WHAT I FIND:"
270 PRINT!:PRINT HN$;" IS OLDEST AT ";HA
280 PRINT"AND ";LN$;" IS YOUNGEST AT ";LA
290 PRINT:PRINT"THANKS FOR STOPPING BY,"
300 FOR L=l TO Q
310 IF L=Q THEN 340
320 PRINT P$(L);","
330 GOTO 350
340 PRINT"AND ";P$(L)
350 NEXT L
360 END
400 PRINT:PRINT"DON'T PLAY AROUND, »';N$
410 PRINT"THERE CAN'T BE ";Q;" PEOPLE"
98
420 PRINT"PLEASE TELL THE TRUTH, ";N$
430 PRINT:G0T0 60
500 PRINT:PRINT"WELL, ";N$
510 PRINT"SINCE WE'RE ALL ALONE"
520 PRINTMTHERE IS NO ONE TO DEMONSTRATE
TO"
530 PRINT"SO BRING SOMEONE INTO THIS ROOM"
540 PRINT"OR FORGET IT"
550 PRINT:PRINT"WHICH WILL IT BE"
560 INPUTMGET OR FORGET ? ";G$
570 IF LEFT$(G$,1)="G" THEN PRINT
:PRINT MOKAY":GOTO 60
580 IF LEFT$(G$,l)="Fn THEN PRINT
:PRINT "OKAY, GOODBYE":END
590 GOTO 560
Birthstones
What's your Mother's birthstone? You'd better know!
If not, take this little quiz a few times until you get all 12
months memorized.
The computer presents the name of a month. You
type in the name of the birthstone (correctly spelled) for
that month.
Program Listing
18 CLEAR'CLS
20 DATA JANUARY,GARNET
30 DATA FEBRUARY,AMETHYST
40 DATA MARCH,AQUAMARINE
50 DATA APRIL,DIAMOND
60 DATA MAY,EMERALD
70 DATA JUNE,PEARL
80 DATA JULY,RUBY
90 DATA AUGUST,PERIDOT
100 DATA SEPTEMBER,SAPPHIRE
110 DATA OCTOBER,OPAL
120 DATA NOVEMBER,TOPAZ
130 DATA DECEMBER,TURQUOISE
140 PRINT S 38,STRINGS20,255)
150 PRINT S 75,"BIRTHSTONES"
99
160 PRINT 12 102, STRINGS20,255)
170 PRINT S 169,"HON MANY MONTHS"
180 PRINT 12 202,"DO YOU KNOW?"
190 PRINT ffi 324,"PRESS ANY KEY TO START"
200 H*»INKEY*
210 IF H$="" THEN 200
220 CLS
230 R=RND<24)
240 IF INT<R/2)*R/2 THEN R-R-i
250 FOR L-i TO R
260 READ S$
270 NEXT L
280 PRINT*PRINT
290 PRINT "WHAT IS THE BIRTHSTONE"
300 PRINT "FOR THE MONTH OF"
310 PRINT S*
320 READ C$
330 INPUT D$
340 PRINT
350 IF D$=C$ THEN PRINT "#** CORRECT"
ELSE PRINT "##* WRONG"
360 PRINT "THE BIRTHSTONE FOR ".sS$
370 PRINT "IS "}CS
380 RESTORE
390 PRINT*PRINT
400 PRINT"FOR MORE, PRESS M"
410 PRINT"TO STOP, PRESS S"
420 M*»INKEY*
430 IF M$="" THEN 420
440 IF M$="M" THEN CLS'GOTO 220
450 IF M*-,,S" THEN CLS'GOTO 470
460 GOTO 420
470 PRINT S 40,STRING$a5,128)
480 PRINT 12 74, "END OF TEST"
490 PRINT 12 104, STRINGS 15,243)
500 PRINT fi 170,"THANK YOU !"
510 GOTO 510
999 END
Three-Minute Egg Timer

A useful tool, the computer. Set it on the kitchen
100
counter and it'll even help you make the perfect three-
minute egg.
When you have the program typed in, run it. It waits
for you to press any key to start the timer. It will sound off
at the end of three minutes.
If you make a mistake, press any key to restart the
timer at zero.
Program Listing
10 CLEAR'CLS 4
20 PRINT"PRESS ANY KEY TO START TIMER1
30 PRINT (2 32,STRINGS32, 191)
40 PRINT © 64,STRINGS32, 175)
50 PRINT (2 96, STRINGS 32,159)
60 PRINT <2 128,STRINGS*32, 175)
70 PRINT 12 160, STRINGS 32,255)
80 PRINT 12 192, STRINGS 3,255)
90 PRINT 12 202, "EGG TIMER"
100 PRINT 8 221,STRING**3,255)
110 PRINT (2 224, STRINGS* 32, 255)
200 A*=INKEY*
210 IF A$="" THEN 200
220 TIMER=0
230 T=TIMER/3600«DT=3-T
240 TM=INT<DT):TS=INT<60** DT-TM) )
250 PRINT G 196,TM;" MINUTES"
260 PRINT 12 208, TS
270 PRINT 12 212, "SECONDS"
280 IF TM<1 THEN IF TS<1 THEN SOUND
150,20:GOTO 320
300 B*«INKEY*
310 IF B$=,,M THEN 230
320 PRINT (2 196,TM,-" MINUTES"
330 PRINT S 208,TS
350 PRINT 12 221,STRINGS3,255)
360 PRINT 12 224, STRINGS 32,255)
400 C$=INKEY$
410 IF CS="" THEN 400 ELSE 10
101
Membership List
The chore in a membership list is to keep everybody's
name separate from everybody else's. In this program, we
have set the size of the membership list at 50. You may
change that.
The computer asks for information on each member in
a familiar pattern: name, address, town, state and zip
code, in that order. It takes all information and sorts the
list into numerical order by zip code.
Program Listing
10 CLS:CLEAR
20 DIM M$(50)
30 FOR L=l TO 50
40 INPUT"NAME";NM$
50 IF NM$=M" THEN 320
60 LN=LEN(NM$)
70 MB=15-LN
80 IF MB<0 THEN PRINT"NAME TOO LONG"
:PRINT"PLEASE SHORTEN":NM$="":G0T0 40
90 IF LEN(NM$)<15 THEN NM$=NM$+STRING$
(MB," ")
100 INPUT"STREET ADDRESS";SA$
110 LA=LEN(SA$)
120 MC=15-LA
130 IF MC<0 THEN PRINTMSTREET ADDRESS
TOO L0NG":PRINTMPLEASE SHORTEN"
:SA$="":G0T0 100
140 IF LEN(SA$)<15 THEN SA$=SA$+
STRING$(MC," ")
150 INPUT"T0WN";TW$
160 LT=LEN(TW$)
170 MD=15-LT
180 IF MD<0 THEN PRINT"T0WN TOO LONG"
:PRINT"PLEASE SHORTEN":TW$=""
:G0T0 150
190 IF LEN(TW$)<15 THEN TW$=TW$+
STRING$(MD," ")
200 INPUT"STATE";ST$
210 LS=LEN(ST$)
102
220 ME=2-LS
230 IF ME<0 THEN PRINT"STATE TOO LONG"
:PRINT"PLEASE SHORTEN":ST$="":GOTO 200
240 IF LEN(ST$)<2 THEN ST$=ST$+
STRING$(ME," ")
250 INPUT"ZIP CODE";ZC$
260 LZ=LEN(ZC$)
270 MF=5-LZ
280 IF MF<0 THEN PRINT"ZIP CODE TOO LONG"
:PR INT"PLEASE SHORTEN":ZC$=""
:GOTO 250
290 IF LEN(ZC$)<5 THEN ZC$=ZC$+
STRING$(MF," ")
300 M$(L)=ZC$+" "+NM$+" "+SA$+" "
+TW$+" "+ST$
310 NEXT L
320 CLS
330 PRINT"SORTING"
340 T=0
350 FOR L=l TO 49
360 IF M$(L)=M$(L+1) THEN 380
370 E$=M$(L):M$(L)=M$(L+1):M$(L+1)=E$
:T = 1
380 NEXT L
390 IF T=l THEN 340
400 FOR L=l TO 50
410 IF M$(L)<>"" THEN PRINT MID$(M$(L)
,7,15):PRINT MID$(M$(L),23,15 )
:PRINT MID$(M$(L),39,15)
:PRINT RIGHT$(M$(L),2),LEFT$
(M$(L),5)
420 PRINT" "
430 NEXT L
440 Q$=INKEY$
450 IF Q$=""THEN 440
460 GOTO 10
Photography
Exposure with Filters
Serious photographers, amateurs and pros, carry an
assortment of lens filters in their bags. Lens filters absorb
103
light so cameramen must make exposure corrections
when using filters.
The filter factor is used in making that correction.
The photographer sets the exposure meter for the speed
of the film in use without a filter. Then, he modifies the
camera settings indicated by the meter.
For example, suppose the filter factor is 2 and the
camera setting indicated by the light meter is 1/125 se
cond at f/11. The photographer opens the lens by one full
f/stop to f/8.
This computer program displays the proper f/stop
correction when a filter factor is known, or the proper
filter factor for a particular f/stop correction.
Program Listing
10 "F" CLEAR
20 PAUSE"WANT FILTER FACTOR OR..."
30 PAUSE"F/ST0P CORRECTION ?"
40 BEEP 1:INPUT"FILT OR STOP ?",Z$
50 IF Z$="FILT" THEN 100
60 IF Z$="ST0P" THEN 300
70 GOTO 40
100 BEEP 1:INPUT"T0 CORRECT F/STOP BY +";Y$
:W=0
110 IF Y$="l/3" LET W=1.2
120 IF Y$="2/3" LET W=1.5
130 IF Y$="l" LET W=2
140 IF Y$=l 1/3" LET W=2.5
150 IF Y$="l 2/3" LET W=3
160 IF Y$="2" LET W=4
170 IF Y$="2 1/3" LET W=5
180 IF Y$="2 2/3" LET W=6
190 IF Y$="3" LET W=8
200 IF Y$="3 1/3" LET W=10
210 IF Y$="3 2/3" LET W=12
220 IF Y$="4" LET W=16
230 PRINT "FILTER FACTOR = ";W:G0T0 100
300 BEEP 1:INPUT "FILTER FACTOR = ",X
:V$="?"
310 IF X= 1.2 LET V$="l/3"
320 IF X=1.5 LET V$="2/3"
330 IF X=2 LET V$="l"
104
340 IF X=2.5 LET V$="l 1/3"
350 IF X=3 LET V$="l 2/3"
360 IF X=4 LET V$="2"
370 IF X=5 LET V$="2 1/3"
380 IF X=6 LET V$="2 2/3"
390 IF X=8 LET V$="3"
400 IF X=10 LET V$="3 1/3"
410 IF X=12 LET V$="3 2/3"
420 IF X=16 LET V$="4"
430 PRINT "CORRECT F/STOP BY +";V$
440 GOTO 300
Photography: Close Ups

For copying and other close-up work with your camera,
you extend the camera lens by using bellows or extension
tubes. In doing that, you must allow for an effective in
crease in the normal //number or your picture will be
underexposed.
You make such an exposure compensation whenever
the subject distance is less than eight times the focal
length of your lens.
This program provides a convenient means of determin
ing the effective //number. For example, if the focal
length of your camera is 50mm and the lens-to-film
distance (focal length plus extension from infinity posi
tion) is 100mm, and the normal //stop would be 22, the
corrected stop would be f/11.
Or, if you are using a 25mm lens, with 50mm lens-to-
film distance, a normal //stop of 8 should be corrected to
f/4. Be sure to keep both focal length and distance in
either mm or inches. Don't mix apples and oranges.
Program Listing
10 CLS:CLEAR
20 FOR L=0 TO 200
30 POKE 1024+L,246
40 NEXT L
50 FOR L=l TO 13
60 DATA 32,16,8,15,20,15,7,18,1,
16,8,25,32
105
70 READ D
80 POKE 1224+L,D
90 NEXT L
100 FOR L=214 TO 511
110 POKE 1024+L,246
120 NEXT L
130 FOR T=l TO 350.-NEXT T
200 CLS.-SOUND 200,1
210 PRINT @ 40,"CLOSE UPS"
220 PRINT"CORRECTION FOR LENS EXTENSION"
230 PRINTrPRINT
240 LINE INPUT"NORMAL F/NUMBER: ";F$
250 F=VAL(F$)
260 LINE INPUT"LENS-TO-FILM DISTANCE (MM)
: " •D$
270 D=VAL(D$):IF D=0 THEN 260
280 LINE INPUT"LENS FOCAL LENGTH (MM)
: " •L$
290 L=VAL(L$)
300 N=F*L/D
310 CLSrSOUND 200,1 :PRINT:PRINT
320 NN$=STR$(N):L=LEN(NN$)
:N$=RIGHT$(NN$,L-1)
330 PRINT 3 163,"EFFECTIVE F/NUMBER IS
F/»;N$
400 PRINT 9 355,"FOR ANOTHER, PRESS ANY
KEY"
410 A$=INKEY$
420 IF A$="" THEN 410 ELSE 200
Photography: Flash Exposure

Use your computer to help take better pictures!
The most important factor in pictures shot with flash is
the distance from your flash to the subject. Subjects
which are close to you will receive a lot of light while sub
jects farther away will receive less light.
Check your data sheet for the film you are using. Look
for the film guide number. Next, make an estimate of the
distance in feet from the flash to your subject.
This program determines the proper //stop setting for
106
your camera. By the way, if the computer tells you to use
an //stop setting between two //numbers available on your
camera, set your lens opening at the nearest //number or
halfway between the two, whichever is closest.
For example, suppose your film has a guide number of
80 and you estimate the flash-to-subject distance at 10
feet. Use f/8 on your lens.
Program Listing
10 CLS:S0UND 200,1
20 PRINT @ 102,STRING$(19,255)
30 PRINT @ 138,"PHOTOGRAPHY"
40 PRINT i> 166,STRING$(19,255)
50 PRINT @ 325,"PRESS ANY KEY TO START"
60 A$=INKEY$
70 IF A$="" THEN 60
100 CLS.-S0UND 200,1
110 PRINT @ 102,STRING$(18,175)
120 PRINT @ 136,"FLASH EXPOSURE"
130 PRINT @ 166,STRING$(18,175)
140 PRINT @ 227,"WHAT IS FILM GUIDE NUMBER ?'
150 LINE INPUT G$:G=VAL(G$)
160 PRINT @ 291,"FLASH-T0-SUB0ECT DISTANCE ?•
170 LINE INPUT D$:D=VAL(D$)
180 F=G/D
200 CLSrSOUND 200,1
210 PRINT @ 102,"FILM GUIDE NUMBER:";G
220 PRINT i> 134,"DISTANCE:";D;"FEET"
230 PRINT @ 198,"SHOOT AT F/";F
240 PRINT @> 356, "FOR MORE PRESS ANY KEY"
250 A$=INKEY$
260 IF A$="" THEN 250
270 GOTO 100
90-Day Calendar
This program formats and prints out on paper a 90-
Day Calendar. It creates a neat, standard calendar
design which you'll love to run off upon request from
family, friends, co-workers.
Key in your choice of months. Update every three
107
months or every month if you like.
To change month names in the printout, merely cor
rect lines 100, 200 and 300. Then quickly key in the new
day dates in lines 130-180, 230-270, and 330-370.
Naturally, many more months could be added to the
program. In fact, it could become a 180-Day calendar or a
One-Year Calendar, or whatever you would like to make it.
Program Listing
10 "C" CLEAR
100 PRINT "OCTOBER 1983
110 PRINT "*****-*-***-****•*"
120 PRINT " S M T W T F S"
130 PRINT " 1"
140 PRINT "2345678"
150 PRINT " 9101112131415"
160 PRINT "16171819202122"
170 PRINT "23242526272829"
180 PRINT "3031"
190 PRINT "****#*********M
195 PRINT " "
200 PRINT "NOVEMBER 1983"
210 PRINT "**#•*•**-**-**•*-***"
230 PRINT " 12 3 4 5"
240 PRINT " 6 7 8 9101112"
250 PRINT "13141516171819"
260 PRINT "20212223242526"
270 PRINT "27282930"
280 PRINT ,,*•***•*-****-*•*•**-*,,
290 PRINT " "
300 PRINT "DECEMBER 1983"
310 PRINT "•*-***--*•***•******"
330 PRINT " 12 3"
340 PRINT " 4 5 6 7 8 910"
350 PRINT "11121314151617"
360 PRINT "18192021222324"
370 PRINT "25262728293031"
380 PRINT "•*•******•****•*•**"
390 PRINT " "
400 END
108
Alphabet Code
It not only is a lot of fun, but sometimes very useful
to create a secret code. An easy way to create a code on
your computer is to replace each of the 26 letters of the
alphabet with a number. Then, you write secret messages
using the code numbers in place of alphabet letters. To
decipher messages in the same code, replace numbers
with appropriate letters from a chart of this code.
Program Listing
10 "A" FOR L=l TO 26
20 N=N+1:A=NN:Y=(997*X+A)/199:X=Y-INT Y
:X=X*IE 2
30 PRINT USING "####";L;X
40 NEXT L
50 END
High/Low Bowling Score

Suppose you bowl with a group of friends, each with a
different score or set of scores? This program accepts their
scores and sorts out the highest and the lowest bowling
scores.
Here's how it works: at line 20 the program is
dimensioned to hold data on 10 persons. Lines 30 to 70
take in the info on each person.
Naturally, this kind of sorting could be applied to any
game with ranges of scores among different players.
Program Listing
10 CLS
20 DIM M(10)
30 FOR L=l TO 10
40 PRINT "SCORE: ";
50 INPUT M(L)
60 PRINT M(L)
70 NEXT L
80 PRINT
90 PRINT "SORTING"
100 LET T=0
109
110 FOR L=l TO 9
120 IF M(L)<=M(L+1) THEN GOTO 170
130 LET E=M(L)
140 LET M(L)=M(L+1)
150 LET M(L+1)=E
160 LET T=l
170 NEXT L
180 IF T=l THEN GOTO 100
190 CLS
200 PRINT "SCORES IN ORDER:"
210 FOR L=l TO 10
220 PRINT M(L)
230 NEXT L
60-Second Timer
A one-minute timer can be very handy for fun-n-
games. This easy-to-use clock "ticks" as it counts off
seconds up to 60.When it reaches 60seconds, it rings an
alarm.
The number of seconds counted can be changed by
changing the number 60 in line 20.
The clock can be calibrated by changing the number
750 in line 50. Line 50 is a time-delay loop set for approxi
mately one second.
Lines 70-90 provide a rapid burst of five beeps when
the clock reaches 60 seconds. To change the length of
this alarm, change the number 70 in line 5.
Program Listing
10 HOME
20 FOR T=l TO 60
30 PRINT CHR$(7)
40 PRINT T;" SECONDS"
50 FOR L=l TO 750:NEXT L
60 NEXT T
70 FOR E=l TO 5
80 PRINT CHR$(7)
90 NEXT E
110
News Ticker
It's Times Square all over again! This program
simulates the crawling message of a news wire.
First the computer will ask for your message. Then it
will display that message endlessly (until you press the
RESET key).
To speed up, or slow down, the crawl, increase or
decrease the number 200 in line 90.
For a test, in answer to the computer's query, "What
is the news?", try typing in: The mayor of Smithville today
announced he will retire next December.
Program Listing
10 HOME
20 PRINT"WHAT IS THE NEWS ?"
30 INPUT N$
40 HOME
50 L=LEN(N$)
60 FOR Y=l TO L
70 B$=B$+MID$(N$,Y,1)
80 PRINT B$
90 FOR T=l TO 200:NEXT T
100 HOME
110 NEXT Y
120 B$="":G0T0 80
Event Timer
The computer asks how many minutes you want forthe
event you aretiming, andthen itsounds a bellwhen the time
has passed.
You can calibrate the clock by changing thevalue of SP
in line 10. A larger number will slow down the clock. A
smaller value for SP will speed up the clock. As you can see
we have started with an SP value of 16.
it you want to time an event of less than one minute, use
a decimal. For instance, when you want to time a 30-second
event, respond to the computer's inquiry with .5 or for 45
seconds key in .75. Use .17 for 10 seconds; .25 for 15
seconds.
111
Program Listing
10 H0ME:SP=16
20 PRINT"EVENT TIMER":PRINT
30 PRINT"H0W MANY MINUTES"
40 INPUT"T0 THE END OF THE EVENT ";LT
50 PRINT:PRINT"PRESS ANY KEY"
60 PRINT"TO START TIMING"
70 GET ST$
100 HOME
110 C=C+1
120 IF O(SP*LT*60) THEN 300
130 MN=INT(C/SP/60)
140 SC=INT((C/SP)-(60*MN))
150 PRINT MN;" MINUTES",SC;" SECONDS"
160 GOTO 110
300 HOMErPRINT CHR$(7)
310 PRINT"TIME IS UP"
320 PRINT LT;" MINUTES HAVE PASSED"
330 PRINT:PRINT"T0 TIME AGAIN, PRESS
ANY KEY"
340 CLEARtGET TA$
350 GOTO 10
Day Of The Year

This program reports the number of the day of the year
for any day you enter.
Program Listing
10 CLEAR
20 GOSUB 500
40 PRINT 3 134,"SELECT ONE:"
50 PRINT 8 168,"TODAY'S DATE (PRESS T)"
60 PRINT 8 208,"OTHER DATE (PRESS X)"
70 KY*=INKEY*
80 IF KY*="" THEN 70
90 IF KY$---=»T" THEM 200
100 IF KY$="X" THEN 400
110 PRINT a 250,"PRESS ONLY T OR X"
120 GOTO 40
200 D$=DATE$
112
210 J=VAL(LEFT*(D*,2)>
220 K=VAL(MID$<D$,4,2))
230 IF KY*="T" THEN I=VAL<"19"+(RIGHT*
<D*,2>))
235 IF KY*-"X" THEN I=VAL<RIGHT*(P*,4))
240 N=INT(3055*<J+2)/100)-91
250 L=0
260 IF I=4*INT(1/4) THEN L=i
270 IF I=100*INT(1/100) THEN L=0
280 IF I=400#INT<1/400) THEN L=l
290 IF J>2 THEN M=N~2+L
300 N=N+K
310 GOTO 600
400 GOSUB 500
410 PRINT a 126,"TYFE IN DATE AS
MM/DD/YYYY"
420 PRINT a 172," ";
430 INPUT D$
440 GOTO 210
500 CLS
510 PRINT 3 51,CHR*(27)+"p";"DAV OF THE
YEAR";CHR*(27)+"q"
520 LINE<65,7)--(155, 15), i,B
530 RETURN
600 GOSUB 500
610 PRINT a 129,"DAY";K?"OF MONTH";J
620 PRINT a 161,"IS DAY NUMBER";N
;" IN THE YEAR" ",I
Code Breaker
This fancy encoding and decoding program allows you
to write secret messages in code and decode secret mes
sages written in the same code. The use of a powerful code
key format means only the largest computers in the world
would have a chance at cracking your code and then only
with great difficulty. For all intents and purposes, the code
generated by this program is unbreakable.
Next, type in a secret number as a code key which only
you, and others you tell, will know. The person lusing this
program to decipher your message must have jaccess to
the same code key number, one way or another.
113
After you have typed in the code key number, the com
puter will ask you to type in a one-line message.
When the message has been completely entered, press
ENTER and the encoded (or decoded) message will be
displayed instantly on the screen. If you have encoded a
new message, copy it off on paper and send it to a friend. If
he has the same software in his computer and knowledge of
the code key he will be able to type it into his computer and
see it instantly decoded.
The same sequence of events happens while decoding
as during encoding. Just type in the message to be
decoded, press ENTER, and you get an instant translation.
The letter transpositions used in encoding rely on ran
dom numbers generated by the computer so the code key
which controls the random-number generator is vital to
being able to decipher someone else's message. Itwould be
extremely difficult, if not impossible, to unravel the letter
transpositions without the cocye key.
Program Listing
100 CLS:CLEAR
310 DIM M$(255)
120 GOSUB 700
130 PRINT a 122,"WILL YOU ENCODE OR
DECODE A MESSAGE?"
140 PRINT 3 211,"TO ENCODE, PRESS E"
150 FRINT o) 251, "TO DECODE, PRESS D"
16© KY*=INKEY*
170 IF KY*=,,M THEN 160
180 IF KY*="E" OR KY*="D" THEN 200
190 GOTO 160
200 CLS
210 GOSUB 700
220 IF KY*="E" THEN F*="EN"
230 IF KY*=MDB THEM F*=,,DE"
240 PRINT 3 125, " ";
250 PRINT"WHAT IS THE ";F*5"CODING KEY"5
260 INPUT S
270 FOR L=l TO S;N=INT(60*RND( 1 ) ) sNEXT L.
230 CLS
300 GOSUB 700
310 PRINT a 127,"TYPE IN A ONE LINE
MESSAGE"
114
320 PRINT
325 Q=l
330 K*='"»
340 K*=INKEY*
350 IF K$=!!" THEN 340
360 IF AEC(K*)=13 THEN 410
3"70 PRINT K*5
380 M*<<S)=STR*<ASC<K*> )
390 Q-Q+l
400 GOTO 340
410 IF KY*="EM THEN 600
500 PRINT S 239," ";
505 FOR L=l TO Q-l
510 Z=VAL <M*(L >)-1NT(60*RNDi1))
520 IF Z<32 THEN Z=Z+5?
530 PRINT CHR$(Z);
540 NEXT L
550 IF INKEY*=,,M THEN 550
560 GOTO 100
600 PRINT a 239," "5
605 FOR L=l TO Q-l
610 Z=VAL <M$(L)) + INT <60*RND <1))
620 IF Z>90 THEN Z=Z-59
630 PRINT CHR*<Z)5
640 NEXT L
650 GOTO 550
700 LINE (S0,4)~(158,IS), 1,B
710 LINE (81,5)-(157,17),1,B
720 PRINT a 54,"CODE BREAKER"
730 PRINT
740 RETURN
Jogger Logger
What a handy way to keep a record of your runs!
The program allows you to add new run records, review
old records, erase all records. When you have completed a
day's run, simply turn on the computer, select this program,
and press A for ADD NEW RUN RECORD at the first menu.
The computer will ask you forthe run date.
Next the computer will ask forthe distance you ran.
When the computer asks for the length of your run
time, reply in minutes.
115
Ifyou wish to reviewyour old records,select that option
by pressing the R key at the program's main menu. This will
result in a display of your old records, one at a time. Press
any key on the keyboard to call up the next record.
If you want to erase your entire log, select that option
by pressing E at the main menu.
When you are through using the program, select Q to
quit, at the main menu. The run will stop.
Program Listing
10 CLS:CLEARSRV*=CHR*<27)+"pm
:NV$=CHR*(27) + ,,qtt
100 PRINT a 54,RV*;"JOGGER LOGGER";MV$
110 LINECS3,7)-<161,15),1,B
120 PRINT 3 125,"ADD NEW RUN RECORD"
!SPACE*(5);MPRESS A"
130 PRINT a 165,"REVIEW OLD RECORDS"
;SPACE*(5)S"PRESS R"
140 PRINT a 205,"ERASE ALL RECORDS"
;SPACE*(6 >;"PRESS E"
150 PRINT a 245, "GiUIT" "SPACES* 19)
ii" PRESS Q"
160 BEEP
200 K*=INKEY*
210 IF K*="" THEN 200
220 BEEP
230 IF K$=f,AM THEN 400
240 IF K$=nR" THEM 600
250 IF K*="E" THEN 800
260 IF K*="Q" THEN 1100
270 LINE <83, 7 >» U61, 15 >,2, B
280 PRINT a 50,"PRESS ONLY A, R OR Q"
290 GOTO 200
400 CLS
410 print 3 51,rv$r'add new run record"
;nv*
420 LINE<65,7)-<173,15),1,B
430 PRINT a 120,"RUN DATE (MM/DD/YY^"?
3 INPUT DT*
440 IF LEN(DT$)<>8 THEN PRINT"PLEASE
USE MM/DD/YY FORMAT":PRINT a 141
,SFACE*(19):GOTO 430
116
443 BEEP
450 PRINT a 160,"DISTANCE RUN (UP TO
999 MILES)";iINPUT DS*
455 BEEP
4,->0 PRINT a 200, "RUN TIME (IN MINUTES)"?
:INPUT TM*
465 BEEP
470 RF*=DT*+SPACE*<4)+DS*+SFACE*(8)+TM*
500 OPEN "RAM:PUNS.DO" FOR APPEND AS 1
510 PRINT#1,RF*
520 CLOSE#l
530 GOTO 10
600 CLS
610 PRINT a 51,RV$;"REVIEW OLD RECORDS"
; NV*
620 LINE(65,7)~<173,15),1,B
700 ON ERROR GOTO 795
705 OPEN "RAM:RUNS.DO" FOR INPUT AS 1
710 PRINT 3 120,"DATE";SPACE*(8)5"MILES"
5SPACE*(4);"MINUTES"
720 INPUT#1,RF*
730 PRINT a 160,RF$
750 PRINT a 240,"PRESS ANY KEY TO
CONTINUE"
765 BEEP
770 PRINT a 160,SPACE$<39)
775 IF EOF(l) THEN 785
780 GOTO 710
785 CLOSE#l:CLS
790 PRINT a 120,"THERE ARE NO MORE
RECORDS":FOR T=l TO 1000:NEXT T
sGOTO 10
795 PRINT 3 120,"THERE ARE NO OLD
RECORDS":FOR T=l TO 1500:NEXT T
:QOTO 10
800 CLS
810 FOR L=l TO 4
815 LINE(95,7)-<137, 15), 1,B
820 PRINT 3 56,RV$?"WARNING"
830 IF L<4 THEN CLS
117
840 BEEP
845 NEXT L
850 PRINT NV*
860 PRINT a 123,"YOU WILL ERASE ALL OF
YOUR RECORDS"
870 PRINT a 205,"TO ERASE ALL RECORDS
PRESS E"
880 PRINT a 245,"TO PREVENT ERASING
PRESS P"
900 K*=INKEY*
910 IF K*=,,M THEN 900
915 BEEP
920 IF K*="E" THEN 1000
930 IF K*="P" THEN 10
940 GOTO 900
1000 CLS
10.1.0 LINE<95,7)-<137, 15), 1,B
1020 PRINT 3 56,RV*S"WARNING"
1030 PRINT NV$
1040 PRINT a 120,"ARE YOU SURE YOU WANT
TO ERASE"
1050 INPUT"YES OR NO ";YN*
1055 BEEP
1060 ON ERROR GOTO 1090
1065 IF YN*="YES" THEN KILL "RUNS.DO"
sGOTO 10
1070 IF YN$="NO" THEN 10
1080 GOTO 1050
1090 CLSsPRINT a 120,"THERE WERE NO
RECORDS TO ERASE":FOR T=l TO 1000
:NEXT TsGOTO 10
1100 CLS
1110 PRINT a 55,"END OF RUN"
Name N Note List

Here's a handy way to keep track of friends' phone
numbers or employees' payroll numbers or family charge-
account numbers. In fact, this list keeper will be useful any
where you have a list of pairs of data to be stored together.
The program allows you to type in names and attach
118
notes to those names. The names, with their attached notes,
may be typed in, in any random order. The program auto
matically arranges the names, with their attached notes, in
alphabetical order.
Program Listing
10 CLS:CLEAR
15 DIM M*(50):DIM D*<50):DIM Q$(50)
20 FOR L=l TO 50
25 PRINT a 43,"TYPE NAME";L;
30 LINE(16,6)-(223,16),1,E
35 INPUT Q$(L)
50 IF G»$(L) = "" THEN 90
55 LINE(16,6)-<223,16),2,B
60 PRINT a 83,"TYPE NOTE"?L;
65 LINE<16,6) -(223,24),1,B
70 INPUT D$(L)
75 M$(L)=Q$(L)+" M+D*<L)
80 CLS
85 NEXT L
90 CLS
95 LINE(75,22)-(145,32),1,B
100 LINE(7A,21)-(146,33) , 1,B
105 PRINT 3 133,"SORTING NOW"
110 T=0
200 FOR L=l TO 49
210 IF M$(LX=M$(L + 1) THEN 260
220 E*=M$<L)
230 M$(L)=M$(L+1)
240 M$(L+1>=E$
250 T=l
260 NEXT L
270 IF T=l THEN 110
280 CLS
290 BEEP
300 CLS:PRINT
310 PRINT"WHICH WAY DO YOU WANT THE
LIST PRINTED?"
315 PRINT
320 PR INT"ON THE DISPLAY PANEL
(PRESS D "
33(Zi PR I NT "ON PAPER BY THE PRINTER
119
(PRESS P)"
340 K*-INKEY*
350 IF K$="" THEN 340
360 IF K*="L" THEN CLS:GOTO 400
370 IF K$==-"P" THEN 600
380 PRINT"PRESS ONLY L OR P"
390 GOTO 340
400 FOR L=l TO 50
410 IF M$(L)<>"" THEN PRINT M*(L):P=P+i
420 IF P<6 THEN 460
430 PRINT" >>>PRESS ANY KEY TO READ
MORE<<<"
440 IF INKEY$="" THEN 440
450 P=0
460 NEXT L
470 p™0
500 PRINT "LIST END ".PRESS M FOR MORE OR
Q TO QUIT"
510 K*=INKEY*
520 IF K$="" THEN 510
530 IF K*="M" THEN 300
540 IF K*="Q" THEM END
550 GOTO 500
600 CLS
610 PRINT 3 88,"PLEASE CONNECT A PRINTER"
620 LINE(46, 14)~< 19.2,24) , 1,B
630 PRINT a 171,"PRESS D WHEN DONE"
640 KZ*=INKEY*
650 IF KZ$<>"D" THEN 640
660 FOR L=l TO 50
670 IF M$(L)<>"" THEN LPRINT M$(L)
680 NEXT L
690 CLS:PRINT:GOTO 500
Great Circle Navigation

If you know the latitudes and longitudes of two
points on Earth, the computer can find the shortest
distance between those points and the azimuth from
north toward east at the starting point.
Distance between the points is expressed in nautical
miles. North latitude and east longitude are expressed as
positive numbers while south latitude and west longitude
120
are negative numbers. You cannot use 90° north (North
Pole) or 90° south (South Pole). Accuracy is less If the
distance is under one nautical mile. N1 and E1 are start-
points while N2 and E2 are endpoints.
Program Listing
10 WAIT 120
20 BEEP 1,1
30 PRINT °*GREAT CIRCLE NAVIGATION*"
40 INPUT "LATITUDE STARTPOINT" ,N1
50 INPUT "LONGITUDE STARTPOINT",El
60 INPUT "LATITUDE ENDPOINT",N2
70 INPUT "LONGITUDE ENDPOINT",E2
80 PRINT "**PLEASE STAND BY**"
90 A=N1
100 GOSUB 300
110 N1=A
120 A=N2
130 GOSUB 300
140 N2=A
150 A=E1
160 GOSUB 300
170 E1=A
180 A=E2
190 GOSUB 300
200 E2=A
210 D=60*ACS (SIN Nl*SIN N2+COS Nl*COS
N2*C0S(E2-E1))
220 S=ACS ((SIN N2-SIN Nl*COS (D/60))
/SIN (D/60)/COS Nl)
230 IF SIN (E2-E1X0THEN LET S=360-S
240 BEEP 1,1
250 LPRINT "DISTANCE: ";D
260 LPRINT "START AZIMUTH:";DMS S
270 IF INKEY$ ="" THEN 270
280 CLEAR
290 GOTO 40
300 C=SGN A
310 A=ABS A
320 B=(A-INT A)*100
330 A=INT A+INT B/60+(B-INT B)/36
340 A=A*C
350 RETURN
121
Stopwatch
Now you can leave that chrome-plated stopwatch at
home next time you travel to your favorite auto or horse
race.
When you RUN the program, the stopwatch will start
counting seconds.
You can adjust the accuracy of the seconds count by
changing the waitnumber inline 110. We show it set at
10. To slow down the timer, increase that number. To
speed up the clock, decrease the number.
Program Listing
10 PRINT "NUMBER OF SECONDS"
20 PRINT "TO BE COUNTED DOWN:
30 INPUT S
40 PRINT S
50 PRINT
60 PRINT "PRESS ANY KEY"
70 PRINT "TO START TIMING"
90 CLS
100 FOR L=S TO 1 STEP -1
110 PAUSE 10
120 PRINT L
130 NEXT L
140 CLS
150 PRINT "TIME IS UP"
160 PRINT S;" SECONDS HAVE ELAPSED"
170 PRINT
180 PRINT
190 GOTO 10
Password to Run
A user must enter the right password or the rest of
the program won't run.
Program Listing
10 INPUT "WHAT IS PASSWORD?",PS$
20 IF PS$<>"GREEN"THEN END
30 PRINT "PROGRAM RUNS"
122
Three-Try Password
This variation gives you three cracks at it. In fact, you
can change the number of tries allowed by changing the
number 3 in the FOR/NEXT loop statement in line 10.
Program Listing
10 FOR L=l TO 3
20 INPUT "WHAT IS PASSWORD?",PA$
30 IF PA$="RADIO" THEN GOTO 60
40 NEXT L
50 END
60 PRINT "PROGRAM RUNS"
Memory Search
Here's a quick way to study the contents of the RAM
memory inside your computer.
Key in this simple program, using the powerful PEEK
instruction, and your computer will reveal the contents of
its memory.
Program Listing
10 INPUT "START NUMBER: ";N
20 C=PEEK N
30 WAIT 5
40 PRINT CHR$ C;
50 N=N+1
60 GOTO 20
Super Number Reverser

Enter any number and find it reversed on the dis
play!
If you want only to display the reversed number,
delete B = VAL(B$) from line 70. Or keep it in if you want to
use the reversed number in math.
Program Listing
10 CLEAR:INPUT "GIVE ME A NUMBER",N$
123
20 IF N$="" THEN GOTO 10
30 L=LEN (N§)
40 FOR Y=L TO 1 STEP -1
50 B$=B$+MID$ (N$,Y,1)
60 NEXT Y
70 B=VAL (B$):BEEP 1
80 PAUSE "REVERSE D:";B
100 CLEAR:BEEP l:GOTO 10
Simulated RPN Calculator

The computer can be made to act very much like a
calculator with Reverse Polish Notation (RPN).
The only difference here is you must hit the ENTER
key after the math operator.
The time delay of display is adjustable at line 1010. If
you need to see the total at any time, press R and the
ENTER key. Total will be recalled with no math operation
done.
To start a run , key in a number and press ENTER. For
the remainder of the run, key in a number followed im
mediately by a math operator symbol. Your choices are
limited to +, -, / and *. Don't use other keys except R and
BREAK. BREAK ends the run.
You must hit the ENTER key to input your number
and math operator, which is how it differs from true RPN.
Program Listing
1000 CLS:CLEAR
1010 BEEP 1,1:WAIT 120: PRINT T
1020 INPUT N§
1030 IF N$="R" PRINT T
1040 L=LEN N$
1050 IF ASC (RIGHT$ (N$,l))=42 GOTO 1100
1090 T=T+VAL N$
1095 GOTO 1010
1100 S=VAL (LEFT$ (N$,L-1))
124
1110 T=T*S
1120 GOTO 1010
1200 S=VAL (LEFT$ (N$,L-1))
1210 T=T+S
1220 GOTO 1010
1300 S=VAL (LEFT$ (N$,L-1))
1310 T=T-S
1320 GOTO 1010
1400 S=VAL (LEFT$ (N$,L-1))
1410 T=T/S
1420 GOTO 1010
Simulated Algebraic Calculator

Similar to the RPN simulator but change all LEFTS to
RIGHTS and all RIGHTS to LEFTS in lines 150 to 180 and
lines 1100, 1200, 1300 and 1400.
Now, to enter numbers, put math operator before the
number in standard algebraic-entry format. As an option
you can choose to eliminate the plus sign math operator.
Program Listing
1000 CLS:CLEAR
1010 BEEP 1,1:WAIT 120:PRINT T
1020 INPUT N$
1030 IF N$="R" PRINT T
1040 L=LEN N$
1050 IF ASC (LEFT$ (N$rl))=42 GOTO 1100
1060 IF ASC (LEFT$ (N$,l))=43 GOTO 1200
1090 T=T+VAL N$
1095 GOTO 1010
1100 S=VAL (RIGHT$ (N$,L-1))
1110 T=T*S
1120 GOTO 1010
1200 S=VAL (RIGHT$ (N$,L-1))
1210 T=T+S
1220 GOTO 1010
1300 S=VAL (RIGHT$ (N$,L-1))
1310 T=T-S
125
1320 GOTO 1010
1400 S=VAL (RIGHT$ (N$,L-1))
1410 T=T/S
1420 GOTO 1010
Single-Digit Adding Machine

Add as many single-digit numbers as you like. No need
to press ENTER after each number since we are using IN-
KEYS.
Program Listing
10 CLEAR:CLS
20 PRINT @ 72,"ADDING MACHINE"
30 PRINT @ 104,STRING$(l<f,"*")
40 PRINT 9 168,"FIRST NUMBER="
50 NN$=INKEY$
60 IF NN$=""THEN50
70 N=VAL(NN$)
80 L=L+1
90 PRINT $ 168,"NUMBER";L;"IS";N
100 T=T+N
110 PRINT @ 233,"T0TAL=";T
120 GOTO 50
How Money Grows

My, oh my, how your money grows when you put it in
a savings account at a certain annual percentage rate of
interest, compounded monthly, for a number of months.
This program asks for information on the initial princi
pal saved, annual interest percentage rate, and number of
months. The result is a moving display of the changes in
principal as the months pass. The computer holds at the
final month's display so you can see what you would have
at that time.
Program Listing
10 CLS:CLEAR
20 PRINT 3 53,"MONEY GROWTH"
30 LIME (76,6)-(150,16), 1,B
^<3 FRI NT: INPUT " PRIM CI PAL. $ " ;P
126
58 INPUT"ANNUAL INTEREST PERCENT " ;R
60 IMFUT"NUMBER OF MONTHS " !M
65 PRINT
7S FOR <5=1 TO M
SO I - < P * <0. 01 *R > > / 12
^0 F=FH
95 Z=INT»P*10CH0„5>/100
* "T
10© PRINT "AFTER MONTH ,! ;Q ? a = *" 7 i-
110 FOR T=l TO 250!NEXT T

120 NEXT 0
120 IF INKEY*=M" THEN 130
Deposit Doubler
There's an old rule of thumb used by some bankers. It
holds that money left on deposit in an interest-bearing
account will double in value as interest compounds.
If you don't take this Rule of 72nds too seriously it can
be a handy gauge to figure roughly the number of years you
need to leave your money in a bank account (or other
interest-bearing system) to see it double in value.
The rule holds that the number of years to double is
about equal to the number 72 divided by the annual interest
rate. The actual conversion is done in line 130 of this
program. The rest of the program lines are input and output
generators.
Program Listing
L© CLS!CLEAR
20 RV*=CHR*(27) + ,,p" !N7*=CHF*(27)+,,q"
30 PRINT 5) 55, RV$? "DEPOSIT DOUBLER" 5NV*
40 LINE(90,7)-<179,15), 1,E
50 LINE(8S,5)-(131,17),1,B
100 PRINT S 120,"WHAT IS ANNUAL INTEREST
PERCENT"?sINPUT I
110 PRINT £• 120,SPACE$(40)
120 PRINT 3 120,"AT " ;I ;" PERCENT INTEREST"
130 Y=72/I
140 IF Y:: INT(Y) THEN 150 ELSE 180
150 D=Y-INT(Y)
160 IF D>0.5 THEN Y=Y+1
127
170 Y=INT<Y>
1S0 PRINT a 160,"MONEY DOUBLES IN ABOUT
;Y?" YEARS"
200 PRINT a 240,"PRESS »;RV*;"ENTER";NV*
5" FOR MORE OR "?RV*;"0"?NV*5" TO QUIT"
205 LINE<35,47) -(65,55),1,B
207 LINE(143,47)-<149,55),1, B
210 K*=INKEY*
220 IF K*="" THEN 210
230 IF K*="Q" OR K*=,,qn THEM 300
240 IF ASC(K*)=13 THEN 10
250 GOTO 210
300 CLS
310 LINE <77,l)->155,21),1,BF
320 LINE <S1,5)-(151,17),2,BF
330 PRINT a 54,"TERMINATION"
340 END
Mortgage Loans
Planning to buy a new home? Thinking of refinancing
the old mortgage? This program computes either mortgage
payment amount, numberof payments or amount borrowed.
When you first run this program, you are presented with
a menu of work options. If you wish to find the amount of
payment on a certain mortgage, press P. If you wish to com
pute the number of payments to complete a mortgage, press
N. To recall the original loan amount of an existing mort
gage, press V.
If you wish to determine the monthly mortgage pay
ment, the computer will ask for the original loan amount in
dollars, the percentage interest rate, and the number of
months in the life of the mortgage.
To find number of payments, the computer will require
the original loan amount, the interest rate, and the monthly
payment amount. To recreate the original amount of a
mortgage, tell the computer payment, interest rate and
number of months in the original agreement.
Program Listing
10 CLS!CLEAR
20 TT$="MORTGAGE LOANS"
30 GOSUB 800
128
40 PRINT a 127,"WHICH DO YOU WISH TO FIND?"
50 PRINT a 163,"MORTGAGE PAYMENT AMOUNT
(PRESS P)"
60 PRINT a 203,"NUMBER OF PAYMENTS
(PRESS N)"
70 FRINT a 243,"ORIGINAL LOAN AMOUNT
(PRESS V)"
80 K*=INKEY*
90 IF K*=" " THEN 80
100 IF K*="P" THEN 200
110 IF K*=nN" THEN 400
120 IF K*="V" THEN 600
130 CLS:BEEP
140 PRINT a 89,"PRESS ONLY P, N, OR V"
150 GOTO 50
200 TT$="MORTGAGE PAYMENT"
210 GOSUB 800
220 PRINT
230 INPUT"ORIGINAL LOAN AMOUNT $";V
240 INPUT"INTEREST RATE PERCENT "?I
250 LET 1=0,01*<1/12)
260 INPUT"NUMBER OF MONTHS " ?N
270 PRINT
280 P=V*a/a~(l + I)A-N) >
290 P=INT(100*P+0.5)/100
300 PRINT"MORTGAGE PAYMENT *";P;"<<<"
310 PRINT
320 PR INT"FOP MORE PRESS ANY KEY"
330 K*=INKEY*
340 IF K*="" THEN 330
350 GOTO 10
400 TT*="NUMBER OF PAYMENTS"
410 GOSUB 800
420 PRINT
430 INPUT*" ORIGINAL LOAN AMOUNT *";V
440 INPUT" INTEREST RATE PERCENT 7."? I
450 I=0„01*(I/12)
460 INPUT"MORTGAGE PAYMENT AMOUNT $";P
470 PRINT
480 N=-~< (LOG( 1-I*V/P) )/' (LOGU + I) ) )
500 PRINT"NUMBER OF MONTHS ";N;"<<<"
510 GOTO 310
129
600 TT$="MORTGAGE LOAN AMOUNT"
610 GOSUB 800
620 PRINT
630 INPUT"MORTGAGE PAYMENT AMOUNT $"$P
640 INPUT" INTEREST RATE PERCENT 7." ? I
650 I=0„01*(I/12)
660 INPUT"NUMBER OF MONTHS " ?N
670 PRINT
680 V=P*<<1-(1+I)A-N)/I)
690 V=INT<100*V+0B5)/100
700 PRINT"LOAN AMOUNT *"
710 GOTO 310

790 END
800 CLS!BEEP
810 TL=LEN<TT*>
820 CT=INT< (40-TD/2)
830 BL=TL*6+4
840 BS=<240-BL)/2
850 LINE(BS,6)-(BS+BL~2,16), 1,B
860 PRINT a 40+CT,TT*
870 RETURN
Installment Purchase Plan

What can be more confusing than the terms on your
credit card? It can be a real hassle trying to get a payment
figure from a store or loan company or bank for an install
ment purchase. With this program, you won't have to call or
visit a lender to discover just how much your payment is
going to be.
The computer will tell you how much you will have to
pay on your installment-credit loan if you give it a few pieces
of pertinent information.
Type the program listing below into your computer and
RUN it. The computer will ask for the list price of the item
you are buying. It will ask for the amount of the down pay
ment you will be making at the time of the purchase. It will
ask over how many payments you wish the loan spread.
And, finally, it will ask for the annual interest rate percen
tage of the loan.
130
After completing its work the computer will tell you the
amount of the monthly payment you will have to make on
the loan.
Program Listing
10 CLS;CLEAR
20 LINE <26,3)-<201,19),1,BF
30 LIME <29h6)--(198, 16),2,BF
50 PRINT 3 45,"INSTALLMENT PURCHASE
PAYMENT"
60 PRINT:PRINT"LIST PRICE *M?SPACE*<9>?
:INPUT L
70 PPINT"DOWN PAYMENT *"5SPACE*(7);
:INPUT D
80 PRINT"NUnBER OF PAYMENTS" ", SPACE* <3) ;
:INPUT N
?0 PRINT"ANNUAL INPUT PERCENT"5 SPACE*(1)!
:INPUT I
100 I=<0.01*I)/12
110 F=<L-D)*<I/<1~< l/( <H-I)AN> > ) )
120 P=INT<100*P+0.5)/100
130 PRINT
200 PRINT "PAYMENT";SPACE$(14);"*"SP
220 GOTO 10
Rule of 78's
Loan Interest Rebate
Paying off your consumer loan? Want to know if you are
due a refund on interest and how much it will be? This pro
gram will allow the computer to compute the amount of
interest you could overpay and the remaining balance of
principal you must pay to satisfy the loan.
If you pay off the loan by paying all pre-computed pay
ments, use this program to find how much refund, or rebate,
is due you. If you haven't paid off the loan yet, use this pro
gram to determine the amount of principal to pay off with
out overpaying interest.
Using what bankers call the Rule of 78's, you must
supply the number of the current payment, the total number
131
of installment payments for which the loan originally was
written, and the original total finance charge or amount of
interest dollars.
Program Listing
10 CLS!CLEAR
100 INPUT"ORIGINAL NO. OF MONTHS IN LOAN"
?N
105 IF N=<0 THEN 100
110 INPUT"PAYMENT MO. WHEN PREPAYMENT
OCCURS";K
115 IF K>N OR K=<0 THEN 110
120 INPUT"ORIGINAL TOTAL FINANCE CHARGE
*" 5P
125 IF P=<0 THEN 120
130 INPUT"MONTHLY PAYMENT *" SPM
135 IF PM=<0 THEN 130
200 I~ < <2* <N-K+1 ) ) /' <N* 'i N+1 ) ) *P
210 RB=(<N-K)*I>/2
220 BL=<<N--K)*PM)-RE
230 II=INT(I*100+0.5)/100
240 R=INT(RB*100+0.5)/100
250 B~INT(BL*100+0.5)/100
300 CLS
310 PR INT"RULE OF 78^5 LOAN INTEREST
REBATE"
320 PRINT
330 PRINT"ORIGINAL FINANCE CHARGE ",P
340 PRINT" ORIGINAL. NO. PAYMENTS SN
350 PRINT"PREPAYMENT MONTH NO, ;k
360 PRINT"REBATE DUE ;r
3"70 P PI NT " PR INCI PAL OUTSTANDING ;b
410 GOTO 10
Loan Payments
This money program finds the amount of payment to
be made on a loan, or the original loan amount, often
referred to as present value, or the number of payments to
be made on a loan.
We use the variable PV for loan amount, or present
132
value. PY is the amount of the payment and N is the
number of months of payments. The annual interest
percentage is I.
Program Listing
10 CLEAR
20 WAIT 120
30 PRINT ""MONTHLY LOAN REPAYMENT**"
40 WAIT 60
50 PRINT "YOU MAY COMPUTE:"
60 PRINT "LOAN AMOUNT (PRESS A)"
70 PRINT "PAYMENT (PRESS P)"
80 PRINT "NUMBER OF MONTHS (PRESS N)"
90 WAIT 0
100 PRINT "PRESS A, P OR N"
110 K$=INKEY$
120 IF K$=""THEN GOTO 110
130 IF K$="A"THEN 200
140 IF K$="P"THEN 300
150 IF K$="N"THEN 400
160 GOTO 110
200 GOSUB 600
210 PV=PY*((1-((1+I)A-N))/I)
220 PRINT "LOAN AMT: $";PV
230 GOTO 500
300 GOSUB 600
310 PY=PV*(I/(1-((1+I)A-N)))
320 PRINT "PAYMENT: $";PY
330 GOTO 500
400 GOSUB 600
410 N=-((LN (1-(I*PV)/PY))/(LN (1+1)))
420 PRINT "NO. MONTHS: ";N
510 CLEAR
520 GOTO 90
600 IF K$="A"THEN INPUT "PAYMENT : $";PY
:INPUT "NO. MONTHS: ";N:GOTO 630
610 IF K$="P"THEN INPUT "LOAN AMT: $";PV
:INPUT "NO. MONTHS: ";N:GOTO 630
620 IF K$="N"THEN INPUT "LOAN AMT: §";PV
:INPUT "PAYMENT: $";PY:GOTO 630
133
630 INPUT "ANNUAL INT % :";I
640 I=(.01*I)/12
650 RETURN
Checkbook Balancer
One of life's little headaches is reconciling your
checkbook register or check stubs with the monthly
statement from your bank.
Normally, your checkbook balance will not match the
balance shown on your bank statement. That's because
you write checks which haven't reached the bank by the
time the statement is mailed or make deposits after the
bank completed its work on your statement. In other
words, there are checks or deposits which haven't cleared
by the time the bank mails your statement to you.
This program allows your computer to help you
reconcile the difference between the bank's statement
and your checkbook balance.
Program Listing
10 REM CHECKBOOK BALANCER
20 CLEAR
30 DIMCN(100),CA(100),D(100)
40 INPUT "NEED INSTRUCTIONS ";I$
50 IF LEFT$ (I$,1)="Y"THEN GOSUB 500
100 INPUT "BANK BALANCE: ";BB
200 N=N+1
210 INPUT "CHECK NUMBER: ";CN$
220 IF CN$="X"THEN 300
230 CN(N)=VAL (CN$)
240 INPUT "CHECK AMOUNT: ";CA(N)
250 CT=CT+CA(N)
260 GOTO 200
300 L=L+1
310 INPUT "DEPOSIT AMOUNT: ";DA$
320 IF DA$="X"THEN 400
330 D(L)=VAL (DA$)
340 DT=DT+D(L)
350 GOTO 300
400 NB=BB-CT+DT
134
410 INPUT "CHECKBOOK BALANCE: ";CB
420 BC=NB-CB
430 PAUSE "NEW BALANCE=$";NB
440 PAUSE "CORRECTION=$";BC
450 GOTO 430
500 PAUSE "ENTER ALL"
510 PAUSE "OUTSTANDING CHECKS"
520 PAUSE "AND DEPOSITS"
530 PAUSE "AMOUNTS AND NUMBERS."
540 PAUSE "ENTER X AFTER LAST ITEM"
550 RETURN
Reconciling a N.O.W. Account

N.O.W. stands for negotiable order of withdrawal.
These accounts have become very popular in banking
circles in recent years. Similar to checking accounts, they
are more complex in that your money in the account earns
interest while on deposit.
Such accounts often also provide for automatic
transfers of your money to make car payments, mortgage
payments, etc. In addition, interest on certificates of
deposit (CDs) and other accounts may be credited to your
N.O.W. account by your bank. So, there could be lots of
activity in one month in your account to keep track of.
This situation is ideal for computer assistance.
Program Listing
10 WAIT 0
20 FOR P=25 TO 0 STEP -1
30 CURSOR (P): PRINT "*";
40 NEXT P
50 PRINT "BALANCING N.O.W. ACCOUNT"
70 INPUT "PREVIOUS BALANCE: ";BL
80 INPUT "DEPOSIT: ";DP$
90 IF DP$="X"THEN 120
100 BL=BL+VAL (DP$)
110 GOTO 80
120 INPUT "INTEREST: ";IN$
130 IF IN$="X"THEN 160
135
140 BL=BL+VAL (IN§)
150 GOTO 120
160 INPUT "OTHER CREDIT: ";OC$
170 IF OC$="X"THEN 200
180 BL=BL+VAL (OC$)
190 GOTO 160
200 INPUT "SAVINGS WITHDRAWAL: ";SW$
210 IF SW$="X"THEN 240
220 BL=BL-VAL (SW$)
230 GOTO 200
240 INPUT "OTHER WITHDRAWALS: ";OW$
250 IF OW$="X"THEN 280
260 BL=BL-VAL (OW$)
270 GOTO 240
280 INPUT "SERVICE CHARGE: ";SC$
290 IF SC$="X"THEN 320
300 BL=BL-VAL (SC$)
310 GOTO 280
320 INPUT "OUTSTANDING CHECKS: ";OU$
330 IF OU$="X"THEN 360
340 BL=BL-VAL (OU$)
350 GOTO 320
360 BEEP 1,1
370 PRINT "CORRECT BALANCE: $";BL
390 CLEAR
400 GOTO 10
Finance Charge Refund

Once in a while you get lucky enough to repay an in
stallment loan before the final due date. When that hap
pens you may be entitled to a refund of part of the finance
charge.
How much rebate is due? The percentage rebate is
found in a rebate-schedule table. In this program, we have
a portion of such a schedule.
Imbedded in program lines 70 to 200 is data from a
rebate-scheduled table. Our table allows loans with
lengths of time set at 3, 6, 9, 12, 15 and 18 months. The
number of elapsed months runs from 1 to 14.
You type in the original total finance charge on your
136
installment loan, the original number of months for which
the loan was set up, and the number of months the loan
has run so far. Be sure to use either 3,6,9,12,15 or 18 for
the original number of months. Use from 1 to 14 for the
number of months the loan has run. Use actual dollars for
the original total finance charge.
Program Listing
10 WAIT 0:DIM S(6,14)
30 CURSOR P
40 PRINT "*";
50 NEXT P
60 PRINT "REFUND OR FINANCE CHARGE"
70 DATA 50,71.43,80,84.62,87.5,89.47
80 DATA 16,67,47.62,62.22,70.51,75.83,
79.53
90 DATA 0,28.57,46.67,57.69,65,70.18
100 DATA 0,14.29,33.33,46.15,55,61.4
110 DATA 0,4.76,22.22,35.9,45.83,53.22
120 DATA 0,0,13.33,26.92,37.5,45.61
130 DATA 0,0,6.67.19.23,30,38.6
140 DATA 0,0,2.22,12.82,23.33,32.16
150 DATA 0,0,0,7.69,17.5,26.32
160 DATA 0,0,0,3.85,12.5,21.05
170 DATA 0,0,0,1.28,8.33,16.37
180 DATA 0,0,0,0,5,12.28
190 DATA 0,0,0,0,2.5,8.77
200 DATA 0,0,0,0,0.83,5.85
210 FOR C=l TO 14
220 FOR R=l TO 6
230 READ S(R,C)
240 NEXT R
250 NEXT C
260 INPUT "TOTAL FINANCE CHARGE: ";F
270 INPUT "ORIGINAL LOAN TERM: ";RR
280 INPUT "MONTHS GONE BY: ";C
290 R=RR/3:PD=0.01*S(R,C)
300 RF=INT (100*(PD*F)+0.5/100
310 PRINT "REFUND:$";RF
330 GOTO 260
137
Checking Your
Charge Account Statement
Do you have credit cards? Charge accounts? Do they
send you monthly statements? If the answer is yes to any
of these questions, you can use your computer to check
up on the companies issuing those statements.
Type in this brief program and RUN it. It will give you
a fast and easy check of your statement. Remember,you
can do multiple finance charges, new purchases, payments
and credits. Use X to exit data-entry loops for these items.
Program Listing
10 WAIT 0
30 CURSOR P:PRINT"*";
40 NEXT P
50 PRINT "BALANCING YOUR STATEMENT"
70 INPUT "PREVIOUS BALANCE: ";BL
80 INPUT "FINANCE CHARGE: ";FC$
90 IF FC$="X" THEN 120
100 BL=BL+VAL (FC$)
110 GOTO 80
120 INPUT "NEW PURCHASES: n;NP$
130 IF NP$="X" THEN 160
140 BL=BL+VAL (NP$)
150 GOTO 120
160 INPUT "PAYMENTS: ";PY$
170 IF PY$="X" THEN 200
180 BL=BL-VAL (PY$)
190 GOTO 160
200 INPUT "CREDITS: ";CR$
210 IF CR$="X" THEN 240
220 BL=BL-VAL (CR$)
230 GOTO 200
240 BEEP 1,1
250 PRINT "CORRECT BALANCE: ";BL
260 IF INKEY$=n" THEN 260
270 CLEAR
280 GOTO 10
138
Average Monthly Expenditures
You can manage your money better by keeping an ac
curate record of your expenditures each month. You will
be able to evaluate your spending habits over the months.
This program accepts monthly total expenditures for
a year and gives you the year's total plus the monthly
average expenditure.
Program Listing
10 CLEAR :WAIT 0
30 CURSOR P:PRINT"*";
40 NEXT P
50 PRINT "AVERAGE MONTHLY EXPENSES"
60 FOR Z=l TO 100:NEXT Z
70 DATA "JANUARY" ,"FEBRUARY" ,"MARCH"
80 DATA "APRIL","MAY","JUNE"
90 DATA "JULY","AUGUST","SEPTEMBER"
100 DATA "OCTOBER","NOVEMBER","DECEMBER'
110 FOR M=l TO 12
120 READ N$
130 PRINT N$;
140 INPUT " EXPENSES: $";E
150 T=T+E
160 CLS
170 NEXT M
180 A=T/12
190 WAIT 40
200 PRINT "TOTAL EXPENSES: $";T
210 PRINT "MONTHLY AVERAGE: $";A
230 RESTORE
240 GOTO 10
Electric Bill Analysis

Confused by your electric bill? Think you're being
stung? Can't figure when you used all that juice? Now you
can analyze your bills for a one-year period and see where
you are draining the local utility.
139
The computer will report annual totals, monthly
averages of kilowatt hours used, and the cost of those
kilowatts. Most folks receive an electric bill every other
month and the computer assumes that's the case. It
counts on two months of service per bill.
You can give the computer information from your elec
tric bills in any monthly order. The program sorts the
monthly bills into chronological order within one year.
Program Listing
10 QLEARrCLS
20 DIM M$(6)
30 FOR L=l TO 6
40 LINE INPUT"BILLING MONTH: M;MN$
50 IF MN$=""THEN 240
60 LINE INPUT"KIL0WATT HOURS: ";KW$
70 LINE INPUT"NUMBER OF DAYS: M;ND$
80 LINE INPUTMUNIT PRICE: M;UP$
90 M$(L)=MN$+"/"+KW$+"KWH/"+ND$+
"DAYS/"+"$"+UP$
100 N=N+1
110 M^M+2
120 K=VAL(KW$)
130 D=VAL(ND$)
140 P=VAL(UP$)
150 IF N=l THEN LL=K:LM$=M$(L):HH=K
:HM$=M$(L)
160 IF K<LL THEN LL=K :LM$=M$(L)
170 IF K>HH THEN HH=K:HM$=M$(L)
180 KK=KK+K
190 DD=DD+D
200 MU=KK/M
210 TC=KK*P
220 MC=TC/M
230 NEXT L
240 CLS
250 PRINT" "
260 PRINTf,M0NTH/KWH/DAYS/C0ST"
270 PRINT" "
280 FOR L=l TO 6
290 IF LEFT$(M$(L),3)="3AN" THEN PRINT M$(L)
140
300 NEXT L
310 FOR L=l TO 6
320 IF LEFT$(M$(L),3)="FEB" THEN PRINT M$(L)
330 NEXT L
340 FOR L=l TO 6
350 IF LEFT$(M$(L),3)="MAR" THEN PRINT M$(L)
360 NEXT L
370 FOR L=l TO 6
380 IF LEFT$(M$(L),3)="APR" THEN PRINT M$(L)
390 NEXT L
400 FOR L=l TO 6
410 IF LEFT$(M$(L),3)="MAY" THEN PRINT M$(L)
420 NEXT L
430 FOR L=l TO 6
440 IF LEFT$(M$(L),3)="3UN" THEN PRINT M$(L)
450 NEXT L
460 FOR L=l TO 6
470 IF LEFT$(M$(L),3)="3UL" THEN PRINT M$(L)
480 NEXT L
490 FOR L=l TO 6
500 IF LEFT$(M$(L),3)="AUG" THEN PRINT M$(L)
510 NEXT L
520 FOR L=l TO 6
530 IF LEFT$(M$(L),3)="SEP" THEN PRINT M$(L)
540 NEXT L
550 FOR L=l TO 6
560 IF LEFT$(M$(L),3)="0CT" THEN PRINT M$(L)
570 NEXT L
580 FOR L=l TO 6
590 IF LEFT$(M$(L),3)="N0V" THEN PRINT M$(L)
600 NEXT L
610 FOR L=l TO 6
620 IF LEFT$(M$(L),3)="DECM THEN PRINT M$(L)
630 NEXT L
640 PRINT" "
650 PRINT'TOR BILL ANALYSIS, PRESS A"
660 PRINT"TO QUIT, PRESS Q"
670 AA$=INKEY$
680 IF AA$=""THEN 670
690 IF AA$="A" THEN 720
700 IF AA$="Q" THEN 1040
141
710 GOTO 670
720 CLS
730 PRINT " ":PRINT" "
740 PRINT "ELECTRIC BILL ANALYSIS"
750 PRINT N;"BILLS RECEIVED, BIMONTHLY"
760 PRINT it it
770 PRINT "TOTALS OVER";M;"MONTHS"
780 PRINT KK;"KWH USED OVER";M;"MONTHS"
790 PRINT DD;"DAYS IN";M;"MONTHS"
800 PRINT " $";TC;"COST OVER";M;"MONTHS"
810 PRINT " ":PRINT" "
820 PRINT "FOR MONTHLY AVERAGES, PRESS A"
830 AM$=I NKEY$
840 IF AM $="" THEN 830
850 IF AM $="A" THEN 870
860 GOTO 830
870 CLS
880 PRINT
890 PRINT "AVERAGES PER MONTH"
900 PRINT ii n
910 PRINT MU;"KWH AVERAGE USE"
920 PRINT $";MC;"AVERAGE COST"
930 PRINT
940 PRINT LOWEST-USE BILL":PRINT" ";LM$
950 PRINT HIGHEST-USE BILL":PRINT" ";HM$
ii
960 PRINT
970 PRINT TO DO ANOTHER SET, PRESS A"
980 PRINT TO STOP, PRESS S"
990 BB$=I NKEY$
1000 IF BB $="" THEN 990
1010 IF BB $="A" THEN 10
1020 IF BB $="SM THEN 1040
1030 GOTO 990
1040 CLS 2
1050 PRINT @ 192," THANK YOU"
1060 GOTO 1060
Savings Quickie
Want a quick idea of how much your savings account
will grow over the years? This program is fast to load and
speedy to run.
142
The computer will ask for initial savings balance, an
nual interest percentage rate, and number of years. In
return, it computes compound interest and displays the
savings balance at the end of each year in a handy list.
Program Listing
10 CLSrCLEAR
20 INPUT"PRESENT SAVINGS BALANCE";B
30 INPUT"INTEREST RATE";I
40 INPUTMNUMBER OF YEARS";Y
50 FOR L=l TO Y
60 Z=Z+I*(Z+B)/100
70 PRINT L,Z+B
80 NEXT L
90 END
Monthly Loan Payment

Here's a fast computation of the monthly payment on
a loan. The amount borrowed, the principle, is stored in
memory location P. I is the annual interest rate and N is
the number of payments. I is converted to a monthly in
terest rate and then to a decimal in line 50.
Program Listing
10 PRINT ">":REM CLEAR SCREEN
20 PRINT "AMOUNT BORROWED * ";: INPUT P
30 PRINT "ANNUAL INTEREST 7. " ; : INPUT I
40 PRINT "NUMBER OF PAYMENTS "; :INPUT N
50 I=0„01*(I/12)
60 M=<P*I)/<1-((1+I)A<-N)))
70 PRINT
80 PRINT "MONTHLY PAYMENT IS *" ;m
90 PRINT :PRINT :PRINT
100 GOTO 20
Automobile:
Miles per Gallon and Cost per Mile
With gasoline shortages always a threat, it's impor-
tant to know just how much gas your car is using to travel
a mile—and how much that mile costs in dollars.
This program lets the computer find the total
distance you have traveled since the last time you filled
your car's gas tank. It reports miles per gallon; gas cost
per gallon; and gas cost per mile.
Program Listing
10 CLS
20 CLEAR
30 PRINT 'CURRENT ODOMETER READING?"
40 INPUT
45 CLS
50 PRINT 'PREVIOUS ODOMETER READING?"
60 INPUT O
65 CLS
70 PRINT 'GALLONS OF GAS?"
80 INPUT
85 CLS
90 PRINT 'TOTAL PRICE ?
100 INPUT P
110 LET A=P/G
115 LET A=INT (100*A+0.5)/100
120 LET M=C-0
130 LET N=M/G
135 LET N=INT (100*N+0.5)/100
140 LET L=PÎ
145 LET L=INT (100*L+0.5)/100
150 CLS
160 PRINT "MILES TRAVELED: "?M
170 PRINT "MILES PER GALLON: ";N
180 PRINT "GAS: $";A;" PER GALLON'
190 PRINT "GAS: $";L;" PER MILE"
200 PRINT
210 PRINT
220 PRINT
230 PRINT
240 PRINT "PRESS ENTER FOR MORE"
250 INPUT K$
260 GOTO 10
144
Automobile:
Miles Left in Gas Tank
Make a conservative estimate of the number of miles

per gallon you have been getting out of your car recently.
Check the car's owners manual for information about the
capacity of the gas tank. Recall the odometer reading at
the last gas fill-up. Using this information, the computer
will be able to tell you how many miles you can drive
before your gas tank runs dry.
Program Listing
10 CLS
20 CLEAR
30 PRINT CURRENT ODOMETER READING?"
40 INPUT O
45 CLS
50 PRINT PREVIOUS ODOMETER READING?'
60 INPUT
65 CLS
70 PRINT MILES PER GALLON'
80 INPUT M
85 CLS
90 PRINT "GAS TANK CAPACITY?"
100 INPUT T
110 LET D=0-P
120 LET R=M*T
130 LET L=R-D
140 CLS
150 PRINT "MAXIMUM RANGE: " ;R
160 PRINT "DISTANCE SO FAR: ";D
170 PRINT "MILES REMAINING: ";L
200 PRINT
210 PRINT
220 PRINT
230 PRINT
240 PRINT PRESS ENTER FOR MORE'
250 INPUT K$
260 GOTO 10
145
Car Payments
Shopping for a new car? use your Computer to
compute quickly the potential monthly car payment on
various models.
Program Listing
10 LET P=0
20 PRINT "CAR PAYMENT"
30 FOR L=l TO 11
40 PRINT "*";
50 NEXT L
60 PRINT
100 PRINT "PURCHASE PRICE ?"
110 INPUT T
120 CLS
130 PRINT "DOWN PAYMENT ?"
140 INPUT R
150 CLS
160 PRINT "NUMBER OF MONTHS ?"
170 INPUT N
180 CLS
190 PRINT "ANNUAL INTEREST ?"
200 INPUT I
210 LET I=(0.01*I)/12
220 CLS
230 LET P= (T-R)*I/(1-1/(1+1)**N)
240 LET P=INT(100*P+.5)/100
250 PRINT "PAYMENT WILL BE"
260 PRINT "$";P;" A MONTH"
Simple Interest
My savings account has $400 in it. The bank pays me
7.5 percent interest on the account. If I leave the money in
that account for 12 years, how much interest will I have
earned after 12 years? What will the new amount total in
the account?
146
Program Listing
10 CLS
15 CLEAR
20 PRINT "PRESENT VALUE $";
25 INPUT P
27 PRINT P
30 PRINT "ANNUAL INTEREST PERCENT?";
35 INPUT I
37 PRINT I
40 PRINT "NUMBER OF YEARS?";
45 INPUT Y
50 LET 1=0.01*1
55 LET X=P*I*Y
60 CLS
65 PRINT Y;" YEARS INTEREST"
70 PRINT "TOTALS $";X
75 LET A=P+X
80 PRINT "PRINCIPAL = $";A
85 PRINT
90 PRINT
95 PRINT
100 PRINT "TO DO ANOTHER "
110 PRINT
120 GOTO 15
Compound Interest: Present Value

Using this program, the computer can tell you how
much money to deposit in your savings account today, at
what interest rate, and how long to leave it in that ac
count to get a specific amount you require in that account
at a point in the future.
Program Listing
10 CLS
15 CLEAR
20 PRINT "FUTURE VALUE?";
25 INPUT F
30 PRINT " $n;F
35 PRINT "ANNUAL INTEREST PERCENT?";
147
40 INPUT I
45 PRINT I
50 PRINT "NUMBER OF YEARS?";
55 INPUT Y
60 PRINT Y
65 LET 1=0.01*1
70 LET P=F/(1+I)**Y
75 PRINT
77 LET P=INT (100*P+0.5)/100
80 PRINT "PRESENT VALUE $";P
85 PRINT
90 PRINT
95 PRINT
100 PRINT "PRESS ENTER TO DO ANOTHER"
110 INPUT K$
120 GOTO 10
Compound Interest: Future Value

(Annual Compounding)
Here the computer uses the present value of your
savings account, the annual interest rate and the number
of years you plan to leave the money in the account to
compute the future value of the account with annual com
pounding.
Program Listing
10 CLS
15 CLEAR
20 PRINT "PRESENT VALUE? ";
25 INPUT P
30 PRINT "$";P
35 PRINT "ANNUAL INTEREST PERCENT? ";
40 INPUT I
45 PRINT I
50 PRINT "NUMBER OF YEARS? ";
60 INPUT Y
65 PRINT Y;" YEARS"
70 LET 1=0.01*1
75 LET F=P*(1+I)**Y
148
77 LET F=INT (100*F+0.5)/100
80 PRINT
90 PRINT "FUTURE VALUE $";F
95 PRINT
100 PRINT
105 PRINT
110 PRINT "PRESS ENTER TO DO MORE"
115 INPUT K$
120 GOTO 10

(Quarterly Compounding)
If you know how much you have in a savings ac
count, how much interest you are earning, and how many
years you plan to leave the money in the account, the
computer will tell you how many quarters are in those
years and compute the future total value of the account.
Program Listing
10 CLS
20 CLEAR
40 INPUT P
50 PRINT "$";P
60 PRINT "ANNUAL INTEREST? ";
70 INPUT I
80 PRINT I;" PERCENT"
100 INPUT Y
110 PRINT Y
120 LET Q=4*Y
130 LET I=0-01*(I/4)
140 LET F=P*(1+I)**Q
150 LET F=INT (100*F+0.5)/100
160 PRINT
170 PRINT Q;" QUARTERS"
180 PRINT "FUTURE VALUE $";F
190 PRINT
200 PRINT
149
210 PRINT
220 PRINT "PRESS ENTER TO DO MORE"
230 INPUT K$
240 GOTO 10

(Showing Intermediate Years)
Here the computer uses the present value of your
savings account, the interest rate, and the number of
years you plan to leave the money in the account. It then
lists the total amount in the account after each year
through the period you plan to maintain the account.
Program Listing
10 CLS
20 CLEAR
40 INPUT P
50 PRINT "$";P
60 PRINT "INTEREST RATE? ";
70 INPUT I
80 PRINT I;" PERCENT"
90 LET L=I/100+1
110 INPUT Y
120 PRINT Y
130 PRINT
140 PRINT
150 PRINT "STARTING WITH $";P
155 PRINT
160 FOR K=l TO Y
170 LET P=P*L
180 PRINT "AFTER ";K;" YEARS"
190 PRINT "PRINCIPAL=$";P
200 PRINT
210 NEXT K
220 PRINT
230 PRINT
240 PRINT "TO DO MORE PRESS ANY KEY"
150
250 LET K$=INKEY$
260 IF K$="" THEN GOTO 250
270 GOTO 10
Bank Loans
This handy program will allow you to compute
payment, length of time or amount borrowed for your next
bank loan.
If you know the amount you want to borrow, the interest
rate you will be charged, and the length of time you need the
money, the computer will figure your payment.
If you know how much you can pay, the current interest
rate, and the length of time you will need to repay, the
computer will tell you how much you can borrow.
Or, if you know the amount of payment, the interest
rate, and the original amount you borrowed, it will compute
the number of payments.
Program Listing
10 LET T$="BANK LOANS"
15 GOSUB 700
20 PRINT
25 PRINT "WHICH TO FIND:"
30 PRINT
35 PRINT "PAYMENT AMOUNT (P)"
40 PRINT "NUMBER OF PAYMENTS (N)"
45 PRINT "AMOUNT OF LOAN (A)"
50 GOSUB 900
55 CLS
60 IF M$="P" THEN GOTO 100
65 IF M$="N" THEN GOTO 300
70 IF M$="A" THEN GOTO 500
75 CLS
80 GOTO 10
100 LET T$="PAYMENT"
110 GOSUB 700
120 PRINT
130 PRINT "LOAN AMOUNT ? ";
140 INPUT V
150 PRINT "$";V
151
160 PRINT"ANNUAL INTEREST RATE ? ";
170 INPUT I
180 PRINT I;" PCT"
190 PRINT "NUMBER OF PAYMENTS ? ";
200 INPUT N
210 PRINT N
220 LET 1=0.01*1/12
230 LET P=V*(I/(1-(1+I)**-N))
240 LET P=INT (100*P+0-5)/100
250 PRINT
260 PRINT "PAYMENT $";P
270 CLEAR
280 GOSUB 1000
300 LET T$="NUMBER OF PAYMENTS"
310 GOSUB 700
320 PRINT
330 PRINT "LOAN AMOUNT ? ";
340 INPUT V
350 PRINT "$";V
360 PRINT "ANNUAL INTEREST RATE ? '
370 INPUT I
380 PRINT I;" PCT"
390 PRINT"PAYMENT ? ";
400 INPUT P
410 PRINT "$";P
420 LET 1=0.01*1/12
430 LET N=-((LN(1-(I*V/P))/LN 10)/
((LN (1+I))/LN 10))
450 PRINT
460 PRINT "NUMBER OF MONTHS ";N
470 GOTO 270
500 LET T$="AMOUNT OF LOAN"
510 GOSUB 700
520 PRINT
530 PRINT "PAYMENT ? ";
540 INPUT P
550 PRINT "$";P
560 PRINT "ANNUAL INTEREST RATE ?
570 INPUT I
580 PRINT I;" PCT"
590 PRINT "NUMBER OF PAYMENTS ? ";
152
600 INPUT N
610 PRINT N
620 LET 1=0.01*1/12
630 LET V=P*((1-(1+I)**-N)/I)
640 LET V=INT (100*V+0.5)/100
650 PRINT
660 PRINT "LOAN AMOUNT $";V
670 GOTO 270
700 LET K=LEN T$
710 FOR L=l TO K
720 PRINT CHR$128;
730 NEXT L
740 PRINT
750 PRINT T$
760 FOR L=l TO K
770 PRINT CHR$128;
780 NEXT L
790 PRINT
800 CLEAR
810 RETURN
900 LET M$=INKEY$
910 IF M$="" THEN GOTO 900
920 RETURN
1000 FOR L=l TO 7
1010 PRINT
1020 NEXT L
1030 PRINT "FOR MORE PRESS ANY KEY"
1040 LET H$=INKEY$
1050 IF H$="" THEN GOTO 1040
1060 CLS
1070 CLEAR
1080 GOTO 10
Checking Account
Monthly Balancer
On the first day Man created the computer. On the
second day, he created the High-Low Numbers game. On
the third day, he created check-balancing software.
This handy program does the whole bit, including
153
warnings of impending overdrafts and service- charge
deductions.
Program Listing
410 "B" CLEAR

420 FOR X=l TO 3
:PAUSE" * CHECKBOOK BALANCER *"
:NEXT X
430 IF B THEN 460
440 BEEP 1:INPUT"OPENING BALANCE = $";B
445 IF B THEN 460
450 BEEP 3
:PAUSE"ACCOUNT BALANCE = ZERO"
455 PRINT"ACCOUNT CANCELLED":GOTO440
460 BEEP 1:PAUSE"CHECK OR DEPOSIT ?"
470 INPUT" C OR D ?",A$
480 PAUSE" THANK YOU"
490 IF A$="C" THEN 600
500 BEEP1:INPUT"DEPOSIT AMOUNT = $";D
510 B=B+D
520 GOTO 900
600 BEEP 1:INPUT"AMOUNT OF CHECK = $";C
610 B=B-C
620 GOTO 800
700 IF B^=300 PAUSE"NO SERVICE CHARGE"
710 IF B<300 LET B=B-1
:PAUSE"BALANCE UNDER $300"
:PAUSE"$1 SERVICE CHARGE"
720 IF B<200 LET B=B-1
:PAUSE"BALANCE UNDER $200"
:PAUSE"$1 MORE SERVICE CHARGE"
730 IF B<100 LET B=B-1
.•PAUSE"BALANCE UNDER $100"
:PAUSE"$1 MORE SERVICE CHARGE"
800 IF B<0 THEN 820
810 GOTO 870
820 BEEP 3:FOR Z=l TO 3:BEEP 1
:PAUSE"OVERDRAFT":NEXT Z
830 PAUSE"$5 OVERDRAFT FEE PAID"
:W=W+1
840 B=B-5:E=INT((ABS B) + l)
154
850 IF W>2 PAUSE"EXCESSIVE OVERDRAFTS"
:GOT0455
860 PAUSE"DEPOSIT $";E;" IMMEDIATELY"
:GOTO 500
870 IF B =0 BEEP 3:PAUSE"BALANCE = ZERO"
:PAUSE"DEPOSIT $1 IMMEDIATELY"
:GOTO 500
900 BEEP 2:PRINT"YOUR NEW BALANCE = $";B
910 BEEP 1:PAUSE"WANT TO DEDUCT..."
920 INPUT"SERVICE CHARGES ? ",F$
930 IF F$="YES" THEN 700
940 GOTO 445
Decreasing Debts
Ever wonder how many months it will take to pay off
all your bills? Got several credit cards, all with balances
requiring monthly payments? Using this program, the
computer accepts information from you about those
balances and payments. It computes the ratio of payment
to balance and then uses that ratio to estimate future
balances and payment amounts for the coming months.
It's very useful in estimating just how quickly the
balances on your credit cards will go down and how the
payments on revolving accounts will drop each month as
you make payments on accounts.
Remember this is only an estimate—but a handy
one!
Program Listing
10 "B" CLEAR
20 INPUT "OPENING BALANCE $";B
30 INPUT "KNOWN PAYMENT $";P
40 R=P/B
50 FOR K=l TO 999
60 B=B-P:P=RB
70 PAUSE "AFTER ";K;H MONTHS..."
80 PRINT "NEW BALANCE = $";B
90 PRINT "NEW PAYMENT = $";P
100 NEXT K
110 GOTO 20
155
Savings Accumulation
Like to see your money grow in a savings account or
investment paying interest? Here's a way to know just
how much it will grow over the years.
Suppose you make a deposit of the same amount
each month for several years. How much will you have at
the end of those years?
This program instructs the computer to accept infor
mation about the amount of money in the account and the
amount added each month. It computes the total amount
in the account after each year. You must leave both princi
ple and interest in the account to accumulate, of course.
The program is good up to 999 years.
We store the initial principle amount in memory loca
tion P; amount added each month is S; and the annual in
terest rate in I.
Program Listing
10 "A" CLEAR
20 INPUT "INITIAL $";P
30 INPUT "MONTHLY SAVING $";S
40 INPUT "INTEREST % ";I
50 L=I/100+1
60 PAUSE "STARTING WITH $";P;"..."
70 FOR K=l TO 999
80 P=PL+12S
90 PAUSE "AFTER ";K;M YRS..."
100 PRINT "PRINCPLE = $";P
110 NEXT K
120 GOTO 20
Shopper's Friend
Take your computer along the next time you go
shopping!
This program finds the computer asking for certain
information and then telling you which product brand name
is the best buy.
The computer wil ask for the brand name of a product,
the quantity in the product package, and the price of the
156
package. Then it will ask for the name, quantity and price
for a second product.
After digesting all this information, it will tell you the
brand name of the best-buy product and show you the unit
prices for both brand names so you can agree with the
computer's judgment.
Program Listing
10 PRINT •SHOPPERS FRIEND"
20 FOR L=l TO 15
30 PRINT "*";
40 NEXT L
50 PRINT
100 PRINT "FIRST BRAND NAME:"
110 INPUT X$
120 PRINT X$
130 PRINT "QUANTITY: ";
140 INPUT M
150 PRINT M
160 PRINT "PRICE: $";
170 INPUT N
180 PRINT N
200 PRINT "SECOND BRAND NAME:"
210 INPUT Y$
220 PRINT Y§
230 PRINT "QUANTITY: ";
240 INPUT Q
250 PRINT Q
260 PRINT "PRICE: ";
270 INPUT R
280 PRINT R
300 IF N/M=R/Q THEN GOTO 600
310 IF N/M<R/Q THEN GOTO 400
320 PRINT Y$;" IS BEST BUY"
330 GOTO 500
400 PRINT X$;" IS BEST BUY"
500 PRINT X$;" UNIT = $";N/M
510 PRINT Y$;" UNIT = $";R/Q
520 PRINT
530 STOP
600 PRINT X$;" = ";Y$
610 GOTO 500
157
Temperature Converter
Convert Celsius to Fahrenheit or Kelvin. Change
Fahrenheit to Celsius or Kelvin. See Kelvin temperatures in
Celsius or Fahrenheit degrees. This handy program makes
the necessary conversions.
Program Listing
10 CLS5 CLEAR
20 PRINT a 49."TEMPERATURE CONVERTER"
30 LINE<52,6>~<180,16),1,E
40 PRINT a 121,"PLEASE SELECT DIRECTION
OF CONVERSION:"
50 PRINT 3 168, "FROM FAHRENHEIT, PRESS F1
60 PRINT a 208,"FROM CELSIUS, PRESS C
70 PRINT a 248,"FROM KELVIN, PRESS K1
80 KY*=INKEY*
90 IF KY*="" THEN 80
100 IF KY*="F" THEN 200
110 IF KY*="C" THEN 300
120 IF KY*="K" THEN 400
130 CLS
140 PRINT a 126,">>> PRESS ONLY F, C OR
K <<<"
150 GOTO 50
200 FOR Z=121 TO 279:PRINT CHR$<127>5
:NEXT Z
210 PRINT a 123,"FAHRENHEIT TEMPERATURE '
sINPUT F
220 C=(F-32)/1.8
230 K=<F+459.67)/1.8
240 GOTO 500
300 FOR Z=121 TO 279:PRINT CHR*(127);
:NEXT Z
310 PRINT a 129,"CELSIUS TEMPERATURE ":
:INPUT C
320 F=1.8*C+32
330 K=C+273.15
340 GOTO 500
400 FOR Z=121 TO 279:PRINT CHR*(127);
:NEXT Z
410 PRINT a 130,"KELVIN TEMPERATURE ":
158
:INPUT K
420 F=1.8*K-459
430 C=K-273.15
500 CLS
510 PRINT 3 49,' CONVERTED TEMPERATURE"
520 LINE(52,6)-(180,16),1,B
530 PRINT a 130,"FAHRENHEIT ;F;CHR$(166>
540 PRINT a 170,"CELSIUS: :C:CHR$(166>
550 PRINT a 210,"KELVIN: ?K?CHR*(166)
610 GOTO 10
Foreign Capitals
Here's a learning quiz we'll bet you haven't seen
anywhere else. This program tests your knowledge of
foreign countries. The more you play, the more you learn!
You must tell the computer the correct name of the
capital of the country it presents. And you must spell the
name of that city correctly.
Program Listing
10 RANDOMIZE
15 CALL CLEAR
20 DATA AFGHAN ISTAN, KABUL-
30 DATA ALBANIA,TIRANA
40 DATA ALGERIA,ALGIERS
50 DATA ARGENTINA,BUENOS AIRES
60 DATA AUSTRALIA,CANBERRA
70 DATA AUSTRIA,VIENNA
80 DATA BAHRAIN,MANAMA
90 DATA BANGLADESH,DACCA
100 DATA BELGIUM,BRUSSELS
110 DATA BOLIVIA,LA PAZ
120 DATA BRAZIL,BRASILIA
130 DATA BULGARIA,SOFIA
140 DATA BURMA,RANGOON
150 DATA CHILE,SANTIAGO
160 DATA COLOMBIA,BOGOTA
170 DATA CUBA,HAVANA
180 DATA CZECHOSLOVAKIA, PRAGUE
159
190 DATA DENMARK,COPENHAGEN
200 DATA EGYPT,CAIRO
210 DATA FINLAND,HELSINKI
220 DATA FRANCE,PARIS
230 DATA GERMANY EAST,EAST BERLIN
240 DATA GERMANY WEST,BONN
250 DATA GREECE ..ATHENS
260 DATA HAITI,PORT-AU-PRINCE
270 DATA HUNGARY,BUDAPEST
280 DATA ICELAND,REYKJAVIK
290 DATA INDIA,NEW DELHI
300 DATA IRAN,TEHRAN
310 DATA ITALY,ROME
320 DATA JAPAN,TOKYO
330 DATA KUWAIT,KUWAIT
340 DATA LIBYA,TRIPOLI
350 DATA MEXICO,MEXICO CITY
360 DATA NEPAL,KATHMANDU
370 DATA NEW ZEALAND,WELLINGTON
380 DATA NORWAY,OSLO
390 DATA OMAN,MUSCAT
400 DATA PERU,LIMA
410 DATA POLAND,WARSAW
420 DATA QATAR,DOHA
430 DATA ROMANIA,BUCHAREST
440 DATA SPAIN,MADRID
450 DATA SUDAN,KHARTOUM
460 DATA SWEDEN,STOCKHOLM
470 DATA SWITZERLAND,BERN
480 DATA TURKEY,ANKARA
490 DATA U.S.S.R.,MOSCOW
500 DATA UNITED KINGDOM,LONDON
510 DATA VENEZUELA,CARACAS
520 DATA YUGOSLAVIA,BELGRADE
530 DATA ZAIRE,KINSHASA
540 DATA ZAMBIA,LUSAKA
550 PRINT "*****FOREIGN CAPITALS*****"
560 R=INT(106*RND)
570 IF R<1 THEN 560
580 IF INT<R/2)=(R/2)THEN 600
590 GOTO 610
600 R=R-1
160
610 FOR L=l TO R
620 READ S*
630 NEXT L
640 PRINT
650 PRINT
660 PRINT "COUNTRYs ";S*
670 READ C*
680 INPUT "WHAT IS THE CAPITAL ":D$
690 IF D$=C$ THEN 710
700 GOTO 730
710 PRINT "RIGHT"
720 GOTO 740
730 PRINT "WRONG"
740 PRINT "CAPITAL OF ";S*;" IS "5C$
750 RESTORE
760 PRINT
770 PRINT
780 GOTO 560
Number Of Days In A Month

Here's a cute teacher for your elementary-age kids.
This program displays the name of a month and asks how
many days in that month. If the correct number of days is
entered, the computer says "correct." If an incorrect
number of days is entered, the computer says "wrong." In
either case, the correct answer is displayed. The
educational game can go on forever if needed.
Program Listing
10 CALL CLEAR
15 RANDOMIZE
20 DATA JANUARY,31
30 DATA FEBRUARY,28
40 DATA MARCH,31
50 DATA APRIL,30
60 DATA MAY,31
70 DATA JUNE,30
80 DATA JULY,31
90 DATA AUGUST,31
100 DATA SEPTEMBER,30
161
110 DATA OCTOBER,31
120 DATA NOVEMBER,30
130 DATA DECEMBER,31
140 R=INT<25*RND)
150 IF INT<R/2)=(R/2>THEN 170
160 GOTO 180
170 R-R-l
180 FOR L»l TO R
190 READ S$
200 NEXT L
210 PRINT "MONTH IS "5S*
220 READ C*
230 INPUT "HOW MANY DAYS?":D$
240 IF D*=C* THEN 270
250 PRINT "WRONG"
260 GOTO 280
270 PRINT "RIGHT"
280 PRINT "NUMBER OF DAYS IS "5C*
290 RESTORE
300 PRINT
310 GOTO 140
Bubble Sort
This program sorts names, labels, words, letters into
alphabetical order, A to Z. As written here it will accept up
to 26 items, sort them, and print a list of those names hori
zontally across the screen in alphabetical order. Then it
prints the list in original entry order for comparison. It
shows that the items really were sorted and none were lost!
You may type in a list of up to 26 items. If you type in
fewer than 26, press ENTER without data to exit the entry
loop and get on with sorting.
Program Listing
10 CLS:CLEAR
20 DIM M*<26)SDIM D$(26)
30 FOR L=l TO 26
40 INPUT "NAME"?M*<L>
50 IF M$(L)=M" THEN 70
55 D*<L)=M$<L>
162
60 NEXT L
70 CLS
80 PRINT"SORTING NOW"
90 T=0
100 FOR L=l TO 25
110 IF M$(LX=M$(L+1) THEN 160
120 E*=M*(L)
130 M$(L)=M*(L+1)
140 M*(L+1)=E$
150 T=l
160 NEXT L
170 IF T=l THEN 90
180 CLS
190 BEEP
200 FOR L=l TO 26
210 IF M*(L)<>"M THEN PRINT M*<L>;" "5
220 NEXT L
225 PRINT
230 FOR L=l TO 26
240 IF D*<L)<>"" THEN PRINT D$(L);M ";
250 NEXT L
310 GOTO 10
Astronomy
Lightyears/Distance Conversions
For students of astronomy everywhere, here's how to
plug your computer into your hobby: use the machine to
discover distances across the Universe!
This program converts lightyears to kilometers or
kilometers to lightyears or lightyears to miles or miles to
lightyears. It's hard to visualize distances in lightyears.
Run this program and you'll be better able to grasp the
vast expanse of the Cosmos with your mind.
Of course, all distances are approximate. We use
365.86 days per year and, thus, 9.4830912x1012km/ly or
5.892792872x1012mi/ly.
Program Listing
10 CALL CLEAR
163
20 GOSUB 410
30 PRINT "LIGHTYRS/DISTANCE CONVERSION"
40 GOSUB 410
50 PRINT
60 PRINT "YOUR CHOICES ARE:"
70 PRINT "(1) LIGHTYRS TO KILOMETERS"
80 PRINT "(2) LIGHTYRS TO MILES"
90 PRINT "(3) KILOMETERS TO LIGHTYRS"
100 PRINT "(4) MILES TO LIGHTYRS"
110 GOSUB 410
120 PRINT "WHICH CONVERSION: 1,2,3,4?"
130 CALL KEY(0,C,X)
140 IF X=0 THEN 130
150 IF C<49 THEN 120
160 IF C>52 THEN 120
170 IF 0 5 0 THEN 310
.1.80 PRINT
190 INPUT "LIGHTYEARS: ":L
200 K=L* <9. 4830912* (1O"-12) >
210 M=L*(5.89279287*<10"12) )
220 CALL CLEAR
230 PRINT "LIGHTYEARS: "5L
240 IF C=50 THEN 290
250 PRINT "KILOMETERS: "5K
260 PRINT
270 PRINT
280 GOTO 50
290 PRINT "MILES: "5M
300 GOTO 50
310 CALL. CLEAR
320 IF C=52 THEN 370
330 INPUT "KILOMETERS: ": K
340 L=K/ (9. 4830912* < 10•'-12> >
350 PRINT "LIGHTYEARS: " ;L
360 GOTO 50
370 INPUT "MILES: ":M
380 L=M/(5.89279287*(10A12))
390 GOTO 350
400 END
410 FOR Z=l TO 28
420 PRINT "+"5
430 NEXT Z
440 RETURN
164
State Geographic Centers
This mind bender tests your knowledge of
geographic locations of cities and towns in the United
States. These are special places since, in each case, they
are the town nearest to the geographic center of its state.
Program Listing
10 CALL CLEAR
20 DATA CLANTON., ALABAMA
30 DATA MT. McKINLEY,ALASKA
40 DATA PRESCOTT,ARIZONA
50 DATA LITTLE ROCK,ARKANSAS
60 DATA MADERA,CALIFORNIA
70 DATA PIKES PEAK,COLORADO
80 DATA EAST BERLIN,CONNECTICUT
90 DATA DOVER,DELAWARE
100 DATA BROOKSVILLE,FLORIDA
110 DATA MACON,GEEORGIA
120 DATA MAUI ISLAND,HAWAII
130 DATA CHALLIS,IDAHO
140 DATA SPRINGFIELD,ILLINOIS
150 DATA INDIANAPOLIS,INDIANA
160 DATA AMES,IOWA
170 DATA GREAT BANK,KANSAS
180 DATA LEBANON,KENTUCKY
190 DATA MARKSVILLE,LOUISIANA
200 DATA DOVER/FOXCROFT,MAINE
210 DATA DAVIDSONVILLE,MARYLAND
220 DATA WORCESTER,MASSACHUSETTS
230 DATA CADILLAC,MICHIGAN
240 DATA BRAINERD,MINNESOTA
250 DATA CARTHAGE,MISSISSIPPI
260 DATA JEFFERSON CITY,MISSOURI
270 DATA LEWISTOWN,MONTANA
280 DATA BROKEN BOW,NEBRASKA
290 DATA AUSTIN,NEVADA
300 DATA ASHLAND,NEW HAMPSHIRE
310 DATA TRENTON,NEW JERSEY
320 DATA WILLARD,NEW MEXICO
330 DATA ONEIDA,NEW YORK
165
340 DATA SANFORD,NORTH CAROLINA
350 DATA McCLUSKY,NORTH DAKOTA
360 DATA COLUMBUS,OHIO
370 DATA OKLAHOMA CITY,OKLAHOMA
380 DATA PR INEVILLE,, OREGON
390 DATA BELLEFONTE,PENNSYLVANIA
400 DATA CROMPTON,RHODE ISLAND
410 DATA COLUMBIA,SOUTH CAROLINA
420 DATA PIERRE,SOUTH DAKOTA
430 DATA MURFREESBORO,TENNESSEE
440 DATA BRADY,TEXAS
450 DATA MANTI,UTAH
460 DATA ROXBURY,VERMONT
470 DATA BUCKINGHAM,VIRGINIA
480 DATA WENATCHEE,WASHINGTON
490 DATA SUTTON,WEST VIRGINIA
500 DATA MARSHFIELD,WISCONSIN
510 DATA LANDER,WYOMING
520 PRINT "FOR HOW MANY STATES"
530 PRINT "CAN YOU NAME"
540 PRINT "THE GEOGRAPHICAL CENTER?"
550 RANDOMIZE
560 R=INT<100*RND>
570 IF R<1 THEN 560
580 IF INT<R/2)=(R/2)THEM 600
590 GOTO 610
600 R=R-1
610 FOR L=l TO R
620 READ S$
630 NEXT L
640 PRINT
650 PRINT
660 PRINT "WHICH STATE HAS ITS"
670 PRINT "GEOGRAPHIC CENTER NEAR"
680 PRINT S*
690 READ C*
700 INPUT D*
710 PRINT
720 IF C*=D* THEN 740
730 GOTO 760
740 PRINT "THAT IS CORRECT"
750 GOTO 770
166
760 PRINT "SORRY, WRONG"
770 PRINT "THE CENTER OF ";C*
780 PRINT "IS ";S*
790 RESTORE
800 PRINT
810 PRINT
820 PRINT
830 GOTO 560
U.S. Presidents
Fourteenth. Let's see, that was Franklin Pierce. Cor
rect. The fourteenth president was Franklin Pierce. Let's
try another. Thirty-fourth. John F. Kennedy. Wrong. The
thirty-fourth president was Dwight D. Eisenhower.
How many of the 40 U.S. presidents can you name?
Bet not as many as you would like!
This program tests not only your knowledge of the
name of each president and his number In rank, but also
the spelling of his name.
Program Listing
10 CALL CLEAR
20 RANDOMIZE
30 DATA FIRST,GEORGE WASHINGTON
40 DATA SECOND,JOHN ADAMS
50 DATA THIRD,THOMAS JEFFERSON
60 DATA FOURTH,JAMES MADISON
70 DATA FIFTH,JAMES MONROE
80 DATA SIXTH,JOHN QUINCY ADAMS
90 DATA SEVENTH,ANDREW JACKSON
100 DATA EIGHTH,MARTIN VAN BUREN
1 10 DATA NINTH,WILLIAM H. HARRISON
120 DATA TENTH, JOHN TYLER-
130 DATA ELEVENTH,JAMES K. POLK
140 DATA TWELFTH,ZACHARY TAYLOR
150 DATA THIRTEENTH,MILLARD FILLMORE
160 DATA FOURTEENTH,FRANKLIN PIERCE
170 DATA FIFTEENTH,JAMES BUCHANAN
180 DATA SIXTEENTH,ABRAHAM LINCOLN
190 DATA SEVENTEENTH,ANDREW JOHNSON
167
200 DATA EIGHTEENTH,ULYSSES S. GRANT
210 DATA NINTEENTH,RUTHERFORD B. HAYES
220 DATA TWENTIETH,JAMES A. GARFIELD
DATA TWENTY-FIRST,CHESTER A« ARTHUR
240 DATA TWENTY-SECOND,GROVER CLEVELAND
250 DATA TWENTY-THIRD,BENJAMIN HARRISON
260 DATA TWENTY-FOURTH,GROVER CLEVELAND
270 DATA TWENTY-FIFTH,WILLIAM MCKINLEY
280 DATA TWENTY-SIXTH,THEODORE ROOSEVELT
290 DATA TWENTY-SEVENTH,WILLIAM H- TAFT
300 DATA TWENTY-EIGHTH,WOODROW WILSON
310 TWENTY-NINTH,WARREN G. HARDING
DATA
320 THIRTIETH,CALVIN COOLIDGE
DATA
330 DATA THIRTY- -FIRST,HERBERT HOOVER
340 DATA THIRTY- •SECOND,FRANKLIN D- ROOSEVELT
350 DATA THIRTY-THIRD,HARRY S TRUMAN
360 DATA THIRTY-FOURTH,DWIGHT D. EISENHOWER
370 DATA THIRTY-FIFTH,JOHN F. KENNEDY
380 DATA THIRTY-SIXTH,LYNDON B„ JOHNSON
390 DATA THIRTY-SEVENTH,RICHARD M. NIXON
400 DATA THIRTY-EIGHTH,GERALD R. FORD
410 DATA THIRTY-NINTH,JIMMY CARTER
420 DATA FOURTIETH,RONALD REAGAN
430 PRINT
440 PRINT "* U.S. PRESIDENTS *"
450 PRINT
460 PRINT
470 PRINT "HOW MANY CAN YOU NAME'
480 FOR Q=l TO 11
490 PRINT
500 NEXT Q
510 PRINT "PRESS ANY KEY TO START"
520 CALL KEY(0,Z,X>
530 IF X=0 THEN 520
540 CALL CLEAR
550 R=INT(81*RND>
560 IF R<1 THEN 550
570 IF INT(R/2)=(R/2)THEN J90
580 GOTO 600
590 R=R-1
600 FOR L=l TO R
610 READ S*
168
620 NEXT L
630 PRINT "WHO WAS THE"
640 PRINT S*
650 PRINT "PRESIDENT OF THE"
660 READ C*
670 INPUT "UNITED STATES? ":D*
680 PRINT
690 PRINT
700 IF D*=C$ THEN 730
710 PRINT "WRONG"
720 GOTO 740
730 PRINT "CORRECT"
740 PRINT "THE ";S*;" PRESIDEN"
750 PRINT "WAS ";C*
760 RESTORE
770 PRINT
780 PRINT
790 PRINT "FOR MORE, PRESS M"
800 PRINT "TO QUIT, PRESS Q"
810 CALL KEY(0,Z,X)
820 IF X=0 THEN 810
830 IF Z=77 THEN 540
840 IF Z=81 THEN 860
850 GOTO 780
860 CALL CLEAR
870 PRINT "END OF TEST"
880 PRINT "***********"
890 PRINT "THANK YOU"
900 PRINT
910 PRINT
Ohm's Law
Here's a complete Ohm's Law program for engineers,
scientists, students, repairmen, installers, hams, techni
cians, experimenters and anybody who needs an easy-to-
carry fast-use computer.
If you know current, resistance, voltage or power, the
computer can find current, resistance, voltage or power
very, very quickly.
169
Program Listing
30000 WAIT 60
30010 PRINT "TO FIND OHMS, PRESS O"
30020 PRINT "TO FIND VOLTS, PRESS V"
30030 PRINT "TO FIND AMPS, PRESS A"
30040 PRINT "TO FIND WATTS, PRESS W"
30050 PRINT "PRESS O, V, A, OR W"
30060 K$=INKEY$
30070 IF K$=""THEN 30060
30080 IF K$="0" THEN 31000
30090 IF K$="V" THEN 32000
30100 IF K$="A" THEN 33000
30110 IF K$="W" THEN 34000
30120 GOTO 30060
31000 INPUT "VOLTS=";V$
31010 INPUT "AMPS=";A$
31020 INPUT "WATTS="?W$
31025 WAIT 300
31030 IF V$<>""AND A$<>""THEN LET 0=
(VAL V$)/(VAL A$):PRINT O;" OHMS"
:GOTO 34060
31040 IF A$<>""AND W$<>""THEN LET 0=
(VAL W$)/((VAL A$)A2):PRINT O;" OHMS'
:GOTO 34060
31050 IF W$<>""AND V$<>""THEN LET 0=
((VAL V$)A2)/(VAL W$):PRINT O;" OHMS'
:GOTO 34060
31060 GOTO 34060
32000 INPUT "OHMS=";0$
32010 INPUT "AMPS=";A§
32020 INPUT "WATTS=";W$
32025 WAIT 300
32030 IF 0$<>""AND A$<>""THEN LET V=(VAL
0$)*(VAL A$):PRINT V;" VOLTS"
:GOTO 34060
32040 IF A$<>""AND W$<>""THEN LET V=(VAL
W$)/(VAL A$):PRINT V;" VOLTS"
:GOTO 34060
32050 IF W$<>""AND 0$0""THEN LET V=/~
((VAL W$)*(VAL 0$)):PRINT V;" VOLTS"
:GOTO 34060
170
32060 GOTO 34060
33020 INPUT "WATTS=";W$
33025 WAIT 300
33030 IF V$<>""AND 0$<>""THEN LET A=
(VAL V$)/(VAL 0$):PRINT A;" AMPS"
:GOTO 34060
33040 IF 0$<>""AND W$<>""THEN LET A=/~
((VAL W$)/(VAL 0$)):PRINT A;" AMPS
:GOTO 34060
33050 IF W$<>""AND V$<>""THEN LET A=
(VAL W$)/(VAL V$):PRINT A;" AMPS'
:GOTO 34060
33060 GOTO 34060
34010 INPUT "AMPS=";A$
34025 WAIT 300
34030 IF V$<>""AND A$<>""THEN LET W=
(VAL V$)*(VAL A$):PRINT W;" WATTS"
:GOTO 34060
34040 IF A$<>""AND 0$<>""THEN LET W=
((VAL A$)A2)*(VAL 0$):PRINT W
;" WATTS":GOTO 34060
34050 IF 0$<>""AND V$<>""THEN LET W=
((VAL V$)A2)/(VAL 0$):PRINT W
;" WATTS"
34060 CLEAR
34070 GOTO 30050
Designing Active Filters

Design your own low-pass and high-pass active
filters. For electronics experimenters, technicians, elec
trical engineers, the computer takes the drudgery out of
resistance, capacitance, frequency an other computa
tions.
Program Listing
10 WAIT 120
171
20 PRINT "******ACTIVE FILTERS******"
30 PRINT "HI-PASS OR LO-PASS"
40 PRINT "PRESS H OR L"
50 WAIT 0
60 K$=INKEY$
70 IF K$=""THEN 60
80 IF K$="H"THEN 200
90 IF K$="L"THEN 400
100 GOTO 60
200 INPUT "FC (HZ) = ";F
210 INPUT "H0=";H
220 INPUT "C (MICROFD) = ";C
230 INPUT "A=";A
240 C=C/(10A6)
250 B=2*7T*F
260 WAIT 120
270 PRINT "R1=";(2*H+1)/(A*B*C)
280 PRINT "R2=";A/(B*C*(2+1/H))
290 PRINT "C=";C/H
300 GOTO 40
400 INPUT "FC (HZ) = ";F
410 INPUT "AF = ";A
420 INPUT "CI (MICROFD) = ";C
430 C=C/(10A6)
440 R=/2/4/A/tt/F/C
450 S=A*R
460 T=S/(A+1)
470 U=2*(A+1)*C*(10A6)
480 WAIT 120
490 PRINT "R1=";R
500 PRINT "R2=";S
510 PRINT "R3=";T
520 PRINT "C2=";U
530 GOTO 40
Major U.S. Cities

Here's a variety we'll bet you haven't seen anywhere
else. This program tests knowledge of geographic loca
tions of major U.S. cities.
In what state is New Orleans? Seattle? Salt Lake City?
172
You not only have to name the state but spell its name
correctly. It can be very tough!
Program Listing
10 CLEAR :CLS
20 DATA ALBUQUERQUE,NEW MEXICO
30 DATA ATLANTA,GEORGIA
40 DATA BALTIMORE,MARYLAND
50 DATA BIRMINGHAM,ALABAMA
60 DATA BOSTON,MASSACHUSETTS
70 DATA BUFFALO,NEW YORK
80 DATA CHARLESTON,SOUTH CAROLINA
90 DATA CHICAGO,ILLINOIS
100 DATA CINCINNATI,OHIO
110 DATA CLEVELAND,OHIO
120 DATA COLUMBUS,OHIO
130 DATA DALLAS,TEXAS
140 DATA DENVER,COLORADO
150 DATA DETROIT,MICHIGAN
160 DATA FORT WORTH,TEXAS
170 DATA HONOLULU,HAWAII
180 DATA HOUSTON,TEXAS
190 DATA INDIANAPOLIS,INDIANA
200 DATA KANSAS CITY,KANSAS
210 DATA LOS ANGELES,CALIFORNIA
220 DATA LOUISVILLE,KENTUCKY
230 DATA MEMPHIS,TENNESSEE
240 DATA MIAMI,FLORIDA
250 DATA MILWAUKEE,WISCONSIN
260 DATA MINNEAPOLIS,MINNESOTA
270 DATA NEWARK,NEW JERSEY
280 DATA NEW ORLEANS,LOUISIANA
290 DATA NEW YORK CITY,NEW YORK
300 DATA OKLAHOMA CITY,OKLAHOMA
310 DATA OMAHA,NEBRASKA
320 DATA PHILADELPHIA,PENNSYLVANIA
330 DATA PHOENIX,ARIZONA
340 DATA PITTSBURGH,PENNSYLVANIA
350 DATA PORTLAND,OREGON
360 DATA PROVIDENCE,RHODE ISLAND
370 DATA ROCHESTER,NEW YORK
380 DATA SACRAMENTO,CALIFORNIA
173
390 DATA ST. LOUIS,MISSOURI
400 DATA ST. PAUL,MINNESOTA
410 DATA SALT LAKE CITY,UTAH
420 DATA SAN ANTONIA,TEXAS
430 DATA SAN DIEGO,CALIFORNIA
440 DATA SAN FRANCISCO,CALIFORNIA
450 DATA SAN 30SE,CALIFORNIA
460 DATA SEATTLE,WASHINGTON
470 DATA TAMPA,FLORIDA
480 DATA WASHINGTON,DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
490 DATA WILMINGTON,DELAWARE
500 PRINT @ 39,STRING$(17,"*")
510 PRINT f> 71,"MA30R U.S. CITIES"
520 PRINT @ 103,STRING$(17,"*")
530 PRINT @ 164,"CAN YOU NAME THEIR STATES?"
550 H$=INKEY$
560 IF H$=""THEN 550
570 CLS
580 R=RND(96)
590 IF INT(R/2)=R/2 THEN R=R-1
600 FOR L=l TO R
610 READ $
620 NEXT L
630 PRINT" ":PRINT" "
640 PRINT"CITY IS: "S$
650 READ C$
660 INPUT"WHAT IS STATE";D$
670 IF D$=C$ THEN PRINT "CORRECT"
ELSE PRINT "WRONG"
680 PRINT"STATE IS: "C$
690 RESTORE
730 M$=INKEY$
740 IF M$="" THEN 730
750 IF M$="M" THEN CLS:GOTO 580
760 IF M$="S" THEN CLS:GOTO 780
770 GOTO 730
780 PRINT ? 40,STRING$(15,"*")
174
790 PRINT @ 74,"END OF TEST"
800 PRINT @ 104,STRING$(15,"*")
810 PRINT @ 170,"THANK YOU !"
820 GOTO 820
Body Surface Area

This medical program finds the surface area of a
human body, using DuBois's formula and Boyde's for
mula.
BSA is Body Surface Area. BSA(D) is the area com
puted via DuBois's formula. BSA(B) is found by Boyde's
formula. The DuBois formula produced significant errors
when computing area of a child's body of smaller than
0.6m2. In that case, the Boyde formula is used.
For this program, heighth is figured in centimeters
and weight in kilograms. If BSA(D) is less than 0.6, use
BSA(B).
Program Listing
10 WAIT 120
20 PRINT "****BODY SURFACE AREA****"
30 INPUT "HEIGHTH (CM): ";H
40 INPUT "WEIGHT (KG): ";W
50 BD=(HA.725)*(WA.425)*(71.84*(10A-4))
60 WAIT 300
70 PRINT "B.S.A.(D):";BD
80 W=W*(10A3)
90 BB=(HA.3)*(WA(.7285-(.0188*LOG W) ))
*(3.207*10A-4)
100 PRINT "B.S.A.(B):";BB
120 CLEAR
130 GOTO 30
Urea Removal
There is another medical program, this time finding
the rate of generation of urine by a human body.
The program causes the computer to correct
automatically for body surface area, depending upon
175
whether you key in a zero or BSA in response to the
prompt.
Program Listing
10 INPUT "VT="?V
20 INPUT "U=";U
30 INPUT "B=";B
40 INPUT "ENTER ZERO OR BSA: ";F
50 IF FO0THEN LET V=(1.73/F)*V
:PRINT "V*=";V
60 GOSUB SGN (SGN(V-2)-l)*10+110
70 PRINT "CS=";C
80 PRINT "<CS>=";D
90 GOTO 10
100 C=(U*/V)/B:D=1.85*C:RETURN
110 C=(U*V)/B:D=1.33*C:RETURN
Canadian Provinces
Another interesting learning experience. Test your
knowledge of the Canadian provinces.
You must correctly identify the name of each capital
and spell it properly.
Program Listing
10 CLEARrCLS
20 DATA ALBERTA,EDMONTON
30 DATA BRITISH COLUMBIA,VICTORIA
40 DATA MANITOBA,WINNIPEG
50 DATA NEW BRUNSWICK,FREDERICT0N
60 DATA NEWFOUNDLAND,ST. JOHN'S
70 DATA NOVA SCOTIA,HALIFAX
80 DATA ONTARIO,TORONTO
90 DATA PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND,CHARLOTTETOWN
100 DATA QUEBEC, QUEBEC
110 DATA SASKATCHEWAN,REGINA
120 PRINT @ 39,STRING$(18,"*")
130 PRINT @ 71,"CANADIAN PROVINCES"
140 PRINT @ 103,STRING$(18,"*")
150 PRINT @ 162,"CAN YOU NAME THEIR
CAPITALS?"
176
160 PRINT §> 261, "PRESS ANY KEY TO START"
170 H$=INKEY$
180 IF H$="" THEN 170
190 CLS
200 R=RND(20)
220 FOR L=l TO R
230 READ S$
240 NEXT L
2 50 PRINT" ":PRINT" "
260 PRINT"PROVINCE IS "S$
270 READ C$
280 INPUT"WHAT IS CAPITAL";D$
ELSE PRINT "WRONG"
300 PRINT"CAPITAL IS "C$
310 RESTORE
350 M$=INKEY$
360 IF M$="" THEN 350
370 IF M$="M" THEN CLS:G0T0 200
380 IF M$="S" THEN CLSrGOTO 400
390 GOTO 350
400 PRINT i> 40,STRING$(15,"*")
420 PRINT @ 104,STRING$(15,"*")
440 GOTO 440
Thermal Stress
Mechanical engineers can use the computer to find
thermal stress, including linear expansion coefficient,
elastic constant and cross section.
Program Listing
10 WAIT 120
20 PRINT "******THERMAL STRESS******"
30 INPUT "L1=";L
40 INPUT "L2=";M
177
50 INPUT "E1=";E
60 INPUT "E2=";F
70 INPUT "A1=";A
80 INPUT "A2=n;B
90 INPUT "T=";T
100 C=E*F*(L-M)*T
110 C=C/(E*A+F*B)
120 R=-(B*C)
130 S=A*C
140 PRINT "S1=";R
150 PRINT "S2=";S
160 GOTO 10
Radio Frequency & Wavelength

Let your computer convert frequency to wavelength
and wavelength to frequency. Upon running this program,
press F to compute frequency or W to compute wavelength.
After conversion press M to do more. The program will run
continuously until you press the BREAK key.
Program Listing
10 CLS:CLEAR
20 GOSUB 800
30 PRINT 3 125,"CONFUTE FREQiJENCY"
;SPACE*<4>;"PRESS F"
48 FRINT 3 165,"COMPUTE WAVELENGTH"
?SPACE*(3)5"PRESS W"
50 K*=INKEY*
60 IF K*=,,M THEN 50
70 IF K*=,,WM THEN 200
S0 IF K*="Fn THEN 500
90 PRINT a 250,"PRESS ONLY F OR W"
J00 GOTO 50
200 CLS:GOSUB 800
210 FRINT a 125,"FREQUENCY (1Wz ) "
;SPACE*(4);:INPUT F
220 W=300/F
230 PRINT a 165,F5"MHz = " ;w; "METERS"
240 FRINT 3 245,"PRESS M FOR MORE"
250 IF IMKEY*="M THEN 2 50
260 GOTO 10
178
500 CLSJGOSUB 800
510 PRINT a 125,"WAVELENGTH (METERS)"
;SPACE*<1)i sINPUT W
520 F=300/W
530 PRINT a 1£>5,W! "METERS =M ;F i "MHz"
540 GOTO 240
8P0 LINEf24,2)-(202,20) , 1 ;BF
810 LINE<2S,6>-<1^8,16),2,£F
320 FRINT a 45, "RADIO FREQUENCY 6
WAVELENGTH"
830 RETURN
Receiver Sensitivity
Sensitivity is the ability of a radio receiver to respond
to signals. Published sensitivity ratings for your receiver,
in microvolts, can be converted to power ratings by
changing microvolts (uV) to dBf.
This program computes dBf when uV are known. A
300-ohm antenna input to the receiver is assumed. Note
that, in hi-fi, sensitivity is not the same for monaural and
stereo so stereo tuners and receivers should include
separate dBf figures for each.
In this program, we store microvolts in memory loca
tion V and, after computation, dBf is in D.
Program Listing
10 CLS
20 CLEAR
30 FOR L=l TO 32
40 PRINT CHR$ 131;
50 NEXT L
60 PRINT
70 PRINT CHR$ 133;• RECEIVER SENSITIVITY
133;- ]
;CHR$ 5
80 FOR L=l TO 32
90 PRINT CHR$ 3;
100 NEXT L
110 PRINT
120 PRINT "ENTER DATA
179
130 PRINT
140 PRINT "SENSITIVITY MICROVOLTS ?"
150 INPUT V
160 CLS
165 PRINT
170 PRINT V;" MICROVOLTS"
180 LET D=20*((LN (V/.55))/(LN 10))
190 PRINT "DBF";D
200 FOR L=l TO 5
210 PRINT
220 NEXT L
240 GOTO 20
Horsepower
Horsepower can be converted to watts. Watts can be
changed to horsepower. This set of instructions will let
you have your choice on the computer. And, if you are
converting horsepower to watts, you get a conversion of
watts to kilowatts as a bonus.
We use one horsepower as equal to 746 watts or as
equal to 550 foot-pounds per second. One watt then is
1/746 horsepower which is 0.00134 horsepower.
Program Listing
10 CLS
20 CLEAR
30 FOR L=l TO 32
40 PRINT CHR$ 136;
50 NEXT L
60 PRINT
70 PRINT CHR$ 136;" HORSEPOWER "
;CHR$ 136
80 FOR L=l TO 32
90 PRINT CHR$ 136;
100 NEXT L
110 PRINT
120 PRINT
130 PRINT "DO YOU WANT TO FIND"
140 PRINT
150 PRINT "WATTS (W)"
180
160 PRINT "HORSEPOWER (H)"
170 LET K$=INKEY$
180 IF K$="" THEN GOTO 170
190 IF K$="W" THEN GOTO 300
200 IF K$="H" THEN GOTO 500
210 GOTO 170
300 CLS
310 PRINT
320 PRINT "PLEASE ENTER HORSEPOWER "
330 INPUT H
340 CLS
350 LET W=746*H
360 LET K=0.001*W
370 PRINT H;" HORSEPOWER"
380 PRINT W;" WATTS"
390 PRINT K;" KILOWATTS"
400 PRINT
410 PRINT
420 PRINT
430 GOTO 20
500 CLS
510 PRINT
520 PRINT "PLEASE ENTER NUMBER OF WATTS'
530 INPUT W
540 CLS
550 LET H=W/746
560 LET K=0-001*W
570 GOTO 370
Math Flasher
Flash cards for memorizing and practicing math pro
blems have been around since Grandpa was a boy. They
used to be printed cards which you manually displayed to
the testee. Now, the computer does the job and all you
have to do is sit by and watch.
With this program, you select addition, subtraction,
multiplication or division. The computer randomly selects
a pair of numbers and creates the necessary math pro
blem.
We assume it is desirable to not have negative numbers
181
as results of subtraction. We want subtraction problems
which result in answers of zero, one, two and higher.
None below zero such as -1, -2, -3 or lower. The program
will present only pairs of numbers which result in the
desired values.
Also, in division, we want whole-number answers like 2,
11 or 26. Not 1.81,9.7, or 21.334. The program controls for
the desired answers.
Program Listing
10 PRINT "ADDITION"
20 FOR L=l TO 8
30 PRINT "*";
40 NEXT L
50 PRINT
60 PRINT
100 LET P=INT(10*RND)
110 LET Q=INT(10*RND)
200 PRINT P;n PLUS ";Q
210 INPUT R
220 CLS
300 IF R=P+Q THEN GOTO 400
310 PRINT "WRONG"
320 GOTO 410
400 PRINT "CORRECT"
410 PRINT P;n PLUS ";Q;" = ";P+Q
500 PRINT
510 PRINT
520 GOTO 10
Program Listing
10 PRINT "SUBTRACTION"
20 FOR L=l TO 11
30 PRINT "*";
40 NEXT L
50 PRINT
60 PRINT
120 IF P-Q<0 THEN GOTO 100
200 PRINT "SUBTRACT ";Q;" FROM ";P
182
210 INPUT R
220 CLS
300 IF R=P-Q THEN GOTO 400
310 PRINT "WRONG"
320 GOTO 410
400 PRINT "CORRECT"
410 PRINT P;" MINUS ";Q;" = ";P-Q
500 PRINT
510 PRINT
520 GOTO 10
Program Listing
10 PRINT "MULTIPLICATION"
20 FOR L=l TO 14
30 PRINT "*";
40 NEXT L
50 PRINT
60 PRINT
200 PRINT "MULTIPLY ";P;n TIMES ";Q
210 INPUT R
220 CLS
300 IF R=P*Q THEN GOTO 400
310 PRINT "WRONG"
320 GOTO 410
400 PRINT "CORRECT"
410 PRINT P;" TIMES ";Q;" = ";P*Q
500 PRINT
510 PRINT
520 GOTO 10
Program Listing
10 PRINT "DIVISION"
20 FOR L=l TO 8
30 PRINT "*";
40 NEXT L
50 PRINT
60 PRINT
183
120 IF Q<1 THEN GOTO 110
130 IF P/Q <> INT(P/Q) THEN GOTO 100
200 PRINT "DIVIDE ";P;" BY ";Q
210 INPUT R
220 CLS
300 IF R=P/Q THEN GOTO 400
310 PRINT "WRONG"
320 GOTO 410
400 PRINT "CORRECT"
410 PRINT P;" DIVIDED BY ";Q;" = ";P/Q
500 PRINT
510 PRINT
520 GOTO 10
Advanced Math Flasher

Similar to the previous Math Flasher program, this ver
sion permits negative numbers and decimal answers.
Program Listing
10 PRINT "ADDITION"
20 FOR L=l TO 8
30 PRINT "*";
40 NEXT L
50 PRINT
60 PRINT
200 PRINT "ADD ";P;" PLUS ";Q
210 INPUT R
220 CLS
300 IF R=P+Q THEN GOTO 400
310 PRINT "WRONG"
320 GOTO 410
400 PRINT "CORRECT"
410 PRINT P;" PLUS ";Q;" = ";P+Q
500 PRINT
510 PRINT
520 GOTO 10
184
Program Listing
10 PRINT "SUBTRACTION"
20 FOR L=l TO 11
30 PRINT "*";
40 NEXT L
50 PRINT
60 PRINT
200 PRINT "SUBTRACT ";Q;" FROM ";P
210 INPUT R
220 CLS
300 IF R=P-Q THEN GOTO 400
310 PRINT "WRONG"
320 GOTO 410
400 PRINT "CORRECT"
410 PRINT P;" MINUS ";Q;" = ";P-Q
500 PRINT
510 PRINT
520 GOTO 10
Program Listing
10 PRINT "MULTIPLICATION"
20 FOR L=l TO 14
30 PRINT "*";
40 NEXT L
50 PRINT
60 PRINT
200 PRINT "MULTIPLY ";P;" TIMES ";Q
210 INPUT R
220 CLS
300 IF R=P*Q THEN GOTO 400
310 PRINT "WRONG"
320 GOTO 410
400 PRINT "CORRECT"
410 PRINT P;" TIMES ";Q;" = ";P*Q
500 PRINT
510 PRINT
520 GOTO 10
185
Program Listing
10 PRINT "DIVISION"
20 FOR L=l TO 8
30 PRINT "*";
40 NEXT L
50 PRINT
60 PRINT
120 IF Q=0 THEN GOTO 110
200 PRINT "DIVIDE ";P;" BY ";Q
210 INPUT R
220 CLS
300 IF R=P/Q THEN GOTO 400
310 PRINT "WRONG"
320 GOTO 410
400 PRINT "CORRECT"
410 PRINT P;" DIVIDED BY ";Q;" = ";P/Q
500 PRINT
510 PRINT
520 GOTO 10
Weights & Measures

How many inches in a centimeter? Ounces in a
tablespoon? Cubic feet of firewood in a cord? Run this
program and you'll not only test your existing knowledge
of weights and measurements but learn more.
Program Listing
10 HOME
20 DATA MILE IN FEET,5280
30 DATA MILE IN KILOMETERS,1.609
40 DATA NAUTICAL MILE IN STATUTE
MILES,1.151
50 DATA MILLIMETER IN INCHES,.03937
60 DATA POINT(TYPOGRAPHY) IN
INCHES,.013837
70 DATA ROD IN YARDS,5.5
80 DATA ACRE IN SQUARE YARDS,4840
186
90 DATA ACRE IN SQUARE FEET,43560
100 DATA HECTARE IN ACRES,2.471
110 DATA CENTIMETER IN INCHES,0.3937
120 DATA SURVEYOR'S CHAIN IN FEET,66
130 DATA ENGINEER'S CHAIN IN FEET,100
140 DATA FATHOM IN FEET,6
150 DATA FOOT IN METERS,0.3048
160 DATA FURLONG IN FEET,660
170 DATA FURLONG IN YARDS,220
180 DATA FURLONG IN METERS,201.168
190 DATA HAND IN INCHES,4
200 DATA INCH IN CENTIMETERS,2.54
210 DATA KILOMETER IN MILES,0.621
220 DATA LEAGUE IN MILES,3
230 DATA METER IN INCHES,39.37
240 DATA METER IN YARDS,1.094
250 DATA SQ. FOOT IN SQ. CENTIMETERS,
929.030
260 DATA SQ. METER IN SQ. YARDS,1.196
270 DATA SQUARE MILE IN HECTARES,258.999
280 DATA SQ. YARD IN SQUARE METERS,0.836
290 DATA BUSHEL IN CUBIC INCHES,2150.42
300 DATA CORD FIREWOOD IN CUBIC FEET,128
310 DATA CUBIC FOOT IN GALLONS,7.481
320 DATA CUP IN FLUID OUNCES,8
330 DATA CUP LIQUID IN PINTS,0.5
340 DATA U.S. GALLON IN LITERS,3.785
350 DATA LITER LIQUID IN QUARTS,1.057
360 DATA FLUID OUNCE IN MILLILITERS,29.574
370 DATA PECK IN LITERS,8.810
380 DATA DRY PINT IN CUBIC INCHES,33.6
390 DATA PINT LIQUID IN LITERS,0.473
400 DATA DRY QUART IN CUBIC INCHES,67.201
410 DATA QUART LIQUID IN LITERS,0.946
420 DATA TABLESPOON IN TEASPOONS,3
430 DATA TABLESPOON IN FLUID OUNCES,0.5
440 DATA TEASPOON IN TABLESPOONS,0.3333333
450 DATA GRAM IN OUNCES,0.035
460 DATA KILOGRAM IN POUNDS,2.205
470 DATA OUNCE IN GRAMS,28.350
480 DATA PENNYWEIGHT IN GRAMS,1.555
490 DATA POUND IN GRAMS,453.59237
187
500 DATA T0N(NET OR SHORT) IN POUNDS,2000
510 DATA TON(METRIC) IN POUNDS,2204.623
520 PRINT"HOW MANY EQUIVALENTS OF"
530 PRINT"WEIGHTS AND MEASURES DO YOU
KNOW ?"
540 R=INT(100*(RND(1)))
550 IF R<1 THEN 540
560 IF INT(R/2)=R/2 THEN R= R-1
570 FOR L=l TO R
580 READ S$
590 NEXT L
600 PRINTrPRINT
610 PRINT"WHAT IS THE EQUIVALENT OF 1"
;S$
620 READ C$
630 INPUT D$
640 PRINT
:GOTO 670
660 PRINT "WRONG"
670 PRINT"THE CORRECT ANSWER IS ";C$
680 RESTORE
690 PRINTrPRINT
700 GOTO 540
Lakes of the World

Sure, Lake of the Woods and the Great Salt Lake are
in North America. But where is Lake Van, Lake Onega,
Lake Reindeer, or Lake Nyasa?
The computer asks you which continent Is the loca
tion of a major large lake.
Program Listing
10 HOME
20 DATA CASPIAN SEA,ASIA/EUROPE
30 DATA SUPERIOR,NORTH AMERICA
40 DATA VICTORIA,AFRICA
50 DATA ARAL SEA,ASIA
60 DATA HURON,NORTH AMERICA
70 DATA MICHIGAN,NORTH AMERICA
188
80 DATA TANGANYIKA,AFRICA
90 DATA BAYKAL,ASIA
100 DATA GREAT BEAR,NORTH AMERICA
110 DATA NYASA (MALAWI),AFRICA
120 DATA GREAT SLAVE,NORTH AMERICA
130 DATA CHAD,AFRICA
140 DATA ERIE,NORTH AMERICA
150 DATA WINNIPEG,NORTH AMERICA
160 DATA ONTARIO,NORTH AMERICA
170 DATA LADOGA,EUROPE
180 DATA BALKHASH,ASIA
190 DATA MARACAIBO,SOUTH AMERICA
200 DATA BANGWEULU,AFRICA
210 DATA TUNGTING,ASIA
220 DATA ONEGA,EUROPE
230 DATA EYRE,AUSTRALIA
240 DATA TITICACA,SOUTH AMERICA
250 DATA NICARAGUA,NORTH AMERICA
260 DATA ATHABASCA,NORTH AMERICA
270 DATA REINDEER,NORTH AMERICA
280 DATA TONLE SAP,ASIA
290 DATA TURKANA (RUDOLF),AFRICA
300 DATA ISSYK-KUL',ASIA
310 DATA URMIA,ASIA
320 DATA TORRENS,AUSTRALIA
330 DATA VANERN,EUROPE
340 DATA WINNIPEGOSIS,NORTH AMERICA
350 DATA ALBERT,AFRICA
360 DATA KARIBA,AFRICA
370 DATA NETTILLING,NORTH AMERICA
380 DATA CHANY,ASIA
390 DATA NIPIGON,NORTH AMERICA
400 DATA GAIRDNER,AUSTRALIA
410 DATA MWERU,AFRICA
420 DATA MANITOBA,NORTH AMERICA
430 DATA TAYMYR,ASIA
440 DATA KYOGA,AFRICA
450 DATA KHANKA,ASIA
460 DATA LAKE OF THE WOODS,NORTH AMERICA
470 DATA PEIPUS,EUROPE
480 DATA KOKO NOR,ASIA
490 DATA NASSER-NUBIA,AFRICA
189
500 DATA DUBAWNT,NORTH AMERICA
510 DATA VAN,ASIA
520 DATA WOLLASTON,NORTH AMERICA
530 DATA GREAT SALT LAKE,NORTH AMERICA
540 PRINT"HOW MANY FAMOUS LAKES OF THE
WORLD CAN YOU LOCATE ?"
550 R=INT(104*(RND(1)))
560 IF R<1 THEN 550
580 FOR L=l TO R
590 READ S$
600 NEXT L
610 PRINTrPRINT
620 PRINT S$;" IS A LARGE LAKE"
630 READ C$
640 INPUT"ON WHAT CONTINENT OR CONTINENTS
IS IT LOCATED";D$
650 IF D$=C$ THEN PRINT"CORRECT"
:GOTO 670
660 PRINT"WRONG"
670 PRINT"THE CONTINENT IS ";C$
680 RESTORE
690 PRINTrPRINT
700 GOTO 550
Deserts of the World

If lakes are too wet for you, how about something
more in the dry line? Deserts!
There are many major ones around the world. You
may have heard of the Sahara or Death Valley. But where
are they? On what continents? And where is Atacama,
Gibson, Nefud or Sechura?
Program Listing
10 HOME
20 DATA ARABIAN,AFRICA
30 DATA ATACAMA,SOUTH AMERICA
40 DATA COLORADO,NORTH AMERICA
50 DATA DASHT-I-KAVIR,ASIA
60 DATA DASHT-I-LUT,ASIA
190
70 DATA DEATH VALLEY,NORTH AMERICA
80 DATA GIBSON,AUSTRALIA
90 DATA GOBI,ASIA
100 DATA GREAT SALT LAKE,NORTH AMERICA
110 DATA GREAT SANDY,AUSTRALIA
120 DATA GREAT VICTORIA,AUSTRALIA
130 DATA KALAHARI,AFRICA
14-0 DATA KARA-KUM,ASIA
150 DATA KYZYL-KUM,ASIA
160 DATA MOOAVE,NORTH AMERICA
170 DATA NAMIB,AFRICA
180 DATA NEFUD (AN NAFUD),ASIA
190 DATA NEGEV,ASIA
200 DATA NUBIAN,AFRICA
210 DATA RUB AL KHALI,ASIA
220 DATA SAHARA,AFRICA
230 DATA SECHURA,SOUTH AMERICA
240 DATA SIMPSON,AUSTRALIA
250 DATA SYRIAN (EL HAMAD),ASIA
260 DATA TAKLAMAKAN,ASIA
270 DATA THAR (GREAT INDIAN),ASIA
280 DATA VIZCAINO,NORTH AMERICA
290 PRINT"HOW MANY DESERTS OF THE WORLD
CAN YOU LOCATE ?"
300 R=INT(54*(RND(1)))
310 IF R<1 THEN 300
330 FOR L=l TO R
340 READ S$
350 NEXT L
360 PRINT:PRINT
370 PRINT S$
380 PRINT"IS ONE OF"
390 PRINT"WORLD'S GREAT DESERTS"
400 READ C$
410 PRINT:PRINT"ON WHAT CONTINENT"
420 INPUT"IS IT LOCATED";D$
:GOTO 450
440 PRINT"WRONG"
450 PRINT"CONTINENT IS ";C$
460 RESTORE
191
470 PRINTrPRINT
480 GOTO 300
Volcanoes of the World

In what country does the lava flow? Where is the ac
tive volcano we know as Mauna Loa? Lascar? Fogo?
Torbert?
The computer names a volcano and you name the
country, except in the one case in Antarctica which is a
continent.
Program Listing
10 HOME
20 DATA KILIMANJARO,TANZANIA
30 DATA EREBUS,ANTARCTICA
40 DATA KLYUCHEVSKAYA,USSR
50 DATA MAUNA KEA,USA
60 DATA ETNA,ITALY
70 DATA POPOCATEPETL,MEXICO
80 DATA GUALLATIRI,CHILE
90 DATA CAMEROON MT.,CAMEROON
100 DATA KERINTJI,INDONESIA
110 DATA MAUNA LOA,USA
120 DATA COLIMA,MEXICA
130 DATA TA3UMULC0,GUATEMALA
140 DATA LASCAR,CHILE
150 DATA FU3I,3APAN
160 DATA WRANGELL,USA
170 DATA COTOPAXI,ECUADOR
180 DATA NYIRAGONGO,CONGO
190 DATA TOLBACHIK,USSR
200 DATA TORBERT,USA
210 DATA SPURR,USA
220 DATA LASSEN,USA
230 DATA TACANA,GUATEMALA
240 DATA IRAZU,COSTA RICA
250 DATA MISTI,PERU
260 DATA PURACE,COLOMBIA
270 DATA EL TEIDE,CANARY ISLANDS
280 DATA FOGO,CAPE VERDE ISLANDS
192
290 PRINT"H0W MANY VOLCANOES OF THE WORLD"
300 PRINT"CAN YOU LOCATE ?•"
310 R=INT(54*(RND(1)))
320 IF R<1 THEN 310
340 FOR L=l TO R
350 READ S$
360 NEXT L
370 PRINT:PRINT
380 PRINT S$
390 PRINT"IS ONE OF THE"
400 PRINT"WORLD'S HIGHEST VOLCANOES"
410 READ C$
420 PRINT"IN WHAT COUNTRY"
430 INPUT"IS IT LOCATED";D$
:GOTO 460
450 PRINT:PRINT"WRONG"
460 PRINT"COUNTRY IS ";C$
470 RESTORE
480 PRINT:PRINT
490 GOTO 310
Chemistry:
Elements and their Symbols
Here's a great drill for the chemistry student. The
computer displays one of the chemical symbols and you
must reply with the correct name of the element. And it
must be spelled correctly!
Program Listing
10 HOME
20 DATA AC,ACTINIUM
30 DATA AL,ALUMINUM
40 DATA AM,AMERICIUM
50 DATA SB,ANTIMONY
60 DATA AR,ARGON
70 DATA AS,ARSENIC
80 DATA AT,ASTATINE
193
X UJ 2: M X X X M 3
2: cc X ZD CO M Z3 X UJ 3 X X J-l X XX x X X o
r> 0 x X 1-1 HH 1— cc S O l i J S H 3 X M HDZ DZ3UZ 3 0<X
M u. Z D D C Z J U J D t r H Z3 o_ l-H M O _J M < l-H 3 M CJ ^> '-'J l—1 I— XUJ
M ^ > X X X X O M O H-1 HH O O < 0_ l-H a. co l-H O X CC X O —I X QXMXOMXQXD-I— CC d UJ
QC CC CC CO O O O _l _I CO cc CO _J CC 00 Q_ CC CO X CO CC cc O < O _l CC _Jb I I QC O H H O > 2 ^ <
< UJ UJ HH CC CC < < < cc UJ UJ X x 0 O x» > 1—1 CCZDUJ3CC<<UJ
0<UJOQZQCCCCCC<<UJ
CO CO CO CD O CO O oo<ooooooo Q UJ UJ UJ u_ _l Li- CJ cj O CJXXX>- HMOHHW^-J—J—J
^ ^ ^ ~C0 ~ «
<Û1H ~CC O < u_ •V UJ CO -J CC O 3 X >- CO CC ID X •N
CC O < UJ 3 U_ UJ O - 2 ~CCUJCC<CCCDl-l3
CO CO CO CO CO CO 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 CJ CJ O CJ 0 UJ UJ UJ u. u. U_ CJ CJ O <XXXX»HMI-1U_^:-J-JCL_J_J
< < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < <c •< <c <c <c <c<r<;<C'<<c<!<c<C'<
h- t - \— H- I— I— h- h- 1— 1— 1— 1— 1— J- 1— J— 1— 1— 1— 1— 1— 1— I— 1— h- 1— I— I— 1— 1— l— l— h-l-l-l— I— I— f-l-h-l—
< < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < <C <C <C <C < <C<!'<<C'<<C<C<C<C<C
O O O O O O O 0 a 0 O 0 0 0 0 O O O 0 O 0 O O O O O O 00000 0000000000
0000000
00000000000000000000000000000000000
o\OHNm^lAvoôo(ÔH^Jn<^lAvo^<co\OH^Jn^^voôo(ÔHNn^^^^»o\o ^
X UJ M X CO
3 CO > 3 3 X X > 3 X l-H 3 X
M UJ UJ > UJ HCD 3 O X J— XX3HH333X l-H 3 h- HH X 3
CO X -J CC o UJ HH o O X M O f- CJ X 3 3 I - 1 X I - I I - H M O C C X h- _J UJ CC 3 l-H
UJ < UJ
3 CO 3 UJ CJ _l < X l-H O X CO UJ UJ<3XI—II-HOUJCCOXCJUJ3 X cc <ZDHJ
X CJ o CJ >- x h- :*: O UJ _J Q- I— J- O CO CO X ^ I - t O X O H H X < X U J I - H > l - H O 3 I— X _J CO _l
O X X CC _J OQ.U CC CD X CJ _J CO < < < OOOOUJOCOJ— X<_J—J-JO cc Li X CJ _l cc <
< < UJ UJ o UJ UJ l-H h- o co >- < O _l _l o Jr- CC C C C C < < X X 3 3 < O U J I - H M O < UJ UJ UJ X
O X Q_ X 0_ o_ o_ O CL O-0-CCCCCCCCCCCCCOCOCOCOCOCO en 3 I— I— I— I— I—
~o „Q_ ~ D. ~ ~co
CJ X O CJ> o UJ Q_ I—I co ~ o co »> O ~h- 3 O r.CC <C<XUJXC03XCJUJI-HCJ< cc •> < O UJ CO _J
XXX X X o 0. o. o_
o ^ Q. Q-CCCCCCCCCCCCC0C0COCO<X co co
< < < <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< < < < < < < <
I— I- I— I— •—
I— •—
I— I—
•— I—
•— I— I— •—
•— •— 1— I—
i— I—
i— I—
i— I—
i— I—
i— I— 1— t—
i— )— i— 1—
i— I—
i— I—
i— I—
i— I— r*— i— I— i— i
i— err • i i I— I— i—
I— H- h- h- h- h- J— f-
< < < <<<<<<
-*- <
-<- <
-<. <
-•< <
-•< <
-^ <
•*<. <
•**. <
•*<. <
^*, <
-^ <
"=< <
«^ <
«*. <
«^> <
»a» <
«=i» ^ <C <C <C <!! <C *£ ^ ^ *^ ^ ^ < < < < <
/""\ f~\ /"-\ ^^ / " ^ /""\ f~\ f~\ /—\ ^-s r-N /""\ /-v >—» / - ^ *-» /—\ *•*
o o o oo o o o o oo o o o o oo o oo o o ooooooooooooooo o o o o o
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO oooooooooo
r-nfvir^ chinvor^cooNOi-HOsjroîAvorôocÔrHCNjr^învorôoaNOrHro <^<j-mvor~ôoo\Oi-H<\)
iaiaia lAiîAiAtntAvovovovov^vovovovovor^r^r^r^r^r^r^r^r^râoQoao cooocococoaoaoo\0\o\
930 DATA TH,THORIUM
940 DATA TM,THULIUM
950 DATA SN,TIN
960 DATA TI,TITANIUM
970 DATA W,TUNGSTEN
980 DATA U,URANIUM
990 DATA V,VANADIUM
1000 DATA XE,XENON
1010 DATA YB,YTTERBIUM
1020 DATA Y,YTTRIUM
1030 DATA ZN,ZINC
1040 DATA ZR,ZIRCONIUM
1050 PRINT,fFOR HOW MANY CHEMICAL ELEMENTS"
1060 PRINT"DO YOU KNOW THE SYMBOLS ?"
1070 R=INT(206*(RND(1)))
1080 IF R<1 THEN 1070
1100 FOR L=l TO R
1110 READ S$
1120 NEXT L
1130 PRINT:PRINT
1140 PRINT S$;" IS THE SYMBOL"
1150 PRINT "WHAT IS THE ELEMENT"
1160 READ C$
1170 INPUT D$
1180 PRINT
:GOTO 1210
1200 PRINT"WRONG"
1210 PRINT"THE ELEMENT IS ";C$
1220 RESTORE
1230 PRINTrPRINT
1240 GOTO 1070
Chemistry:
Periodic Table of Elements
How many atomic numbers do you know? What is
the atomic number of gold? Silver? Oxygen? Uranium?
Neodymium? Ytterbium?
196
O)
GO OS
ON V0 ON <t
f*» ~ vo •> vo r\j
mo\H on <t- x r^. <j- ^2: rr\ O h* •» co
r—I ~ir\ ~ *-rr\ IAG0O3 .-h <NJ X3 VO O ON 00 X »H ~ 1— r-H
m voxxoo f\ .=»• <\l I—< goltn •» ~r-» OW0DH0O "-i-H •> »>3 r^N X (\J VO •<
X 3 ^ GO •» UJ l A D D ~ *>~»>XvOir\mUJX<\J(\lONMXVO X - UJ X l-H ~3 •'(M **X
3 l-H X -H O »HHIlAlilZ2CC * * ~X 3 *> •- ~ CO l-H •> 3 X X 3 X X l-H ON X ~X UJ
X O O X -J —I I— - X 3 3 0 X X X H H I - H I — C C X O U J X l-H 3 l-HhHI-H3Xr^3X30
HHZ DUJJDZHHHLODDCCZJUDirh 3 0- HH CC CJ —J l-H < *I-H 3 HH O
O) X CC l-H O UJ < l-H ^ > Z 0 2 Z U H C Q H H O O < Q . H Q . ( / 5 H O X oxo-jxoxi-hxcc:
c 3 UJ I— o co ccc£Cdcoccoo_j_Jcccc:co._icc:coQ.c£coxca CC CC 3 < O _l CC _l L l-JO
o _J X X cc cc <ULiJH0K<<<<UJUII003>HQ: 3 UJ _iq:<<ujo<ujo>
< < < < < < c o c o c o c o c o c o o o o o o o o o o o o o u j u j UJ U. U.U.OOOOXXXX
.2
_j UJ < < < < <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< < < <<<<<<<<<<
I— I— I— I— I— I— I— I- I— I— I— I— I— I— I— I— I— h- I— H-K-l— h- I— I— h- 1— H- 1—l-l—h-l—1—h-l—1—1—
E o < < < <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< < < <<<<<<<<<<
2 X o o o oooooooooooooooooooooooo O O oooooooooo
o>
o oooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo oooooooooo
i-HOjn^<fLnvor^cooNO^Hrsifn<hLnvorôooNOi-Hf\jroj-tAvof^«oooNO i-HC\jm.d-mvorâooNO
410 DATA INDIUM,49
420 DATA IODINE,53
430 DATA IRIDIUM,77
440 DATA IRON,26
450 DATA KRYPTON,36
460 DATA LANTHANUM,57
470 DATA LAWRENCIUM,103
480 DATA LEAD,82
490 DATA LITHIUM,^
500 DATA LUTETIUM,71
510 DATA MAGNESIUM,12
520 DATA MANGANESE,25
530 DATA MENDELEVIUM,101
540 DATA MERCURY,80
550 DATA MOLYBDENUM,42
560 DATA NE0DYMIUM,60
570 DATA NEON,10
580 DATA NEPTUNIUM,93
590 DATA NICKEL,28
600 DATA NIOBIUM,41
610 DATA NITROGEN,7
620 DATA N0BELIUM,102
630 DATA OSMIUM,76
640 DATA OXYGEN,8
650 DATA PALLADIUM,46
660 DATA PHOSPHORUS,15
670 DATA PLATINUM,78
680 DATA PLUTONIUM,94
690 DATA POLONIUM,84
700 DATA POTASSIUM,19
710 DATA PRASEODYMIUM,59
720 DATA PR0METHIUM,61
730 DATA PROTACTINIUM,91
740 DATA RADIUM,88
750 DATA RADON,86
760 DATA RHENIUM,75
770 DATA RHODIUM,45
780 DATA RUBIDIUM,37
790 DATA RUTHENIUM,44
800 DATA SAMARIUM,62
810 DATA SCANDIUM,21
820 DATA SELENIUM,34
198
830 DATA SILICON,14
840 DATA SILVER,47
850 DATA SODIUM,11
860 DATA STRONTIUM,38
870 DATA SULFUR,16
880 DATA TANTALUM,73
890 DATA TECHNETIUM,43
900 DATA TELLURIUM,52
910 DATA TERBIUM,65
920 DATA THALLIUM,81
930 DATA THORIUM,90
940 DATA THULIUM,69
950 DATA TIN,50
960 DATA TITANIUM,22
970 DATA TUNGSTEN,74
980 DATA URANIUM,92
990 DATA VANADIUM,23
1000 DATA XENON,54
1010 DATA YTTERBIUM,70
1020 DATA YTTRIUM,39
1030 DATA ZINC,30
1040 DATA ZIRCONIUM,40
1050 PRINT"IN THE PERIODIC TABLE OF
ELEMENTS"
1060 PRINT"HOW MANY ATOMIC NUMBERS DO
YOU KNOW ?"
1070 R=INT(206*(RND(1)))
1080 IF R<1 THEN 1070
1100 FOR L=l TO R
1110 READ S$
1120 NEXT L
1130 PRINTrPRINT
1140 PRINT"WHAT IS THE"
1150 PRINT"ATOMIC NUMBER OF"
1160 PRINT S$
1170 READ C$
1180 INPUT D$
1190 PRINT
:GOTO 1220
1210 PRINT"WRONG"
199
1220 PRINT C$;"IS THE ATOMIC NUMBER FOR
;S$
1230 RESTORE
1240 PRINT:PRINT
1250 GOTO 1070
Class Roll Sorter

Here's a simple sorting routine which you can use to
keep your class roll in order. Suppose it's the first day of
classes and you have been handed an unorganized list of
student names. Merely key those names into the com
puter and it will use this "bubble sort" program to put the
list in alphabetical order. As set up, it accepts up to 20
names.
Program Listing
10 CALL CLEAR
20 DIM M*(20)
30 FOR L=l TO 20
40 INPUT "NAME: ":M*<L>
50 IF M*(L)=,,H THEN 70
60 NEXT L
70 CALL CLEAR
SO PRINT "SORTING NOW"
90 T=0
100 FOR L=l TO 19
IK IF M* <L > <=M$(L+1)THEN 160
120 E$=M*(L)
130 M*(L)=M*(L+1)
140 M*(L+1)=E*
15C T=l
16C NEXT L
17C • IF T=l THEN 90
18C CALL CLEAR
19C> CALL SOUND(2,1000,1)
20C FOR L=l TO 20
21C> IF M*<L><>"" THEN 230
r?r?C • GOTO 240
23C> PRINT M*(L)
24C> NEXT L
200
Exam Score Sorting
The final number scores of a large number of test
results can be categorized and thereby cut down into a
smaller quantity of numbers easily.
This program accepts exam scores and divides them
into ranges we have labeled A, B, C, D and F. The program
looks for test scores in a range of zero to 100. The predeter
mined grade ranges are F=0 to 59; D=60 to 69; C=70 to 79;
B=80 to 89; and A=90 to 100.
Program Listing
10 CALL CLEAR
20 PRINT "ENTER A GROUP OF SCORES"
30 PRINT "RANGING FROM ZERO TO 100"
40 PRINT "ONE AT A TIME."
50 PRINT
60 PRINT "ENTER X AFTER LAST SCORE"
70 PRINT
80 INPUT "SCORES ":G$
90 IF G$="X" THEM 600
1OC G=VAL(G$>
11C> N«N+1
12C IF G<60 THEM 140
13Ci GOTO 160
14C F=F+1
15C• GOTO 300
16C IF G<70 THEN 180
17C GOTO 200
18C D=D+1
19C> GOTO 300
20 C IF GOO THEN 220
21C GOTO 240
'?'?(" C=C+1
23C GOTO 300
24C IF G<90 THEN 260
25C GOTO 280
260 B=B+1
27C GOTO 300
280 A==A+1
30C IF N=l THEN 320
201
310 GOTO 350
320 L=G
330 H=G
340 GOTO 500
50 IF G< THEN 370
360 GOTO 390
370 L=G
380 GOTO 500
390 IF G>H THEN 410
400 GOTO 500
410 H=G
500 S=S+G
510 GOTO 80
600 P=S/N
610 M=L+<<H-L)/2>
700 CALL CLEAR
710 PRINT "A TOTAL OF "$N;" SCORES"
720 PRINT "RANGING FROM "5L5" TO ";H
730 PRINT "MID-RANGE SCORE IS "5M
740 PRINT "AVERAGE SCORE IS ";}P
750 PRINT
760 PRINT "TOTALS FOR EACH LETTER:"
II
770 PRINT
"A: JA
780 PRINT "Bs 5B »•
790 PRINT "C: ;C II
800 PRINT "D: •>

!D
810 PRINT "F: ii
?F
900 PRINT
910 PRINT
920 PRINT
930 INPUT "TO DO MORE PRESS RETURN"sKY*
940 A«0
950 B=0
960 C=0
970 D=0
980 F=0
990 N=0
1000 L=0 .
1010 H=0
1020 M-0
1030 P=0
1040 G=0
202
1050 S=0
1060 G*=u"
1070 GOTO 10
Teacher's Grade-Curve Graph

The computer asks the teacher for the quantity of
grades in each of the letters, A, B, C, D and F. Then a vertical
bar braph is created on the display screen.
The range of quantities you can use for each letter
grade must be from zero to 50.
Program Listing
lo CLS:CLEAR
20 GOSUB 1000
30 PRINT"TYPE IN THE TOTAL NUMBER FOR
EACH GRADE"
40 PRINT"A,B,C,D,F 0 TO 50 PER
LETTER GRADE"
100 GOSUB 1100
110 INPUT"NUMBER OF A's"
120 GOSUB 1100
130 INPUT' NUMBER OF B's' B
140 GOSUB 1100
150 INPUT' NUMBER OF C7s'
160 GOSUB 1100
170 INPUT1 NUMBER OF D's D
180 GOSUB 1100
190 INPUT' NUMBER OF F's1
200 CLS
210 PRINT 3 160,CHR*(147);"
220 GOSUB 1010
230 LINE(95,1)-(95,62)
240 LINE --(163,62)
245 LINE -(163,1)
250 PRINT 3 17,"A B C D F"
260 LINE(102,62)~(108,62~A> ,BF
270 LINE ( 114, 62) -- (120, 62--B) ,BF
280 LINE(126,62)--(132,62-C) ,EF
290 LINE(138,62)-(144,62-D) , EF
300 LINEC150,62)-(156,62-F) iBF
203
410 GOTO 10
990 END
1000 PRINT SPACE*(14)5
1010 PRINT"GRADE CURVE"
1020 RETURN
1100 PRINT a 226," "
1110 PRINT a 210,CHR*(154)5
1120 RETURN
ASCII Conversion
Here's a fast conversion, either to or from an ASCII
value.
Program Listing
10 CLS:CLEAR
20 PRINT"SELECT:ASCII-TO-CHARACTER (A)"
30 PRINT"0R CHARACTER-TO-ASCII (C)M
40 PRINT"A OR C ?"
50 C$=INKEY$
60 IF C$="" THEN 50
70 IF C$="A" THEN 100
80 IF C$="C" THEN 200
90 GOTO 50
100 INPUT"ASCII VALUE: ";A
110 PRINT CHR$(A)
120 PRINT" "
130 GOTO 20
200 INPUTMCHARACTER: ";CH$
210 PRINT ASC(CH$)
220 PRINT" "
230 GOTO 20
Sentence Writer
Practice your English!

Exhibit your knowledge of nouns and verbs. This
program leads the computer to solicit individual words from
you and use those words to create sentences.
204
Besides helping you better understand verbs, nouns
and simple declarative sentence structures, the program
demonstrates the computer's ability to simulate
conversation and communication.
Program Listing
10 PRINT "A PLURAL NOUN = ?";
20 INPUT N$
25 PRINT "A VERB = ?";
30 INPUT V$
35 PRINT "A SINGULAR NOUN = ?";
40 INPUT S$
50 CLS
60 PRINT "THE "+N$+" "+V$+" "+S$+n."
65 PRINT
70 GOTO 10
Resistance
Here's just what the electronics hobbyist or techni
cian has always needed: a program to compute total
resistances among resistors in parallel or in series.
Program Listing
10 "L" CLEAR
20 PRINT "TOTALING RESISTORS..."
30 PRINT "IN SERIES OR PARALLEL"
40 INPUT " S OR P ? ";X$
50 IF X$="S" THEN 120
60 INPUT "OHMS = ";R
70 IF R = 0 THEN 100
80 A=A+1/R:T=1/A:R=0
90 GOTO 60
100 PRINT "TOTAL =";T
110 T=0:A=0:GOTO 40
130 IF R=0 THEN 160
140 T=T+R:R=0
150 GOTO 120
160 PRINT"T0TAL OHMS = ";T
170 T=0:GOTO 40
205
Time Constants
Series RL and Series RC
In electronics, in RL circuits, the time it takes a cur

rent to reach 63.2 percent of peak is important. If you
know the impedance in henrys and the resistance in
ohms, this program will compute the RL time constant in
seconds.
Time also is important in RC circuits. Time, that is,
for the voltage across a capacitor to reach 63.2 percent of
peak. If you know the resistance in ohms and the
capacitance in farads, this program computes the time
constant in seconds.
Program Listing
10 "S" CLEAR
20 PRINT "TIME CONSTANT"
30 PRINT "FOR SERIES RL OR RC..."
40 INPUT " RL OR RC ?",X$
60 IF X$="RL" THEN 100
70 IF X$="RC" THEN 200
80 GOTO 20
100 INPUT"HENRYS = ";L
110 T-L/R
120 PRINT "SECONDS = ";T
130 GOTO 20
200 INPUT"FARADS = ";C
210 T=RC
220 PRINT "SECONDS = ";T
230 GOTO 20
Heating Effect of Current

Current passing through a wire generates heat. How
much? This program computes that heat in calories-per-
second if resistance in ohms is known.
We store the number of ohms in memory location R
and, after computation, the heat in H.
206
Program Listing
10 "H" CLEAR
20 INPUT "OHMS RESISTANCE =",R
30 H=.057168R
40 PRINT "CALORIES/SEC HEAT=";H
50 GOTO 10
Diagonal of a Square
This handy programming quickie computes the
length of the diagonal of any square.
The length of any side of the square is stored in
memory location L. The diagonal length is computed and
stored in D. Por instance, if you have a square with sides
each 36 units long, the diagonal of the square is 50.904
units.
Program Listing
10 "DM CLEAR
20 INPUT "SIDE LENGTH = ";L
30 D=1/414L
40 PRINT "DIAGONAL = ";D
50 GOTO 10
dB
Here's a handy quickie for engineers, radio techni
cians, electronics buffs, hams, shortwave listeners and
others who know how many bels there are in a decibel.
Program Listing
10 "DB" CLEAR
20 BEEP 1:INPUT"INPUT POWER = ";I
30 BEEP 1:INPUT"OUTPUT POWER = ";0
40 D=10*LOG(O+I)
50 BEEP 2:PRINT D;" DB"
60 GOTO 10
207
State Capitals
Idaho. Let's see. Boise. Correct. Capital is Boise. Min
nesota. Minneapolis. Wrong. Capital is St. Paul. How
many of the 50 state capitals can you name? Bet not as
many as you would like!
This program tests not only knowledge of the name of
each state capital but also the correct spelling of that
name. The test goes on forever until you BREAK.
Program Listing
10 CLEAR :CLS
20 DATA ALABAMA,MONTGOMERY
30 DATA ALASKA,OUNEAU
40 DATA ARIZONA,PHOENIX
50 DATA ARKANSAS,LITTLE ROCK
60 DATA CALIFORNIA,SACRAMENTO
70 DATA COLORADO,DENVER
80 DATA CONNECTICUT,HARTFORD
90 DATA DELAWARE,DOVER
100 DATA FLORIDA,TALLAHASSEE
110 DATA GEORGIA,ATLANTA
120 DATA HAWAII,HONOLULU
130 DATA IDAHO,BOISE
140 DATA ILLINOIS,SPRINGFIELD
150 DATA INDIANA,INDIANAPOLIS
160 DATA I0WA,DES MOINES
170 DATA KANSAS,TOPEKA
180 DATA KENTUCKY,FRANKFORT
190 DATA LOUISIANA,BATON ROUGE
200 DATA MAINE,AUGUSTA
210 DATA MARYLAND,ANNAPOLIS
220 DATA MASSACHUSETTS,BOSTON
230 DATA MICHIGAN,LANSING
240 DATA MINNESOTA,ST. PAUL
250 DATA MISSISSIPPI,3ACKS0N
260 DATA MISSOURI,3EFFERS0N CITY
270 DATA MONTANA,HELENA
280 DATA NEBRASKA,LINCOLN
290 DATA NEVADA,CARSON CITY
300 DATA NEW HAMPSHIRE,CONCORD
208
310 DATA NEW JERSEY,TRENTON
320 DATA NEW MEXICO,SANTA FE
330 DATA NEW YORK,ALBANY
340 DATA NORTH CAROLINA,RALEIGH
350 DATA NORTH DAKOTA,BISMARCK
360 DATA OHIO,COLUMBUS
370 DATA OKLAHOMA,OKLAHOMA CITY
380 DATA OREGON,SALEM
390 DATA PENNSYLVANIA,HARRISBURG
400 DATA RHODE ISLAND,PROVIDENCE
410 DATA SOUTH CAROLINA,COLUMBIA
420 DATA SOUTH DAKOTA,PIERRE
430 DATA TENNESSEE,NASHVILLE
440 DATA TEXAS,AUSTIN
450 DATA UTAH,SALT LAKE CITY
460 DATA VERMONT,MONTPELIER
470 DATA VIRGINIA,RICHMOND
480 DATA WASHINGTON,OLYMPIA
490 DATA WEST VIRGINIA,CHARLESTON
500 DATA WISCONSIN,MADISON
510 DATA WYOMING,CHEYENNE
520 PRINT @ 40,STRING$(14,M*")
530 PRINT" @ 72,"STATE CAPITALS"
540 PRINT @ 104,STRING$(14,"*")
550 PRINT @ 164,"HOW MANY CAN YOU NAME?"
570 H$=-INKEY$
580 IF H$.="" THEN 570
590 CLS
600 R=RND(100)
620 FOR L=1 TO R
630 READ s$
640 NEXT L
650 PRINT it ":pRiNT" "
660 PRINT "STATE IS: "S$
670 READ c$
680 INPUT "WHAT IS CAPITAL";D$
690 IF D$>=C$ THEN PRINT "CORRECT" ELSE
PRINT "WRONG"
700 PRINT "CAPITAL IS: "C$
710 RESTORE
209
730 PRINT'TOR MORE, PRESS M"
750 M$=INKEY$
760 IF M$=M" THEN 750
790 GOTO 750
800- PRINT @ 40,STRING$(15,"*")
820 PRINT f> 104,STRING$(15,"*")
840 GOTO 840
History of Invention
When was the zipper invented? The sprinkler? The light
bulb? The elevator? The aerosol spray? Here's an endless
source of pleasure in a solid learning experience, a quiz
on your knowledge of the history of science, technology
and invention.
You must identify correctly the year the invention was
made.
Program Listing
10 CLEAFt:CLS
20 DATA ADDING MACHINE,1642
30 DATA AEROSOL SPRAY,1941
40 DATA AIR CONDITIONING,1911
50 DATA AIRPLANE,1903
60 DATA AUTOMOBILE,1887
70 DATA BALLOON,1783
80 DATA BARBED WIRE,1874
90 DATA BAROMETER,1643
100 DATA BATTERY,1800
110 DATA BICYCLE,1816
120 DATA BULLDOZER,1923
130 DATA BULLET,1849
140 DATA CALCULATOR,1823
150 DATA CAMERA,1822
160 DATA CARBURETOR,1892
210
UlUlUiUiUlUlUlUi-p'.p' 4> 4? ujujujujrurur\>rNjiNji\>r\>r\>ruru>—• i—> \->
vl 0\ Ul 4> UJ PO (—' O VO 00 ««J 0\ Ul 4> UJ fNJ I—' O VO CD sj 0\ U1 -P- U)IVHOV0CDvia\U1-PUJf\)HO\000Nj
OOOOOOOOOO O O OOOOOOOOOOOO OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
oooooooooo o o ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo
>>>>>>>>>> >> >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>
-H—I—I—I—I —I -H —I—l-f —I -< —I —I —I —I —I —I —1 —I —I —I —I —I —I —I —I —I —I —I —I —I —I —I —I —I —I —I —) —I —I
>>>>>>>>>> >> >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>
-1—I-HCOC0C0COC0COCO 33 33
3 ) - D T 3 0 Z 2 2 2 Z 2 r r r* f— r ^ H n f i n < m o o o o o o o
mm>^-H-<—i"om> M m
> > > T - < O O H > > H H l-H > t-H > 33 m s r~ > i— -< o O o |— m >
rrzH3)on3)?Ti -n ~n
o 3 3 3 3 m r - — i < o - i o z o ~n CO n r o H m o m z -h Z 2 o 2 Co
mm?s—Hmo>MMm r - 33 l-H7s>OOOI-l330XOX m m X m Z O 33 < c: o > -i O m x
13 o
CO T3- O m 7s 2 Z Z —1 m HH o i-h o - Z33moxi-ir-—i 33 —i hh m > > CHZO m c 7s z
O X H- X —1 CD7sO< «• a « z x *-•«. o co co« z m z -a *• 2 33 l-H Z z —1 " •
CD O r- 33 o —1 —1 33
o o vo ao nor h- m HnC(»H<. O H P 1 C H 33 t—> COC HO >-H -H co m 1— «• m
"UZH-OOhH>p-|2-0 Ul 33 OD —1 ON VO O M o 00 2 Z m V0 I- CO Z O O 33 o o m o m 33 ON t-- o
mn4>>>OHZi>H (V) > \ozmcDwroB-Dui o« o co ON CO O C") O - - r~ >• hH o - Ul 00 HH
<• <• 33 33 7s* «• O Z o —i ui m - uimsimyict-1 m o «• o- CZ H-' h-' m s: t— z i—' ON r\> co
h- h- o«* rn^H x* o —1 H-' <• f\)«« Z 00 33 33 H-OHZ\0 00 3> O 00x 2 vo H> -H
o\a> * hsnjsihh 33 m vj h- t— v on o < oo m vo —i vjo ui Z -H ON H- l-H INJ m
OM >-* OO- 00 f\> Z OO * m
33 00 00 Ul *— o O ^j>» [\»m w n m o on >*j r - oo 33
oo o\ awHuiwrn-i> H- - UJ 00 VO 00 « 33 V0 t— 00 33 33 33 VO 7s i*
«vl 4? 00 * vo 00 »• oo >• » h->

•— Ul O ON H- •* -* UJ
>J ^J H- Ul vo r\> <sj 1—' 1—' \—> H- 1—' 1—• 00
O ^J oo UJ Ul oo ON V0 vo 00 oo "-J
VO ui r\j o 1—• O ro Ul vo
O Ui UJ «vi r\> UJ
ro
580 DATA TELEVISION,1926
590 DATA THERMOMETER,1592
600 DATA TOASTER,1918
610 DATA TRACTOR,1825
620 DATA TRANSISTOR,1948
630 DATA TYPEWRITER,1714
640 DATA WASHING MACHINE,1858
£50 DATA ZIPPER,1893
660 PRINT @ 38,STRING$(21,"*")
670 PRINT @ 70,"HIST0RY OF INVENTIONS"
680 PRINT @ 102,STRING$(21,"*")
690 PRINT @ 164,"CAN YOU NAME THEIR DATES?"
700 PRINT i> 261,"PRESS ANY KEY TO START"
710 H$=INKEY$
720 IF H$="" THEN 710
730 CLS
740 R=RND(128)
760 FOR L=l TO R
770 READ S$
780 NEXT L
800 PRINT"INVENTION: "S$
810 READ C$
820 INPUT"WHAT WAS YEAR";D$
ELSE PRINT "WRONG"
840 PRINT"YEAR WAS "C$
850 RESTORE
890 M$=INKEY$
900 IF M$=M" THEN 890
930 GOTO 890
940 PRINT i> 40,STRING$(15,"*")
950 PRINT i> 74,"END OF TEST"
960 PRINT @ 1.04,STRING$(15,"*")
980 GOTO 980
212
Alphabetizing Test Evaluation
Here's a more elaborate exam-score evaluation. As set
here, you may enter scores for up to 50 students. The
computer asks for last name, first name, and score
number for each student.
The machine sorts students so it can present an
alphabetized list at the end.
Again we assume zero to 59, F; 60-69, D; 70-79, C; 80-89,
B; and 90-100, A. You can change those ranges in lines
1110-1150.
Program Listing
1000 CLEAR 5000:CLS
1010 DIM M$(50)
1020 FOR L=l TO 50
1030 LINE INPUT "LAST NAME: ";P$
1040 IF P$=""THEN 1300
1050 LINE INPUT "FIRST NAME: ";Q$
1060 LINE INPUT "GRADE: ";G$
1100 X=VAL(G$)
1110 IF X<60 THEN F=F+1:G0T0 1160
1120 IF X<70 THEN D=D+1:G0T0 1160
1130 IF X<80 THEN C=C+1:G0T0 1160
1140 IF X<90 THEN B=B+1:G0T0 1160
1150 A=A+1
1160 Y=Y+X
1170 Z=Z+1
1180 IF Z=l
THEN 3=X:K=X
1190 IF X<3 THEN 3=X
1200 IF X>K THEN K=X
1210 I=I+X
1220 H=I/Z:MM=3+((K-3)/2)
1230 M$(L)=P$+" "+Q$+" "+"GRADE: "+G$
1240 NEXT L
1300 CLS
1310 PRINT "SORTING"
1320 T=0
1330 FOR L=l TO 49
1340 IF M$(L)<=M$(L+1) THEN 1360
1350 E$=M$(L):M$(L)=M$(L+1):M$(L+1)=E$
213
:T = 1
1360 NEXT L
1370 IF T=l THEN 1320
1400 CLS
1410 PRINT "LAST NAME/FIRST NAME/GRADE"
1420 PRINT " "
1425 FOR L=l TO 50
1430 IF M$(L)<>"" THEN PRINT M$(L)
1435 NEXT L
1440 PRINT" "
1450 PRINT"FOR STATISTICS, PRESS S"
1455 PRINT"TO QUIT, PRESS Q"
1460 AA$=INKEY$
1470 IF AA$="" THEN 1460
1480 IF AA$="S" THEN 1500
1485 IF AA$="Q" THEN 1800
1490 GOTO 1460
1500 CLS
1510 PRINT @ 37,"TEST SCORE STATISTICS"
1520 PRINT " "
1530 PRINT "SCORES RANGE";3;"TO" ;K
1540 PRINT "MID-RANGE SCORE IS";MM
1550 PRINT "AVERAGE SCORE IS";H
1560 PRINT "TOTALS FOR EACH LETTER GRADE
1570 PRINT A;"A"
1580 PRINT B;"B"
1590 PRINT C;"C"
1600 PRINT D;"D"
1610 PRINT F;"F"
1620 PRINT "A TOTAL OF";Z;"SCORES"
1630 PRINT " "
1640 PRINT "TO DO ANOTHER SET, PRESS A"
1650 PRINT "TO STOP, PRESS S"
1660 BB$=INKEY$
1670 IF BB$="" THEN 1660
1680 IF BB$="A" THEN 1000
1690 IF BB$="S" THEN 1800
1700 GOTO 1660
1800 CLS 2
1810 PRINT <§> 192," THANK YOU"
1820 GOTO 1820
214
Foreign Measurements
The computer names a country and one of its unique
measurements. You tell the common U.S. equivalent
measure. A great way to learn international cultures!
Program Listing
10 CLEAR•CLS
20 DRTR EGYPTIAN ARDEB,43.55 GALLONS
30 DATA LAOTIAN BAK,57.9 GRAINS
40 DRTR IRANIAN BATMAN,6.546 POUNDS
50 DATA CUBAN B0C0Y,18.214 BUSHELS
60 DATA JAPANESE BU,0.011930 INCH
70 DATA BRITISH CABLE,200 YARDS
30 DATA BURMESE CANDY,13000 POUNDS
90 DRTR SOUTH AFRICAN CAPE INCH,1.033 INCHES
100 DATA MEXICAN CAI?GA,303.6 POUNDS
110 DATA SAMOAN CASE OF BANANAS,72 POUNDS
120 DATA INDONESIAN CATTY,1.3616 POUNDS
130 DATA MONGOLIAN CHANG,3.5 YARDS
140 DRTR HONG KONG CHEUNG,4.063 YRRDS
150 DRTR KORERN CHI,1.423 SQURRE INCHES
160 DRTR JAPANESE CH0,119.3 YARDS
170 DATA MALRYSIRN CHUM,1.475 INCHES
130 DRTR ETHIOPIAN DAWULLA,220.46 POUNDS
190 DATA BULGARIAN DEKRRE,Q.247 ACRES
200 DRTR ISRRELI D0NUM,1196 SQURRE YARDS
210 DRTR GERMRN DOPPEL2ENTNER,220.462 POUNDS
220 DRTR JORDANIAN DRA,26.8 INCHES
230 DATA MONGOLIAN DU,5.72 QUARTS-
240 DATA SURINAM EL,2.26 FEET
250 DATA CHINESE FAN CHE,1.19599 SQ. FEET
260 DATA TANZANIAN FRASILA,36 POUNDS
270 DATA GERMAN FUDER,220 GALLONS
2S0 DATA HONG KONG FUN,0.14625 INCH
290 DATA GERMAN FUSS,12.36 INCHES
300 DATA VIETNAMESE GANG,0.4306 SQ. FEET
310 DATA HONG KONG GUN,1.333 POUNDS
320 DATA BRITISH HAND,4 INCHES
330 DATA HUNGARIAN HOLD,1.422 ACRES
340 DATA PHILIPPINES KILATES,3.09 GRAINS
215
350 DRTR NEPALESE K0SH,2 MILES
360 DATA POLISH KWINTAL,220.46 POUNDS
370 DATA SOUTH AFRICAN LEAGUER,127 GALLONS
330 DATA SPANISH LIBRA,1.014 POUNDS
390 DATA SIERRA LEONE COCOA LOAD,60 POUNDS
400 DATA HONG KONG MA<CHINESE YD >, 35.1 INCHES
410 DATA ADEN MRUND,S2.23 POUNDS
420 DRTR SWEDISH MIL,6.214 MILES
430 DRTR DUTCH MUD,2.471 RCRES
440 DRTR NIGERIRN RICE MUDU,2.5 POUNDS
450 DRTR SRUDI ARABIAN 0KE,2.3 POUNDS
460 DATA ARGENTINIAN PIE,1 FOOT
470 DATA SURINAM POND,1.102 POUNDS
480 DATA RUSSIAN GRAIN P0UD,36.11 POUNDS
490 DATA JAPANESE RI,2.44 MILES
500 DATA CYPRIOT TEXTILE ROUPI,3 INCHES
510 DATA GERMRN RUTE,4.12 YRRDS
520 DRTR LIBYAN SRR,26.13 GRLLONS
530 DRTR COLUMBIAN COFFEE SACO,137.8 POUNDS
540 DATA NEPALESE SEER,2.057 POUNDS
550 DATA ICELANDIC SILDARMAL,4.12 BUSHELS
560 DATA ECUADORIAN SOLAR,0.43 ACRES
570 DATA BRITISH STONE,14 POUNDS
580 DATA DUTCH BEER STOOP,1.32 GRLLONS
590 DATA JAPANESE SUN,1.19303 INCHES
60© DATA CAMBODIAN TAEL,1.323 OUNCES
610 DATA THAI TANAN,0.83 QUART
620 DATA INDONESIAN OPIUM THRIL,1.241 OUNCES
630 DRTR PRKISTRNI TOLR,180 GRRINS
640 DRTR ORNISH TOMME,1.03 INCHES
650 DRTR GERMRN TONNE,1.35 ACRES
SS^ DATA PERUVIAN TOPO,0.86 ACRES
670 DATA FINNISH TUUMA,1 INCH
630 DATA SUDAN UD,2.54 YARDS
690 DATA ADEN WAR,1 YARD
700 DATA BARBADOS WINE GALLON,0.83267 GALLONS
710 DATA MALTESE WI2NA,8.75 POUNDS
720 DATA KOREAN YANG,1.32 OUNCES
730 DATA VIETNAMESE YEN,13.33 POUNDS
740 DRTR RUSTRIAN 2ENTNER,220.46 POUNDS
750 DATA GERMAN 2OLL,1.03 INCHES
760 PRINT (g 38,STRINGS*20,213)
216
770 PRINT G 70,"FOREIGN MEASUREMENTS"
780 PRINT S 102,STRINGS20,213)
790 PRINT Q 164,''HOW MANY U. S. EQUIVALENTS"
800 PRINT S 202,"DO YOU KNOW?"
310 PRINT 12 324, "PRESS ANY KEY TO START"
320 H*«INKEY*
830 IF H*-,,M THEN 320
340 CLS
850 R-RND<148>
860 IF INKR/-2)*R/2 THEN R*R-i
870 FOR L=l TO R
830 READ S$
390 NEXT L
900 PRINT=PRINT
910 PRINT "WHAT IS THE"
920 PRINT "U.S. EQUIVALENT OF"
930 PRINT "1 "jS*
940 READ C$
950 INPUT D$
960 PRINT
970 IF D$=C$ THEN PRINT "*** CORRECT"
ELSE PRINT "**# WRONG"
930 PRINT "1 "jS*
931 PRINT "EQUALS "jC*
990 RESTORE
1000 PRINT=PRINT
1030 M$=INKEY$
1040 IF M$="" THEN 1030
1050 IF M$="M" THEN CLS«GOTO 84©
1060 IF M$="S" THEN CLS«GOTO 1030
1070 GOTO 1030
1030 PRINT S 40,STRINGS 15,243)
1090 PRINT e 74,"END OF TEST"
1100 PRINT e 104,STRINGS* 15,243)
1110 PRINT i5 170, "THANK YOU !"
1120 GOTO 1120
1999 END
217
World's Hottest Places
No, you don't have to know the exact temperatures.
The computer mentions a continent and a temperature.
You must identify which country on that continent holds
that particular high-temperature record.
Program Listing
10 CLEAR'CLS
20 DATA AFRICA AT 120,LIBYA
30 DATA NORTH AMERICA AT 134,CALIFORNIA
40 DATA ASIA AT 129,ISRAEL
50 DATA AUSTRALIA AT 128,QUEENSLAND
60 DATA EUROPE AT 122,SPAIN
70 DATA SOUTH AMERICA RT 120,ARGENTINA
80 DATA OCEANIA AT 103,PHILIPPINES
90 DATA ANTARCTICA AT 58,PALMER PENINSULA
100 PRINT S 36, STRINGS*.22, "tM )
110 PRINT ffi 68,"WORLD'S HOTTEST PLACES"
120 PRINT 12 100, STRING* 22,"3" )
130 PRINT (2 164, "HOW MANY CAN YOU IDENTIFY ?"
140 PRINT S 260,"PRESS ANY KEY TO START"
150 H*-INKEY*
160 IF H*»I,M THEN 150
170 CLS
180 R»RND<16)
190 IF INKR/2)»R/2 THEN R-R-l
200 FOR L=l TO R
210 RERD St
220 NEXT L
230 PRINT'PRINT
240 PRINT "THE HOTTEST COUNTRY <OR STRTE)"
250 PRINT "ON THE CONTINENT OF"
260 PRINT S*jm DEGREES"
270 RERD CS=
230 INPUT »IS"jM
290 IF D$«CS= THEN PRINT "*#* CORRECT"
ELSE PRINT •»*** WRONG"
300 PRINT "LOCRTION IS« %C*
310 RESTORE
218
320 PRINT'PRINT
340 PRINT"TO STOP, PRESS 8"
350 M$»INKEY*
360 IF MS:="" THEN 350
370 IF MS^'M" THEN CLS'GOTO 170
380 IF MS:»MS" THEN CLS'GOTO 400
390 GOTO 350
400 PRINT Q 40,STRING*15,*V" )
410 PRINT 12 74, "END OF TEST"
420 PRINT S 104,STRING*13,'V")
430 PRINT ® 170,"THANK YOU I"
440 GOTO 440
450 END
World's Coldest Places

Here, the computer names a continent and a record
low temperature. You must specify which country holds
that low-temperature record. Clue: to stay warm stay near
the equator.
Program Listing
10 CLEAR'CLS
20 DATA AFRICA AT -11,MOROCCO
30 DATA NORTH AMERICA AT -81,YUKON
40 DATA ASIA AT -90,USSR
50 DATA AUSTRALIA AT -3,NEW SOUTH WALES
60 DATA EUROPE AT -67,USSR
70 DATA SOUTH AMERICA AT -27,ARGENTINA
80 DATA GREENLAND AT -87,NORTHICE STATION
90 DATA ANTARCTICA AT -127,V0ST0K STATION
100 PRINT (2 36, STRING* 22,79)
110 PRINT (2 68, "WORLD'S COLDEST PLACES"
120 PRINT (2 100, STRING* 22,79)
130 PRINT ® 163,"HOW MANY CAN YOU IDENTIFY ?••
140 PRINT (S 260,"PRESS ANY KEY TO START"
150 H*=INKEY$
160 IF H*-"" THEN 150
170 CLS
130 R»RND<16)
190 IF INKR/2)«R/2 THEN R»R-1
219
200 FOR L-l TO R
210 READ S*
220 NEXT L
230 PRINT'PRINT
240 PRINT "THE COLDEST COUNTRY <OR STATE)"
250 PRINT "ON THE LAND MASS OF"
260 PRINT SS:j" DEGREES"
270 READ C$
280 INPUT "IS".sD$
290 IF D*«C* THEN PRINT "### CORRECT"
ELSE PRINT "*## WRONG"
300 PRINT "LOCATION IS' ",C*
310 RESTORE
320 PRINT'PRINT
350 M*-INKEY*
360 IF M*»M,» THEN 350
370 IF M$="M" THEN CLS'GOTO 170
380 IF M$«"S" THEN CLS'GOTO 400
390 GOTO 350
400 PRINT 12 40,STRING* 15,79)
410 PRINT 12 74,-"END OF TEST"
420 PRINT 12 104,STRING* 15,79)
430 PRINT 12 170, "THANK YOU !"
440 GOTO 44©
999 END
Earth's Extremes
What country or state Is wettest? Coldest? Southern
most? Has the biggest meteor crater? Not one of these
correct answers is Texas.
The computer lists the extreme and you place it.
Program Listing
10 CLEAR'CLS
20 DATA WETTEST <AT 460 INCHES RAIN PER
YEAR), HAWAII
30 DATA DRIEST,CHILE
220
40 DATA COLDEST (AT -127 DEGREES),
ANTARCTICA
50 DATA HOTTEST CAT 136 DEGREES),LIBYA
60 DATA NORTHERNMOST TOWN (SPITSBERGEN),
NORWAY
70 DATA SOUTHERNMOST TOWN (PUERTO
WILLIAMS),CHILE
80 DATA HIGHEST TOWN (AT 17500 FEET),
CHILE
90 DATA LARGEST GORGE (277 MILES LONG/20
MILES WIDE/1 MILE DEEP).ARIZONA
100 DATA DEEPEST GORGE <AT 7900 FEET),
IDAHO
110 DATA STRONGEST SURFACE WIND (AT 231
MPH),NEW HAMPSHIRE
120 DATA GREATEST TIDES (AT 53 FEET),
NOVA SCOTIA
130 DATA BIGGEST METEOR CRATER (AT 2
MILES WIDE),CANADA
140 DRTR LRRGEST ISLRND,GREENLAND
150 DATA HIGHEST VOLCANO (AT 19832 FEET),
CHILE
160 PRINT 12 36, STRING* 22, 79)
170 PRINT (S 71, "EARTH'S EXTREMES"
130 PRINT (2 100,STRING*22,79)
190 PRINT 12 163,"HOW MANY CRN YOU PLACE ?"
200 PRINT 12 260, "PRESS ANY KEY TO START"
210 HS:*INKEY$
220 IF H*»"" THEN 210
230 CLS
240 R»RND(28)
250 IF INT(R/2)*R/2 THEN R-R-i
260 FOR L=l TO R
270 READ SS:
280 NEXT L
290 PRINT'PRINT
300 PRINT "WHICH COUNTRY (OR STATE)"
310 PRINT "HAS THIS WORLD RECORD'"
320 PRINT S*
330 READ CS:
221
340 INPUT DS=
350 IF D*=CS= THEN PRINT "*## CORRECT"
ELSE PRINT "*#* WRONG"
360 PRINT "LOCATION IS' ",C$
370 RESTORE
330 PRINT'PRINT
410 M$*INKEY$:
420 IF M$«"" THEN 410
430 IF M*»"M" THEN CLS'GOTO 230
440 IF M$*"S" THEN CLS'GOTO 460
450 GOTO 410
460 PRINT 8 40,STRING*15,79)
470 PRINT 12 74, "END OF'TEST"
480 PRINT 12 104,STRING* 15,79)
490 PRINT 12 170,"THANK YOU !"
500 GOTO 500
999 END
Test Timer
Place your computer in the corner and let it time your
exams. Good for home self-testing as well as in the
classroom.
Program Listing
10 CLEAR'CLS 4
20 PRINT" "
30 PRINT 12 11, "TEST TIMER"
40 PRINT" "
50 PRINT 12 43,STRING*10,159)
£0 PRINT" "
70 PRINT (S 69, "PRESS ANY KEY TO START"
30 PRINT" "
90 PRINT 12 101,STRING*22, 175)
100 PRINT"THEN PRESS ANY KEY TO STOP TIMER"
110 PRINT e 160,STRING*32,255)
200 AS:*INKEY*:
210 IF A$="" THEN 200
222
220 TIMER=0
230 T*TIMER/3600
240 TM«INT(T )'TS=INT(60*(T-TM))
250 PRINT 12 196, TM; " MINUTES"
260 PRINT S 203,TS
280 IF TM=20 THEN SOUND 100,20'GOTO 320
300 BSÎNKEYS:
310 IF 6*:="" THEN 230
320 PRINT 12 196, TM; " MINUTES"
330 PRINT 12 208, TS
400 CS==INKEYS-.
410 IF CS:="" THEN 400 ELSE 10
Screen Full
Fill your video screen with square dots, starting
from the upper left, moving down and across to the lower
right. Line 200 is a freeze frame.
Program Listing
10 CLS
100 FOR X=l TO 21 STEP 2
110 FOR Y=l TO 21 STEP 2
120 PRINT AT X,Y;CHR$ 128
130 NEXT Y
140 NEXT X
200 GOTO 200
Sine Wave
Note that some complex screen art can be created
with only a few program lines. You will want to refine
these programs to make them even shorter.
Program Listing
10 CLS
20 FOR X=l TO 63
30 LET Y=SIN X + 10
40 PLOT X,Y
50 NEXT X
60 GOTO 60
223
Create A Table
This program generates a table of values, as a
demonstration on how to set up a table on the video
display.
Program Listing
5 RAND
10 LET A=0
20 LET B=0
30 LET T=0
40 PRINT CHR$ 166,CHR$ 167
50 GOSUB 900
60 IF X>50 THEN LET A=A+1
70 IF X>50 THEN GOTO 50
80 GOSUB 900
90 IF X>50 THEN LET B=B+1
100 IF X>50 THEN GOTO 80
110 PRINT A,B
120 IF T=10 THEN STOP
130 LET A=0
140 LET B=0
150 LET T=T+1
160 GOTO 20
900 LET X=INT(100*RND)
910 RETURN
Centered Message
The computer will highlight your message by center
ing it on the video screen.
Use this handy centering program for titles and other
important parts of longer programs.
Program Listing
10 LET A$=""
100 PRINT "MESSAGE:"
110 INPUT M$
200 LET L=LEN M$
210 LET T=L+4
220 FOR Z=l TO T
230 LET A$=A$+"*"
224
240 NEXT Z
250 LET P=(40-T)/2
260 CLS
300 PRINT TAB P;A$
310 PRINT TAB P;"* ";M$;" *"
320 PRINT TAB P;A$
Beautiful Braided Rug

Just goes to show that some of the most attractive
computer graphics require some of the shortest pro
grams.
Program Listing
10 FOR X=l TO 20 STEP 2
20 FOR Y=l TO 20 STEP 2
30 PRINT AT XrY;CHR$ 8
40 PRINT AT X+1,Y+1;CHR$ 128
50 NEXT Y
60 NEXT X
Eyeball Scrambler
Blink. Blink. Blink. It's enough to make your eyeballs
hurt!
The screen is filled with all the many printable
keyboard characters. Some flash on and off. Some do not.
Creates a very lively display!
Program Listing
10 LET X=INT(30*RND)
20 LET Y=INT(20*RND)
30 LET C=INT(256*RND)
40 PRINT AT Y,X;CHR$ C
50 GOTO 10
Draw A Line
There are different ways to draw a line on the
Computer screen.
225
Program Listing
10 LET A$=""
20 FOR L=l TO 30
30 LET A$=A$+"*"
40 NEXT L
50 PRINT A$
Program Listing
10 FOR L=l TO 30
20 PRINT CHR$ 128
30 NEXT L
Program Listing
10 FOR X=l TO 50
20 PLOT X,10
30 NEXT X
Program Listing
10 FOR Y=l TO 25
20 PLOT 20rY
30 NEXT Y
Draw Bar Graphs

Drawing graphs on the video screen are a popular
form of communication today. This program establishes a
bar graph on the display.
We have selected the business-like example, shown
here, to demonstrate how you go about setting up a bar
graph on the TV screen.
Program Listing
10 PRINT "1979 PROFITS"
20 INPUT A
30 CLS
50 INPUT B
60 CLS
80 INPUT C
226
90 CLS
100 LET X$=""
110 PRINT TAB 9;"PROFITS"
200 PRINT AT 3,0;"1979 ";
210 FOR L=l TO A
220 LET X$=X$+CHR$ 128
230 NEXT L
240 PRINT X$
250 LET X$=""
300 PRINT AT 5,0;"198O ";
310 FOR L=l TO B
320 LET X$=X$+CHR$ 128
330 NEXT L
340 PRINT X$
350 LET X$=""
400 PRINT AT 7,0;"1981 ";
410 FOR L=l TO C
420 LET X$=X$+CHR$ 128
430 NEXT L
440 PRINT X$
Random Bar Graph

If you don't have any particular data to display, but
would like to see how these bar graphs work, try this
program.
Program Listing
10 RAND
20 LET X$=""
30 PRINT TAB 9;"PROFITS"
40 PRINT AT 3,0;"1978
50 GOSUB 400
60 PRINT AT 5,0;"1979
70 GOSUB 400
80 PRINT AT 7,0;"1980
90 GOSUB 400
100 STOP
400 FOR L=l TO INT(27*RND)
410 LET X$=X$+CHR$ 128
420 NEXT L
430 PRINT X$
227
440 LET X$=""
450 RETURN
Number reverser
Give the computer any three-digit number and, as a
result of using this particular small programming trick, it
will reverse the original number.
Program Listing
10 "N" CLEAR
20 INPUT"GIVE ME 3-DIGIT NUMBER",N
30 IF N<1 THEN 20
40 IF N>999 THEN 20
50 A=INT(N/100)
60 B=INT(10*(N/100-A))
70 C=INT(10*(N/10-INT(N/10)))
80 PRINT USINGM##lf;C;B;A
90 GOTO 10
Changing signs
This technique changes a negative number to a
positive number. It also deletes either a plus-sign or a
minus-sign, using the ABS function.
Program Listing
10 INPUT A
20 B=ABS A
30 PRINT B
40 GOTO 10
Fraction Inverter
Just for fun, and to demonstrate the power tucked into
the INSTR function, we take fractions and turn them up-
sidedown.
Program Listing
10 CLS
20 LINE INPUT"FRACTI0N M;FR$
30 DV=INSTR(FR$,M/n)
228
40 SL=LEN(FR$)
50 NU$=LEFT$(FR$,DV-1)
60 DE$=RIGHT$(FR$,SL-DV)
70 N=VAL(NU$)
80 D=VAL(DE$)
90 PRINT D;"/";N
100 PRINT D/N
110 GOTO 20
Making Change
A penny saved is a penny earned. Every businessman
is aware of pennies, nickels, dimes, even quarters lost by
sales people who can't make correct change. If you have
sales people accepting cash away from your register, or if
you're too small to have a cash register, use this program to
make correct change.
Program Listing
10 CLSsCLEAR
20 INPUT"NEW SALE AMOUNT IN CENTS " ?X
30 INPUT" AMOUNT TENDERED IN CENTS " *T
40 PRINT
90 A=T-X
100 IF A<25 THEN 140
110 Q=0+1
120 A=A-25
130 GOTO 100
140 IF A<10 THEN 180
150 D=D+1
160 A™A-10
170 GOTO 140
130 IF A<5 THEN 220
190 N=N+1
200 A=A-5
210 GOTO 180
220 P=A
230 PRINT"CORRECT CHANGE IS:"
240 PRINT O ?" QUARTE RS"
250 PRINT D?" DIMES"
260 PRINT N?" NICKLES"
270 PRINT P;n PENNIES"
229
280 PRINT"PRESS M FOR MORE OR Q TO QUIT"
290 K*=INKEY*
300 IF K$="" THEN 290
310 IF K$="M" THEN 10
320 IF K$="Q" THEN END
330 GOTO 280
Income Property
Cash Flow Analysis
Here's a handy program to put your computer to work
on your real estate investments. Potential gross income,
effective gross income, net operating income, and gross
spendable cash are the before-tax cash flows of interest.
In computing these cash flows, one first finds the
potential gross income by multiplying rent per unit you own
times the number of units you own and that times the
number of rental payment periods per year. The result will
be the rental income you could expect if the property were
fully occupied.
Next, you must deduct an allowance for vacancies and
rental losses which you will have. This usually is a percen
tage and the result will be your rent collections. These rent
collections would be the same as your effective gross
income if you have no other income.
If you have other income, such as receipts from conces
sions like laundry equipment and other money produced by
sources other than rental office space, add it in. The result
will be effective gross income.
Now deduct your operating expenses which are those
expenditures you must make to keep the property capable
of producing the gross income. The result will be the net
operating income.
Finally, deduct your annual debt service (interest) on
the mortgage and you will find the gross spendable cash.
Program Listing
10 CLS:CLEAR
20 INPUT"NO. UNITS FOR RENT"?U
30 INPUT"MONTHLY RENT PER UNIT $"?R
40 G=12*R*U
230
50 INPUT"VACANCY RATE 7." ?V
60 L=G*(.01*V)
70 INPUT"OTHER INCOME $"501
80 EG=G+0I-L
90 INPUT"ANNUAL OPERATING COST *"5 0C
100 NI=EG-OC
110 INPUT MORTGAGE ANNUAL DEBT SERVICE
$'* ?DS
120 SC=NI- •DS
130 CLS
140 PRINT POTENTIAL GROSS INCOME $" G
150 PRINT' VACANCY LOSS $" L
160 PRINT' OTHER INCOME $" 01
170 PRINT' EFFECTIVE
GROSS INCOME $" EG
180 PRINT1 NET OPERATINGINCOME *" NI
190 PRINT1 MORTGAGE DEBTSERVICE DS
200 PRINT "GROSS SPENDABLE CASH $" ;sc
300 IF INKEY$ ' THEN 300
310 GOTO 10
Daily Codes
Businesses everywhere are concerned about security.
Banks, credit managers, warehousemen, shipping clerks,
office managers, retail storekeepers, all need private daily
codes for internal use to prevent unauthorized admission
to private files, storage areas, financial records.
Now you can use your computer to generate a weekly
set of codes for each day. If you feel insecure about a
week's list in use, the computer will give you a new set of
code numbers in a flash.
The computer generates a table of randomly-selected
codes for seven days at a time.
Program Listing
10 GOSUB 300
100 PRINT "SUNDAY: n;c
110 GOSUB 300
120 PRINT "MONDAY: n;C
130 GOSUB 300
140 PRINT "TUESDAY: n;C
231
150 GOSUB 300
160 PRINT "WEDNESDAY:
170 GOSUB 300
180 PRINT "THURSDAY:
190 GOSUB 300
200 PRINT "FRIDAY:
210 GOSUB 300
220 PRINT "SATURDAY:
230 STOP
300 LET C=INT(10000*RND)
310 IF C<1000 THEN GOTO 300
320 RETURN
Invoice Computer
There's a lot of repetitious math work to be done before
you mail invoices to your customers. This software has
the computer collect a few pertinent bits of data from you
and then present all the various totals you need to plug in
to an invoice.
It gives you a total retail price for all goods sold on the
invoice, total sales tax if applicable, shipping charges and
the grand total amount due you from your customer.
Program Listing
10 PRINT "QUANTITY SOLD: ";

20 INPUT Q
30 PRINT Q
40 PRINT "UNIT PRICE: $";
50 INPUT P
60 PRINT P
70 PRINT "SALES TAX RATE PERCENT:
80 INPUT S
90 PRINT S
100 PRINT "SHIPPING CHARGES: $";
110 INPUT H
120 PRINT H
130 LET S=S*.01
140 LET C=Q*P
150 LET T=C*S
232
160 LET F=C+T+H
170 LET A=INT(100*C+.5)/100
180 LET B=INT(100*T+-5)/100
190 LET D=INT(100*F+.5)/100
200 CLS
210 PRINT "TOTAL PRICE = $n;A
220 PRINT "SALES TAX = $";B
230 PRINT "SHIPPING CHARGES = $";H
240 PRINT
250 PRINT "INVOICE TOTAL = $";D
270 CLS
280 GOTO 10
Hourly Wages
These useful lines compute total hours worked at
regular pay and number of hours worked at time-and-a-
half overtime. The computer then finds gross pay and
rounds off to the nearest cent.
The program knows that overtime starts after 40
hours. It makes payroll bookkeeping quick and simple.
Program Listing
10 LET T=0
20 LET W=0
30 PRINT "HOURLY PAY RATE = $";
40 INPUT P
50 PRINT P
60 PRINT "NUMBER HOURS WORKED = ";
70 INPUT H
80 PRINT H
90 IF H>40 THEN LET T=H-40
100 IF H>40 THEN GOTO 140
110 LET W=H*P
120 PRINT "GROSS WAGES = $";W
130 STOP
140 LET W=(40*P)+(T*P*1.5)
150 GOTO 120
233
Ad Campaign Profit
The ad salesman is standing in your office pressing
for your answer. Do you want to advertise or not? Adver
tising costs plenty of money today. How can you make a
quick decision about whether or not sales from advertis
ing would be worth the cost?
In this program, the computer asks you for informa
tion about the list price of the item you would sell through
advertising. It asks for the manufacturing cost of that
item; the cost of the advertising campaign; and the
number of units sold.
It computes your gross sales and deducts the cost of
manufacturing and advertising to show an estimate of
profits to be expected. If you key in a zero in response to
the number-sold question, the machine will inquire as to
the amount of profit you would like to make and then tell
you how many units you would have to sell to make such
a profit.
Program Listing
10 PRINT "ITEM LIST PRICE:

20 INPUT B
30 PRINT "$";B
40 PRINT "MFG COST: ";
50 INPUT C
60 PRINT "$";C
70 PRINT "AD COST: ";
80 INPUT D
90 PRINT "$";D
100 PRINT "QUANTITY SOLD: "
110 INPUT A
120 PRINT A
130 IF A=0 THEN GOTO 300
200 LET E=A*B-A*C-D
210 PRINT "$"?E;" PROFIT"
220 GOTO 400
300 PRINT "PROFIT WANTED: $
310 INPUT F
320 PRINT F
234
330 LET A=(F+D)/(B-C)
340 PRINT "YOU MUST SELL ";A
350 PRINT "FOR $";F;" PROFIT"
400 PRINT
410 PRINT
420 PRINT "TO DO ANOTHER, PRESS ANY KEY"
440 CLS
450 GOTO 10
Advertising
Cost-per-Thousand
Suppose your local radio station time salesman told
you he could deliver 51,000 listeners for each $133 ad run
on his station. And your local newspaper space salesman
said he could deliver 160,000 readers for each $330 ad run
in his paper. Which would be the better quantity buy for
you?
This program gives you the answers in black and
white. The newspaper would cost you about $2.06 for
each 1000 readers while the radio station would cost
almost $2.61 per thousand listeners. Now all you need to
decide is which audience you prefer.
By the way, the cost-per-thousand comparison ap
plies to magazines, TV, or any medium.
Program Listing
10 CLS
20 CLEAR
30 PRINT "COST OF AD ? ";
40 INPUT A
50 PRINT "$";A
60 PRINT •CIRCULATION ? ";
70 INPUT C
80 PRINT C
90 LET M==1000* (A/C)
100 PRINT
120 PRINT •$";M ;" COST/THOUSAND
130 FOR Q=l TO 10
140 PRINT
150 NEXT Q
235
160 PRINT "TO DO MORE PRESS ENTER"
170 INPUT K$
180 GOTO 10
Advertising
Cost-per-Unit Sold
Your favorite newspaper had the lowest cost-per-
thousand so you ran an ad. The ad cost you $330. Lots of
customers came by to check out your merchandise and
you actually sold 77 pieces. Whafd it cost you to sell
each item?
With this quickie program you'll know it cost you
$4.28 in ad money to sell each unit.
Program Listing
10 CLS
20 CLEAR
30 PRINT "COST OF AD ? ";
40 INPUT A
50 PRINT "$";A
60 PRINT "UNITS SOLD ? ";
70 INPUT U
80 PRINT U
90 LET C=A/U
100 LET C=INT (100*C+0.5)/100
110 PRINT
120 PRINT "THE AD COST $";C;" PER UNIT
SOLD"
130 FOR Q=l TO 10
140 PRINT
150 NEXT Q
160 PRINT "TO DO MORE PRESS ENTER"
170 INPUT K$
180 GOTO 10
Media Money Massage

If you have used the Ad Campaign Profit program
earlier in this book, you know how many bucks you can
expect to make from advertising. But, suppose two
236
salesmen are standing in your office. One from your local
newspaper and the other from a local television station.
Both want your advertising dollar and you can't decide
which is the best buy. Let your computer decide!
This program compares the cost of advertising in two
media and reports which is most favorable. First it com
putes cost-per-thousand. Then it highlights the least-
expensive medium.
Program Listing
10 PRINT "FIRST MEDIUM: ";
20 INPUT N$
30 PRINT N$
40 PRINT "AD COST: $";
50 INPUT A
60 PRINT A
70 PRINT "CIRCULATION: ";
80 INPUT C
90 PRINT C
100 LET M=1000*(A/C)
110 PRINT "SECOND MEDIUM: ";
120 INPUT P$
130 PRINT P$
140 PRINT "AD COST: $";
150 INPUT Q
160 PRINT Q
170 PRINT "CIRCULATION: ";
180 INPUT R
190 PRINT R
200 LET S=1000*(Q/R)
210 PRINT
220 PRINT
230 PRINT N$;" CPM: $";M
240 PRINT P$;" CPM: $";S
250 IF S>M THEN PRINT N$;" IS LOWER"
260 IF M>S THEN PRINT P$;" IS LOWER"
270 IF M=S THEN PRINT "NO DIFFERENCE"
300 PRINT
310 PRINT
320 PRINT "TO DO MORE, PRESS ANY KEY"
340 CLS
350 GOTO 10
237
Salesman's Commission
Representatives, salesmen, account representatives,
sales representatives. Here's the no-sweat way to com
pute commissions to be paid to your sales corps.
The computer will ask yotpfor pertinent data and then
display results including the salesman's name, the pay
period, his commission percentage rate, gross sales, and
commission payable.
Program Listing
10 PRINT "SALESMAN COMMISSION"
20 FOR L=l TO 19
30 PRINT "*";
40 NEXT L
50 PRINT
100 PRINT "PERIOD ENDING DATE: ";
110 INPUT D$
120 PRINT D$
200 PRINT "SALESMAN NAME: ";
210 INPUT N$
220 PRINT N$
300 PRINT "COMMISSION PERCENT: ";
310 INPUT P
320 PRINT P
330 LET K=P*.01
400 PRINT "GROSS SALES: ";
410 INPUT Q
420 PRINT "$";Q
430 LET T=K*Q
500 PRINT "COMMISSION: $";T
510 PRINT
520 PRINT
530 PRINT "FOR ANOTHER, PRESS ANY KEY"
600 IF INKEY$ ="" THEN GOTO 600
610 CLS
620 GOTO 10
Unit Price
Suppose you find 895 green Widgets and buy them
238
for $695. How much did each green Widget cost?
Rounded off, $.77.
Unit price is total price divided by quantity. The quanti
ty can be expressed in weight, total numbers, etc.
This program asks for the name of the item, quantity
purchased and total price paid. It then displays quantity,
name, total and unit price.
Program Listing
10 LET U=0
20 PRINT "ITEM NAME IS ";
30 INPUT N$
40 PRINT N$
50 PRINT "QUANTITY OF ITEMS = ";
60 INPUT Q
70 PRINT Q
80 PRINT"TOTAL PRICE PAID FOR ITEMS
= $";
90 INPUT P
100 PRINT P
110 LET U=P/Q
120 PRINT N$;" UNIT PRICE = $";U
200 PRINT
210 PRINT
220 PRINT "TO DO ANOTHER, PRESS ANY KEY'
240 CLS
250 GOTO 10
Cash Receipts Comparer

Business been up? Or, dropping off? How have your
cash receipts looked over the last six months?
This short, easy-to-key-in piece of software accepts
data from you about each month's receipts and then
displays that data in an easy-to-read graph. The graph
shows exactly how one month's receipts compare with
another.
Program Listing
10 CLEAR
239
20 DIM R(6)
100 FOR M=l TO 6
110 PRINT "DATA FOR MONTH ";M;"
120 INPUT R(M)
130 IF R(M)>22 THEN GOTO 120
140 CLS
150 NEXT M
200 FOR M=l TO 6
210 PRINT "MONTH ";M;
220 FOR L=0 TO R(M)-1
230 PRINT CHR$ 128;
240 NEXT L
250 PRINT
260 PRINT
270 NEXT M
280 PRINT
290 PRINT TAB 10;"RECEIPTS"
310 CLS
320 GOTO 10
Mark Up
Mr. Storekeeper, here's just what you have needed to
compute mark ups. This program finds the retail price
for which your percentage off would give the wholesale
cost.
Program Listing
10 LET D=0
20 LET R=0
30 PRINT "WHOLESALE COST = $";
40 INPUT W
50 PRINT W
60 PRINT "MARK-UP PERCENTAGE = ";
70 INPUT P
80 PRINT P
90 CLS
100 LET D=1-.01*P
110 LET R=W/D
120 PRINT "RETAIL PRICE = $";R
240
130 PRINT
140 PRINT
150 PRINT "TO DO MORE, PRESS ANY KEY"
170 CLS
180 GOTO 10
Daily Receipts Adder

This program allows a businessman to quickly add
up his day's receipts, from both wholesale and retail
orders as desired.
Program Listing
1 REM *****CONNECT A PRINTER
2 REM *****TO THE COMPUTER
3 REM *****BEFORE RUNNING
4 REM *****OR DELETE LINES
5 REM *****420, 440, 460,
6 REM *****480, 500, 520,
7 REM *****560 AND 580.
10 CLS
15 CLEAR
20 LET D=0
21 LET U=0
22 LET V=0
23 LET F=0
24 LET E=0
25 LET T=0
30 PRINT "WHOLESALE ? ";
40 INPUT W$
50 IF W$="" THEN GOTO 200
60 LET T=T+1
70 LET D=D+VAL W$
80 PRINT W$
90 LET W$=""
100 GOTO 30
200 CLS
210 PRINT "RETAIL ? "y
220 INPUT R$
230 IF R$="" THEN GOTO 400
241
240 LET V=V+1
250 LET E=E+VAL R$
260 PRINT R$
270 LET R$="n
280 GOTO 210
400 CLS
410 PRINT "WHOLESALE $";D
420 LPRINT "WHOLESALE $";D
430 PRINT T;" WHOLESALE ITEMS"
440 LPRINT T;" WHOLESALE ITEMS"
450 PRINT
460 LPRINT
470 PRINT "RETAIL §";E
480 LPRINT "RETAIL $";E
490 PRINT V;" RETAIL ITEMS"
500 LPRINT V;" RETAIL ITEMS"
510 PRINT
520 LPRINT
530 LET F=E+D
540 LET U=T+V
550 PRINT "TOTAL RECEIPTS $";F
560 LPRINT "TOTAL RECEIPTS $";F
570 PRINT U;n TOTAL ITEMS"
580 LPRINT U;" TOTAL ITEMS"
To Nearest 95 Cents
Many companies like to price their goods at a figure
ending in 95 cents. For instance, a ten dollar item might
be marked $9.95 or $10.95.
Here's a program which demonstrates how to make
all prices come out to the nearest 95 cents.
Program Listing
10 LET P=0
20 PRINT "MANUFACTURING COST:"
25 INPUT C
30 PRINT "PRICING MULTIPLIER:"
35 INPUT M
40 LET P=INT (C*M)+0.95
50 CLS
242
60 PRINT "RETAIL PRICE: $";P
70 PRINT
80 GOTO 10
To the Nearest Penny

This program is useful when you have a dollar-and-
cents figure with more than two decimal places. For ex
ample, $151.6972. You need to transform $151.6972 to the
more common $151.70
Program Listing
10 LET R=0
20 PRINT "ENTER A NUMBER TO"
30 PRINT "MORE THAN TWO DECIMAL PLACES'
40 PRINT "ORIGINAL AMOUNT $ = "
50 INPUT N
60 LET R=INT(100*N+.5)/100
70 CLS
80 PRINT "TO THE NEAREST PENNY"
90 PRINT "$";N;" IS $";R
100 PRINT
110 GOTO 10
Percentage Off
For example, how much is 40 percent off? This pro
gram can be used to interpret 40 percent off and compute
the decimal value needed. Try 40 percent off $100. The
computer will change 40 percent off into decimal value
0.60. If you multiply 0.60 times $100 you find $60 is 40 per
cent off $100.
Line 30 makes the important translation.
Program Listing
10 PRINT "PERCENTAGE OFF: ";
20 INPUT P
30 PRINT P
40 PRINT "DECIMAL: ";(1-0.01*P)
50 PRINT
60 GOTO 10
243
Dollars & Cents
If the result of your computation is a "money"
answer, and you don't know whether to display it in
dollars or cents, let the computer decide.
Program Listing
10 LET T=0
20 PRINT "QUANTITY = ";
30 INPUT P
40 PRINT P
50 PRINT "TOTAL COST = $";
60 INPUT C
70 PRINT C
80 LET T=C/P
90 IF T<1 THEN GOTO 130
100 PRINT "EACH COST $";T
110 PRINT
120 GOTO 10
130 LET T=100*T
140 PRINT "EACH COST ";T;" CENTS"
150 PRINT
160 GOTO 10
Shipments
A bar graph displaying number of shipments per
month can be a useful way to see the trend in the move
ment of inventory from your warehouse.
Program Listing
19 PRINT CHR*C147>
100 INPUT"JANUARY";JA
110 1NPUT"FEBRUARY";FE
120 INPUT"riARCH";MA
138 INPUT"flPRIL";flP
140 INPUT'TIAVMNV
150 INPUT"JUNE"JJU
160 INPUT"JULV";JL
170 I NPUT" AUGUST ".;AU
180 INPUT"SEPTEMBER"jSE
244
190 INPUT"OCTOBER";OC
200 I NPUT "NOVEMBER " ;NO
210 1NPUT"DECEMBER";BE
410 PRINT CHR$a47>:REM CLEAR SCREEN
500 PRINT TABC2>;"MONTHLY SHIPMENTS"
510 PR I NT TAB <. 3 > ; " <. RANOE '• 0 TO 17 } "
520 PRINT"JAN":
530 Z«Jfl:GQSUB 900
540 PRINT"FEB";
550 Z=FE^GOSUB 900
560 PRINT"MAR";
570 Z«Mfi:G03UB 900
580 PRINT"APR";
590 Z=AP:G03UB 900
600 PRINT"MAY";
610 Z=MY-GOSUB 900
620 PRINT"JUN";.
630 Z=JU:GQSUB 900
640 PRINT"JUL";
650 Z=JL'OOSUB 900
66Q PRINT"AUG";
670 Z«AU:GOSUB 900
6S0 PRINT"SEP";
690 Z*SE:GOSUB 900
700 PRINT"OCT";
710 Z=OC:GOSUB 900
720 PRINT"NOV";
730 Z=NO:GOSUB 900
740 PRINT"DEC";
750 Z=DE-GOSUB 900
800 FOR L=i TO 5:PRINT:NEXT L
310 INPUT"FOR MORE PRESS RETURN"JK*
820 CLR'-GOTO 10
900 FOR L=l TO Z
910 PRINT CHR*a62>;
920 NEXT L
930 PRINT
940 RETURN
Profit Estimator
How much cash flow will I generate if I sell 100
245
thingamabobs? A question faced everyday in the
business office. Whether you sell large lots at wholesale,
small quantities across the retail counter, or individual
items via mail order, this program will give you a quick
estimate of expected cash flow and potential profits.
Program Listing
10 PRINT >":DIM Q$ ( 1 )
20 PRINT PROFIT ESTIMATOR"
30 PRINT
40 PRINT "WHICH TYPE OF SALE:
50 PRINT "WHOLESALE <W>"
60 PRINT "DIRECT MAIL (D)"
70 PRINT "MEDIA AD RESPONSE <M)
80 PRINT
II V II
100 PRINT
110 PRINT "W, D OR M ?"
120 INPUT
130 IF Q$-"W" THEN 1000
140 IF Q$="D" THEN 2000
150 IF Q*=MM" THEN 3000
160 PRINT "OKAY, YOU SELECTED
170 PRINT "HOWEVER, ",$*;" IS NOT"
180 PRINT "A CHOICE. TRY AGAIN,
200 PRINT
210 GOTO 100
1000 PRINT " >" :CLR :DIIi A$<1)
1010 PRINT "WHOLESALE"
1020 PRINT "PROFIT ESTIMATOR"
1030 PRINT
ti \ ii
1040 PRINT
1060 PRINT "PLEASE ANSWER THESE QUESTIONS"
1070 PRINT :PRINT "MANUFACTURING COST $"
1080 INPUT C
1090 PRINT ">":PRINT "QUANTITY MANUFACTURED"
1100 INPUT P
1110 PRINT ">":PRINT "LIST PRICE OF ITEM *"
1120 INPUT L
1130 PRINT ">":PRINT "TOTAL QUANTITY SOLD"
1140 INPUT S
1150 IF SO0 THEN 1160
246
1155 GOTO 10
1160 PRINT "WHOLESALE DISCOUNT 7."
1165 INPUT D
1170 UC=C/P
1180 UP=(L*((100-D>/100> >-UC
1190 W=L*S*< <100~D>/100)
1200 G=W-<S*UC)
n \ ti
1210 PRINT
1220 PRINT
II II
1230 PRINT
1240 PRINT "UNIT COST IS *" ",UC
1250 PRINT "UNIT PROFIT IS $"5UP
1260 PRINT "WHOLESALE GROSS *" ;W
1270 PRINT "WHOLESALE PROFIT $";G
ii it
1280 PRINT
1290 PRINT
1300 PRINT "FOR MORE, PRESS M AND RETURN"
1310 PRINT
1320 INPUT A$
1330 IF A$=="M" THEN 10
1340 PRINT "THANK YOU."
1350 END
2000 PRINT H >M :CLR '-DIM A$(l)
2010 PRINT "DIRECT MAIL"
2030 PRINT
n * ii
2050 PRINT
2070 PRINT :PRINT "MANUFACTURING COST *"
2080 INPUT C
2090 PRINT "}":PRINT "QUANTITY MANUFACTURE
2100 INPUT P
2110 PRINT ">":PRINT "LIST PRICE OF ITEM *
2120 I NPUT L
2130 PRINT "}":PRINT "TOTAL QUANTITY SOLD"
2140 INPUT S
2150 PRINT "}":PRINT "NUMBER FLYERS MAILED
2160 INPUT K
2170 PRINT ">":PRINT "FLYER PRINTING COST *"
2180 INPUT R
2190 PRINT ">":PRINT "POSTAGE COST *"
2200 INPUT M
247
2210 UC=C/P
2220 J=100*S/K
2230 T=L*S-<R+M+UC*S>
2240 U=L*S
II V II
2250 PRINT
2260 PRINT
2270 PRINT
2280 PRINT "DIRECT MAIL"
2290 PRINT "RETURN IS "5 J?" PERCENT"
2300 PRINT "DIRECT MAIL GROSS $";U
2310 PRINT "DIRECT MAIL PROFIT *" ;T
2320 PRINT
2330 PRINT
2350 PRINT
2360 INPUT A*
2370 IF A*= :"M" THEN 10
2390 END
3000 PRINT ">":CLR :DIM A$(l>
3010 PRINT "RESPONSE TO ADVERTISEMENT"
3030 PRINT
ii ^ ii
3050 PRINT
3070 PRINT SPRINT "MANUFACTURING COST $"
3080 INPUT C
3090 PRINT "}":PRINT "QUANTITY MANUFACTURED"
3100 INPUT P
3110 PRINT "> :PRINT "LIST PRICE OF ITEM *"
3120 INPUT L
3130 PRINT "> :PRINT "AD COST PER INSERTION *"
3140 INPUT A
3150 PRINT "} SPRINT "NUMBER OF INSERTIONS ?"
3160 INPUT I
it \ H
3170 PRINT
n \ ii
3180 PRINT
3190 PRINT "WHICH DO YOU WANT TO KNOW ?"
3200 PRINT
3210 PRINT "SALES QUANTITY NEEDED"
3220 PRINT "TO BREAK EVEN <Q>"
3230 PRINT
248
3240 PRINT "PROFIT FROM SELLING"
3250 PRINT "A SPECIFIC QUANTITY <P>
3260 PRINT
3270 PRINT up OR Q ?"
3280 INPUT A*
3290 IF A*="P"
THEN 3460
3300 IF A$="Q" THEN 3330
3310 GOTO 3270
3320 PRINT
3330 PRINT
3340 B=INT((C+A)/L)+1
3350 PRINT " "
3360 PRINT "SELL ";B5 TO BREAK EVEN"
3370 PRINT "INCLUDING COVERING"
3380 PRINT n$";C5" MANUFACTURING COST"
3390 PRINT "AND *";A*I;" AD CAMPAIGN"
3400 PRINT
3410 PRINT
3430 INPUT A$
3440 IF A$="M" THEN 10
3450 PRINT "THANK YOU":END
3460 PRINT SPRINT "QUANTITY SOLD ?"
3470 INPUT S
3480 N=S*L
3490 UC=C/P
3500 E=S*L.-S*UC--A*I
3510 PRINT
3520 PRINT " "
3530 PRINT ORDERS GROSS IS *";N
3540 PRINT DIRECT MAIL PROFIT IS $"?E
3550 PRINT " "
3560 PRINT
3580 INPUT A$
3590 IF A*="M" THEN 10
3610 END
Sales Required For A Profit

This handy program gives a quick estimate of how
249
many units have to be sold, at a certain "profit" or
cashflow amount per unit, to achieve a desired gross pro
fit or cashflow.
Program Listing
10 PRINT "}"SREM CLEAR SCREEN
20 DIM X$( 1)
30 PRINT "INCOME WANTED = $"
40 INPUT I
50 PRINT "PROFIT/UNIT SOLD = *"
60 INPUT P
70 Y=I/PsM=Y/125W=Y/52sD=W/6
100 PRINT SPRINT
110 PRINT "SELL ";Y5" PER YR"
120 PRINT "SELL ";M"," PER MO"
130 PRINT "SELL " ",W;" PER WEEK"
140 PRINT "SELL ";D;» PER DAY"
200 PRINT SPRINT SPRINT
210 PRINT "TO DO MORE, PRESS RETURN"
220 INPUT X*
230 CLR sGOTO 10
Gross & Net Computer

In response to its inquiries on the display, tell
the computer how much it costs to manufacture your
thingamabob, what its list price is and at what discount
you plan to sell the thingamabobs. As soon as you tell the
computer how many thingamabobs you will sell, it will
compute the total Invoice amount you will charge your
customer and your anticipated profits after manufactur
ing costs are deducted.
Program Listing
10 DIM T$(20),K$(1)
20 PRINT ">"SREM CLEAR SCREEN
30 PRINT "ITEMS"
40 INPUT T*
50 PRINT "LIST PRICE $"
60 INPUT L
70 PRINT "MANUFACTURING COST $"
80 INPUT C
250
90 PRINT "WHOLESALE DISCOUNT "/."
100 INPUT W
110 D=1-0.01*W
120 PRINT "QUANTITY SOLD"
130 INPUT S
140 I=L*S*Dsp=I-S*C
200 PRINT "}"5REM CLEAR SCREEN
210 PRINT "ITEMS",,T*
220 PRINT "LIST PRICE","*";L
230 PRINT "MFG COST",,"*"5C
240 PRINT "SOLD",,S
250 PRINT "DISCOUNT", ,W; "7."
260 PRINT
270 PRINT "INVOICE",,"*";I
280 PRINT "PROFIT" ,,"*" ', P
300 PRINT SPRINT SPRINT SPRINT
310 PRINT "FOR MORE, PRESS RETURN"
320 INPUT K*
330 CLR sGOTO 10
Yes/No Decision Maker

This Is handy for the busy executive who doesn't
have time for decisions.
Program Listing
10 PRINT CHR*(147):Z=RND<-TI)
20 IF <100*RNDa)»49 THEN PRINT"VES"
:GOTO 40
30 PRINT"NO"
40 GET K*=IF K*="" THEN 40
50 GOTO 10
Executive Decision Maker

Stumped by a toughie? Got one too hot to handle
alone? Need help with major decisions? When there is no
other way to decide, punch up this quickie and get a
definite YES or NO.
Program Listing
10 PRINT CHR$<147>
251
20 Q-RND<-TI>
30 R«INT <1000*RND <1> >
50 IF R>499 THEN PRINT TAB<8> "VES"
:GOTO 100
60 PRINT TAB<8> "NO"
100 FOR L-l TO 12:PRINT:NEXT l
110 PRINT" PRESS RNV KEV"
120 PRINT" TO MAKE ANOTHER"
130 PRINT" IMPORTANT DECISION"
140 GET K*
150 IF K*-"" THEN 140
160 CLR
170 GOTO 10
Superior Decision Maker

In this superior edition, a choice of eight replies is
possible.
Program Listing
10 DATA FIRE SOMEONE
20 DATA PASS THE BUCK
30 DATA VES
40 DATA MAYBE
50 DATA REORGANIZE
60 DATA SIT ON IT
70 DATA NO
80 DATA SEE VOUR ANALYST
90 Q»RND<-TI)
100 PRINT CHR$<147>
110 N«INT<9*RNDC1>>
120 IF N<1 THEN 110
130 FOR L«l TO N
140 READ 2*
150 NEXT L
160 PRINT Z*
170 GET K*
180 IF K$="" THEN 170
190 RESTORE
200 GOTO 100
252
Selling Prices
Of World Currencies
Your own world currency guide allows you to convert
money from one currency to another quickly.
Program Listing
10 CLS
100 DATA "ARGENTINA","PESO",.0001
110 DATA "AUSTRALIA","DOLLAR",.9815
120 DATA "AUSTRIA","SCHILLING",.0584
130 DATA "BAHAMAS","DOLLAR",1
140 DATA "BELGIUM","FRANC",.0215
150 DATA "BELIZE","DOLLAR",.5
160 DATA "BERMUDA","DOLLAR",1
170 DATA "BRAZIL","CRUZEIRO",.0053
180 DATA "CANADA","DOLLAR",.8114
190 DATA "CHILE","PESO",.0256
200 DATA "CHINA","YUAN",.5236
210 DATA "COLOMBIA","PESO",.0153
220 DATA "CYPRUS","POUND",2.1552
230 DATA "DENMARK","KRONE",.1178
240 DATA "ECUADOR","SUCRE",.0303
250 DATA "EGYPT","POUND",1.2195
260 DATA "FINLAND","MARKKA",.2129
270 DATA "FRANCE","FRANC",.1475
280 DATA "GERMANY","MARK",.4137
290 DATA "GREAT BRITAIN","POUND",1.776
300 DATA "GREECE","DRACHMA",.0146
310 DATA "HAITI","GOURDE",.2
320 DATA "HONG KONG","DOLLAR",.1682
330 DATA "HUNGARY","FORINT",.029
340 DATA "ICELAND","KRONA",.0994
350 DATA "INDIA","RUPEE",.1053
360 DATA "IRAQ","DINAR",3.3862
370 DATA "IRELAND","POUND",1.4155
380 DATA "ISRAEL","SHEKEL",.0377
390 DATA "ITALY","LIRA",.0008
400 DATA "JAPAN","YEN",.004
410 DATA "MEXICO","PESO",.0111
420 DATA "NETHERLANDS","GUILDER",.3781
253
430 DATA "NEW ZEALAND","DOLLAR",.7405
440 DATA "NIGERIA","NAIRA",1.4808
450 DATA "NORWAY","KRONE",.1523
460 DATA "PAKISTAN","RUPEE",.0809
470 DATA "PERU","SOL",.0014
480 DATA "POLAND","ZLOTY",.0125
490 DATA "PORTUGAL","ESCUDO",.0118
500 DATA "SAUDI ARABIA","RIYAL",.2907
510 DATA "SOUTH AFRICA","RAND",.8807
520 DATA "SPAIN","PESETA",.0091
530 DATA "SWEDEN","KRONA",.1653
540 DATA "SWITZERLAND","FRANC",.4902
550 DATA "THAILAND","BAHT",.0435
560 DATA "TURKEY","LIRA",.0066
570 DATA "USSR","RUBLE",1.3986
580 DATA "VENEZUELA","BOLIVAR",.2329
590 DATA "ZAMBIA","KWACHA",1.084
600 BEEP1,1
610 INPUT "COUNTRY: ";C§
700 FOR L=l TO 50
710 READ CC$,M$,V
720 IF CC$=C$ THEN 800
730 CC$=""
740 NEXT L
750 RESTORE
760 GOTO 600
800 RESTORE
810 BEEP 3
820 WAIT 0
830 PRINT M$;" = $X";V
910 GOTO 600
Percent to Decimal
Here's another way to change percentages to deci
mals inside a program to simplify entry by permitting
percents to be entered as simple numbers.
Program Listing
10 PRINT ">"sREM CLEAR SCREEN

20 PRINT "PRICE *"i,sINPUT P
254
30 PRINT "SALES TAX INPUT R
40 T=0„01*R
50 S=T*P:B=P+S
60 PRINT "SALES TAX"
70 PRINT "TOTAL BILL","*";B
80 PRINT :PRINT :PRINT "-PRINT
90 CLR :GOTO 20
Volumes
Cones. Cubes. Cylinders. Prisms. Pyramids.
Spheres. Name your object. This program computes the
volume and displays it in cubic units.
Program Listing
10 GOSUB 980
20 PRINT: PRINT • PRINT
30 INPUT"OBJECT NflME";X*
50 PRINT
60 IF X$*"CONE" THEN 100
65 IF X$="PYRAMID" THEN 100
70 IF X*-MCUBE" THEN 200
75 IF X*-"CYLINDER" THEN 300
80 IF X*="PRISM" THEN 400
85 IF X$="SPHERE" THEN 500
90 PRINT"TRY AGAIN"
95 GOTO 20
100 PRINT X$;" AREA";
110 INPUT A
120 PRINT X*;" HEIGHTH";
130 INPUT H
140 V-<fl*HV3
150 GOTO 600
200 PRINT X$;,: LENGTH";
210 INPUT L
220 PRINT X$;" WIDTH";
230 INPUT W
240 PRINT X$;" HEIGHTH";
250 INPUT H
260 V«L*W*H
270 GOTO 600
255
300 PRINT X*;" RADIUS";
310 INPUT R
320 PRINT X$;" HEIGHTH";
330 INPUT H
340 V*3.141592654*2*R*H
350 GOTO 600
400 PRINT X*;" AREA";
410 INPUT A
420 PRINT X$;n HEIGHTH";
430 INPUT H
440 V=»A*H
450 GOTO 600
500 PRINT X*;" RADIUS";
510 INPUT R
520 V« <3.141592654*4* <R 1<3 > >/3
600 PRINT
610 PRINT X*;" VOLUME ";V
630 GOTO 20
900 PRINT CHR*<147>;CHR*<28>
910 PRINT TAB<5>;CHR$ail>;
920 FOR L-l TO ll'-PRINT CHR$<163>;:NEXT L
930 PRINT CHR$ai2)
935 PRINT TAB<5>;CHR*<165>;
940 PRINT TAB<8>;"VOLUMES";
950 PRINT TAB<17>;CHR$aS7>
955 PRINT TAB<5>;CHR$<108>;
957 FOR L«l TO IMPRINT CHR$U64>; :NEXT L
960 PRINT TAB<17>;CHR$<186>
970 PRINT CHR$<144>
980 RETURN
Areas
Circle. Ellipse. Parabola. Sphere. Square. Rectangle.
Triangle. Name your shape. This program will compute its
area. Surface area in the case of the sphere.
Program Listing
10 PRINT CHR*<147>=REM CLEAR SCREEN
20 INPUT"SHAPE"JS*
30 PRINT
256
40 IF S*«"CIRCLE" THEN 200
50 IF S*»"ELLIPSE" THEN 300
60 IF S*="PARABOLA" THEN 400
70 IF S*-"SPHERE" THEN 500
80 IF S*«"SQUARE" THEN 600
90 IF S*«"RECTANGLE" THEN 600
100 IF S*»"TRIANGLE" THEN 780
110 PRINT"NOT A RECOGNIZED SHAPE TRY AGAIN
120 PRINT
130 GOTO 20
200 INPUT "RAD IUS MR
210 A=3.141592654* <R12>
220 GOTO 800
300 INPUT"MAJOR AXIS";J
310 INPUT"MINOR AXIS";N
320 A»0.7854*J#N
330 GOTO 800
400 INPUT"BASE";B
410 INPUT"HEIGHTH";H
420 A=<2/3>*<B*H>
430 GOTO 808
500 input"radiusm;r
510 A«3.141592654*4*-::R12>
520 GOTO 888
600 INPUT"LENGTH",L
610 IF S$="SQUARE" THEN A=L#L:GOTO S08
628 INPUTUWIDTH";W
630 A»L*W
640 GOTO 800
780 INPUT"BASE";B
710 INPUT"HEIGHTH,,;H
728 A*0,5*B*H
880 PRINT
818 PRINT"AREA ";A
820 PRINT
830 GOTO 28
Reciprocals
Key in any number. The computer will display its
reciprocal. The actual conversion is done here at line 30.
257
Program Listing
10 PRINT CHR*<147>:REM CLEAR SCREEN
15 PRINT"NUMBER TO BE CONVERTED"
28 INPUT"TO ITS RECIPROCAL";N
25 IF N«0 THEN PRINT:GOTO 15
30 R«l/N
50 PRINT"RECIPROCAL OF";N
68 PRINT"IS";R
88 INPUT"FOR MORE PRESS RETURN";K$
90 CLR-GOTO 10
Averages
Key in numbers In any order. A zero will end entry.
The computer will tell you the average number of all
numbers you entered.
Program Listing
18 PRINT CHR*<147>:REM CLEAR SCREEN
20 INPUT"GIVE ME A NUMBER";Z
38 IF Z=0 THEN 70
40 N-N+l
58 T*T+Z
60 GOTO 20
70 A*T/N
110 PRINT"THE AVERAGE IS";A
130 INPUT"FOR MORE PRESS RETURN";K$
140 CLR=GOTO 10
Fractional feet
You are measuring a box and the computation comes
out to 14.5 feet. How do you change 14.5 feet into 14 feet 6
inches? Here's how:
Program Listing
10 PRINT CHR*<147>
258
20 PRINT"TVPE FRACTIONAL FEET"
30 PRINT"(FEET TO A DECIMAL)"
40 INPUT F
45 W=INTCF>
50 B-F-W
60 D=12*B
62 IF <D-INT<D>><0.5 THEN I-INT<D>=GOTO 8(
70 I-INT<D>+1
80 PRINT
90 PRINT F;"FEET ="
100 PRINT W;"FEET";I;"INCHES"
200 FOR L=l TO 10-PRINT:NEXT l
218 INPUT"PRESS RETURN FOR MORE";K$
220 CLR:GOTO 10
Standard Deviation
Here's a way to determine mean and standard devia
tion. In this particular program, you exit the entry cycle by
entering the large number 999999999 (nine 9's) so you
can't use 999999999 as one of your data points.
Program Listing
10 PRINT CHR$<147):REM CLEAR SCREEN
20 INPUT"DATA POINT:";*
30 IF X»999999999 THEN 60
40 T=T+X:S=S+K12•N«N+1
50 GOTO 20
60 A*T/N :V=S,-'N-A t2 :D=SQR <V >
78 print:print=print
80 print"data points total";t
90 print"meanh;a
100 print"variance"jv
110 print"std deviation";d
120 print:print:print
130 input"for more press return"jk*
148 CLR:GOTO 18
Normal Distribution
This statistics program allows the computer to find
normal distribution by Hastings' best approximation.
259
Program Listing
10 WAIT 120
20 PRINT "***NORMAL DISTRIBUTION***"
30 INPUT "X=";X
40 T=1/(1+(.2316419*X))
50 Q=(1/(/12*tt)))*(EXP (-(XA2/2)))
60 A=.31938153
70 B=-.356563782
80 C=l.78147937
90 D=-l.821255978
100 E=l.330274429
110 PX=1-Q*((A*T)+(B*TA2)+(C*TA3)+(D*TA4)
+(E*TA5))
120 PRINT PX
140 CLEAR
150 GOTO 30
Spearman's Coefficient
The computer is great at statistics! Here it finds
Spearman's coefficient of rank correlation.
Program Listing
10 WAIT 120
20 PRINT "****RANK CORRELATION****"
30 WAIT 0
40 C=0
50 N=l
60 PRINT "A";N;"=n;:INPUT A$
70 IF A$="X"THEN GOTO 150
80 A=VAL A$
90 CLS
100 PRINT "Bn;N;"=";:INPUT B
110 CLS
120 C=C+((A-B)A2)
130 N=N+1
140 GOTO 60
150 WAIT 300
160 N=N-1
170 R=1-((6*C)/(NA3-N))
260
180 PRINT "R=";R
190 GOTO 10
Aggregate Classification
The computer will find the aggregate classification
and will do prorating. In this set of program lines, we treat
the data as money or financial items. The program could
just as well be used as an exam-score sorter or inventory
dollar-value sorter or some other kind of sorter.
The result of the run is a neat list, broken down by
code group classification. You can change the print word
ing if you like.
Program Listing
10 WAIT 120
20 PRINT "*AGGREGATE CLASSIFICATION*'
30 CLEAR
40 DIM C(10)
50 INPUT "CODE: ";N$
60 IF N$="X"THEN 200
70 N=VAL N$
80 INPUT "AMOUNT: $";D
90 C(N)=C(N)+D
100 T=T+D
110 GOTO 50
200 GOSUB 300
210 LPRINT "CODE";TAB 8;"AMOUNT"
220 GOSUB 300
230 FOR N=l TO 10
240 LPRINT N;TAB 8;"$";C(N)
250 NEXT N
260 GOSUB 300
270 LPRINT "TOTAL:";TAB 8;"$";T
280 GOSUB 300
290 GOTO 10
300 FOR L=l TO 16
310 LPRINT "-";
320 NEXT L
330 LPRINT
340 RETURN
261
N-Month Moving Average
This statistical routine finds the n-month moving
average.
You type inthe dataandthe results will be displayed.
Program Listing
10 CLEAR
20 WAIT 120
30 PRINT "*****MOVING AVERAGE*****"
40 INPUT "NO. MONTHS: ";X
50 WAIT 0
60 DIM A(X)
70 FOR Y=l TO X
80 PRINT "MO.";Y;" DATA: ";
90 INPUT A(Y)
100 CLS
110 W=W+A(Y)
120 NEXT Y
130 Z=Z+1
140 IF Z>X THEN LET Z=l
150 V=W/X
160 W=W-A(Z)
170 WAIT 120
180 PRINT "AVERAGE =";V
190 WAIT 0
200 PRINT "MO.";Z+6?" DATA: ";
210 INPUT A(Z)
220 PRINT
230 W=W+A(Z)
240 GOTO 130
f-Distribution
Here the computer finds f-distribution in a simple
easy-to-use statistical program. The result is Q(x).
Program Listing
10 WAIT 0
20 PRINT "F-DISTRIBUTION"
40 INPUT "X=";X
262
50 INPUT "V1=";B
60 INPUT "V2=n;C
7 0 G=C/(C+X*B):A=l:J=l:K=l
80 F=C/2:IF ((B/2)-(INT (B/2)))=0THEN 110
90 IF (F-INT F) =0 THEN 170
100 Z=0:GOTO 270
110 IF (F-INT F)=0 THEN 130
120 GOTO 140
130 IF B-C>=0 THEN 170
140 X=0:F=0:E=C:H=1-G
150 IF (B-2)/2=K THEN 230
160 K=(B-2)/2:GOTO 200
170 X=1:F=0:E=3:H=G
180 IF (C-2)/2=K THEN 230
190 K=(C-2)/2
200 1=1+1:IF I=K THEN 230
210 F=F+2:J=J*E/F*H:A=A+J
220 E=E+2:GOTO 200
230 A=A+J*E/(F+2)*H
240 IF X=0THEN 260
250 H=l-G:Z=l-A*HA(B/2):GOTO 270
260 Z=A*GA(C/2)
270 PRINT "QX=";Z
290 CLEAR
300 GOTO 40
t-Distribution
This quick-typing program allows the computer to
find t-distribution, l(x,v).
Program Listing
10 PAUSE "T-DISTRIBUTION"
30 CLEAR
40 INPUT "X=";X
50 INPUT "V=";V
60 G=1:F=1:A=1
70 X=ATN (X//v):C=COS XA2
80 IF ((V/2)-INT(V/2))=0THEN 130
90 B=2*X/tt:IF V=G THEN 180
263
100 G=V-1:D=3
110 E=E+2:IF E=G THEN 190
120 F=F*E/D*C:A=A+F:D=D+2:GOTO 110
130 G=V:D=1
140 E=E+2:IF E=G THEN 170
150 F=F*D/E*C
160 A=A+F:D=D+2:GOTO 140
170 Z=SIN X*A:GOTO 200
180 Z=B:GOTO 200
190 Z=2A*COS X* SIN X*A+B
200 PAUSE "I=";Z
220 GOTO 30
2x2 Contingency Table

This statistical table finds XJ and Yeat's correction,
X2.
s The software considers Aand Bare dependent if X^2
is greaterthan 3.84 (risk 5 percent).
Here's the 2-by-2 table set up:
Total
Bi B2
b a+b=g
A1 a
A2 c d c +d= h
Total a + c = e b+d= f a+b+c+d=n
Program Listing
10 WAIT 0
20 PRINT "2x2 CONTINGENCY TABLE'
40 INPUT "A=";A:LPRINT "A=";A
50 INPUT "B=";B:LPRINT "B=";B
60 INPUT "C=";C:LPRINT nC=";C
70 INPUT "D=";D:LPRINT "D=";D
80 E=A+C
90 F=B+D
100 G=A+B
264
110 H=C+D
120 N=E+F
130 XO=(A*D-B*C)A2*N/(E*F*G*H)
140 XS=N*(ABS (A*D-B*C)-N/2)A2/(E*F*G*H)
150 PAUSE "XO=";XO:LPRINT "XO=";XO
160 PAUSE "XS=";XS:LPRINT "XS=";XS
180 CLEAR
190 GOTO 40
Convert Any Base To Any Base

You may move freely from number system to number
system with this base-conversion software. The computer
will convert any base, 2 to 9, to base 10. Or it will convert
base 10 to any base, 2 to 9.
Program Listing
10 CLEAR :WAIT 0
20 PRINT "1:(DEC TO N) 2:(N TO DEC)"
30 K$=INKEY$
40 IF K$=""THEN 30
50 IF K$="1"THEN 100
60 IF K$="2"THEN 200
70 GOTO 30
100 INPUT "BASE WANTED",N
110 INPUT "NUMBER TO CONVERT",C
120 CC=C
130 A=N
140 Z=N
150 B=10
160 GOTO 300
200 INPUT "PRESENT BASE",N
220 CC=C
230 B=N
240 A=10
250 Z=0
300 E=INT (C/A)
310 IF E=0THEN 340
320 D=D+(C-E*A)*BAM
330 C=E:M=M+l:GOTO 300
265
340 D=D+C*BAM
350 IF Z=0THEN 500
400 PRINT "BASE";A;":";D
410 LPRINT "NUMBER";CC
420 LPRINT "IN BASE 10"
430 LPRINT "IS ";D
440 LPRINT "IN BASE";A
450 LF 3
470 GOTO 10
500 PRINT "BASE 10:";D
510 LPRINT "NUMBER ";CC
520 LPRINT "IN BASE ";B
530 LPRINT "IS ";D
540 LPRINT "IN BASE 10"
550 LF 3
570 GOTO 10
Binary/Decimal
Decimal/Binary Converter
This is a simplified, shortened version of the any-
base conversion program. Use this where you only need
to go from base-2 to base-10 or base-10 to base-2. This set
of program lines is easier to type into your computer.
Program Listing
10 CLEAR :WAIT 0:N=2

20 PRINT "1:(D TO B) 2:(B TO D)"
30 K$=INKEY$
40 IF K$=""THEN 30
50 IF K$="1"THEN 100
60 IF K$="2"THEN 200
70 GOTO 30
110 CC=C
120 A=N
130 Z=N
140 B=10
150 GOTO 300
266
200 INPUT "NUMBER TO CONVERT"#C
210 CC=C
220 B=N
230 A=10
240 Z=0
300 E=INT (C/A)
310 IF E=0THEN 340
320 D=D+(C-E*A)*BAM
330 C=E:M=M+l:GOTO 300
340 D=D+C*BAM
350 IF Z=0THEN 500
400 PRINT CC;":";D
420 GOTO 10
500 PRINT CC;":";D
520 GOTO 10
Slope and Distance

This program computes the slope of a line between
two points on a graph and the distance between those
two points. The letter X designates the horizontal posi
tion on the graph and Y the vertical position.
Program Listing
10 "S" CLEAR
20 BEEP 1:INPUTMX1= ";A
30 BEEP 1:INPUT"Yl= " ;B
40 BEEP 1:INPUT"X2= ";C
Metric Converter
Keep this math conversion program loaded in your
Computer and you'll always have a handy way to quickly
change feet, inches or yards into millimeters, centimeters
or meters. Or vice versa.
Program Listing
10 "=" CLEAR
267
20 PAUSE"METRIC CONVERSION"
30 INPUT"TO METRIC (Y OR N) ?",A$
40 IF A$="N" THEN "METERS"
50 INPUT"IN, FT OR YDS ?",B$
60 IF B$="IN" THEN "INCHES"
70 IF B$="FT" THEN "FEET"
80 IF B$*="YDS" THEN "YARDS"
90 GOTO 30
100 "INCHES" INPUT"INCHES = ";I
110 M=I/39.37:C=100M:N=1000M
120 PRINT I;"IN = ";N;"MM"
130 PRINT I;"IN = ";C;"CM"
140 PRINT I;"IN = ";M;"MTRS"
150 GOTO 30
200 "FEET" INPUT"FEET = ";F
210 I=12F:M=I/39.37:C=100M:N=1000M
220 PRINT F;"FT = ";N;"MM"
230 PRINT F;"FT = ";C;"CM"
240 PRINT F;"FT = ";M;"MTRS"
250 GOTO 30
300 "YARDS" INPUT"YARDS = ";Y
310 I=36Y:M=I/39.37:C=100M:N=1000M
320 PRINT Y;"YDS = ";N;"MM"
330 PRINT Y;"YDS = ";C;"CM"
340 PRINT Y;"YDS = ";M;"MTRS"
350 GOTO 30
400 "METERS"
410 INPUT"CM, MM OR MTRS ?",D$
420 IF D$="CM" THEN "CM"
430 IF D$="MM" THEN "MM"
440 IF D$="MTRS" THEN "MTRS"
450 GOTO 30
500 "CM" INPUT"CENTIMETERS = ";C
510 I=.3937C:F=I/12:Y=I/36
520 PRINT C "CM = M;i; "IN"
H prpii
530 PRINT C "CM - " ;p;
— ii • y . ii YDS"
540 PRINT C "CM
550 GOTO 30
600 "MM" INPUT"MILLIMETERS = ";N
610 I=.03937N:F=I/12:Y=I/36
620 PRINT N;"MM = ";I;"IN"
630 PRINT N;"MM = ";F;"FT"
268
640 PRINT N;"MM = ";Y;"YDS"
650 GOTO 30
700 "MTRS" INPUT"METERS = ";M
710 I=39.37M:F=I/12:Y=I/36
720 PRINT M;"MTRS = ";I "IN"
730 PRINT M;"MTRS = ";F II pijlll
740 PRINT M;"MTRS = ";Y ii YDS"

750 GOTO 30
Pythagorean Theorem
The theorem lets you find the length of any side of a
right triangle if you know the length of the other two
sides. The two shorter sides of the triangle are labeled A
and B. The longer side, the hypotenuse, is C. The length
of C is always longer than A or B.
Program Listing
10 "H" CLEAR
20 BEEP 1:INPUT"SIDE A LENGTH = ";A
30 BEEP 1:INPUT"SIDE B LENGTH = ";B
40 IF A THEN 60
50 GOTO 70
60 IF B THEN 150
70 BEEP l:INPUT"HYPOTENUSE (C) = ";C
90 IF A THEN 120
100 A=V(CA2-BA2)
110 GOTO 170
120 IF B THEN 150
130 B=V(CA2-AA2)
140 GOTO 190
150 C=V(AA2+BA2)
160 GOTO 210
170 BEEP 2:PRINT"SIDE A = ";A
180 GOTO 10
190 BEEP 2:PRINT"SIDE B = "; B
200 GOTO 10
210 BEEP 2:PRINT"HYPOTENUSE = ";C
220 GOTO 10
269
Rounding Off Numbers
You often don't need a number answer from the com
puter with a fractional part displayed as decimal. Round
ed off to the nearest whole number is fine. This program,
which can stand alone or be worked into a larger program
as a subroutine, rounds a decimal to the nearest whole
number.
There are two views on how to round off. One holds
that "if the number is more than five, you round up."
Which means that exactly .5 rounds down. Another view
is that "any number less than five rounds down," in which
case exactly .5 rounds up!
The first set of line listings below is for the fellow
with the "more than five rounds up" philosophy.
Program Listing
10 "A" CLEAR
20 BEEP 1
•.INPUT" NUMBER TO BE ROUNDED", N
30 IF N>INT N THEN 50
40 R=N:GOTO 100
50 D=N-INT N
60 IF D>.5 THEfo 90
70 R =INT N
80 GOTO 100
90 R=INT N +1
100 BEEP lrPAUSE N;" ROUNDS TO..."
110 PRINT R
120 GOTO 10
The second set of program lines rounds off on the "less

than five rounds down" theory.
Program Listing
10 "B" CLEAR
20 BEEP 1
:INPUT" NUMBER TO BE ROUNDED",N
30 IF N>INT N THEN 50
40 R=N:GOTO 100
270
50 D=N-INT N
60 IF D<.5 THEN 90
70 R=INT N + 1
80 GOTO 100
90 R=INT N
100 BEEP 1:PAUSE N;" ROUNDS TO..."
110 PRINT R
120 GOTO 10
Fractional Portion of a Number

Most computers make it easy to obtain the integer
value of a number. It's a bit harder to get rid of the integer
and keep only the decimal value, to the right of the
decimal point in the original number. This program gets
rid of the integer portion of the number and displays the
decimal part. It also would make a good subroutine in a
larger program.
Program Listing
10 "D" CLEAR
20 BEEP 1:INPUT"ORIGINAL NUMBER =",N
30 F=N - INT N
40 BEEP 2:PRINT F
50 GOTO 20
Median and Mean

Frequently it's important to know some facts about a
group of numbers. It's convenient to have a list of the
highest number among several; the lowest number; the
full span of the range of numbers; the total of all numbers;
the average number and the median number.
This program lets you enter a set of numbers into the
computer. You key in the letter X after your last entry and
the computer crunches the numbers down into median,
mean, total, range, low and high.
Program Listing
10 "M" CLEAR
271
20 X=999
30 FOR E=l TO 999
40 INPUT "NUMBER = ";G
50 IF G=X THEN 120
60 N=N + 1
70 IF N=l LET L=G:H=G
80 IF G<L LET L=G
90 IF G>H LET H=G
100 S=S+G
110 NEXT E
120 P=S/N:M=L+((H-L)/2)
140 PRINT "THERE WERE " ;N;" NUMBERS"
150 PRINT "NUMBERS RANGED"
160 PRINT "FROM ";L;" TO ";H
170 PRINT "NUMBERS TOTALED ";S
180 PRINT "MEDIAN IS ";M
190 PRINT "AVERAGE (MEAN) IS ";P
200 GOTO 10
Circle Circumference
Know the diameter of a circle? The radius? This pro
gram will take your information and tell you how far it is
around the perimeter of the circle,
We store the radius in memory location R. After com
putation, the circumference of the circle is stored in C. If
you know the diameter, divide it by two to get the radius.
Enter that radius in the computer when it asks for it.
Program Listing
10 "C" CLEAR
20 INPUT "RADIUS = ";R
30 C = 2ttR
40 PRINT "CIRCUMFERENCE = ";C
50 GOTO 10
Delta Y Conversion
Electrical engineers, technicians, experimenters,
now you can use your computer to convert A —> Y and
Y—>Aqulckly.
272
Figure1 is the schematic diagram forA—>Y conversion
and figure 2 is for Y-> Aconversion. When you run the
program, the computer will clearly ask which you want.
Depending upon your selection of conversion direc
tion, the computer then will ask for values for R, and R«
and R3 or it will ask for R4 and R5 and R6.
For a sample run, try these values in a RUN:
Input
R., 12 ohms
R2 47 ohms
R3 82 ohms
Output
R4 4 ohms
R5 27.33333333 ohms
R6 6.978723404 ohms
Figure 1
Figure 2
273
Program Listing
10 WAIT 0
20 GPRINT 64;96;80;72;68;66;65;66;68;
72;80;96;64;
30 GPRINT 8;28;42?8;8;8;8;8;8;8;8;8;42;
28,-8;
40 WAIT 120
50 PRINT "YB
60 WAIT 0
70 PRINT "PICK: (1)";
80 GPRINT 64;96;80;72;68;66;65;66;68;72;
80;96;64;
90 GPRINT 8;8;8;8;34;28;8;
100 PRINT "Y OR (2)Y";
110 GPRINT 8;8;8;8?34;28;8;
120 GPRINT 64;96;80;72;68;66;65;66;68?
72;80;96;64
130 K$=INKEY$
140 IP K$=""THEN 130
150 IF K$="1"THEN 200
160 IF K$="2"THEN 400
170 GOTO 130
200 CLS
210 INPUT BR1=";A
220 INPUT BR2=B;B
230 INPUT "R3=";C
240 D=A+B+C
250 WAIT 120
260 PRINT "R4=";(A*B)/D
270 PRINT "R5=";(B*C)/D
280 PRINT "R6=";(A*C)/D
290 CLEAR
300 GOTO 60
400 CLS
410 INPUT "R4="?E
420 INPUT "R5=";F
430 INPUT "R6=n;G
440 H=(E*F)+(F*G)+(G*E)
450 WAIT 120
460 PRINT "R1="?H/F
470 PRINT nR2=";H/G
274
480 PRINT nR3=";H/E
490 CLEAR
500 GOTO 60
Which is largest?
Suppose you have a group of numbers and you would
like to know which is the largest within the group. Here's
a software routine to locate the largest number.
Program Listing
10 "A" CLEAR
20 FOR Z=l TO 10
30 BEEP 1:INPUT"NUMBER = »;A(Z)
40 IF A(Z)=0THEN 70
50 N=N+1
60 NEXT Z
70 Y=A
80 FOR X=2 TO N
90 IF A(X) <= A THEN 110
100 Y=A(X)
110 NEXT X
120 BEEP 1:PRINT" LARGEST # = "'Y
130 GOTO 10
Highest and lowest

Here's how to find the highest and lowest numbers
within a group of numbers. Lines 130, 140 and 150 ac
complish the task.
In 130, if the number is the first of a series, then it is
set to both highest (H) and lowest (L). At 140, any number
lower than L gets to be the new lowest number, at 150,
any higher than H gets to be highest.
Program Listing
10 "G" CLEAR
20 PAUSE"ENTER SCORES"
30 X=999
40 FOR E=l TO 999
275
50 INPUT"SCORE = ";G
60 IF G=X THEN 180
70 N=N+1
80 IF G<60 LET F=F+l:GOTO 130
90 IF G<70 LET D=Dfl:GOTO 130
100 IF G<80 LET C=C+l:GOTO 130
110 IF G<90 LET B=B+l:GOTO 130
120 A=A+1
130- IF N=l LET L=G:H=G
140 IF G<L LET L=G
150 IF G>H LET H=G
160 S=S+G
170 NEXT E
180 P=S/N:M=L+( (H-D/2)
190 PRINT"SCORES RANGE ";L;M TO ";H
200 PRINT"MEDIAN SCORE =" ;M
210 PRINT"AVERAGE (MEAN) =";P
220 PAUSE"TOTALS OF EACH GRADE"
230 PRINT A;" A"
240 PRINT B;" B"
250 PRINT C;" C"
260 PRINT D;" D"
270 PRINT F;" F"
280 PRINT"TOTAL ";N;" SCORES"
290 GOTO 10
Mid-range number
How to know the middle of a range of numbers? Line
180, above, accomplished the job.
Every 10th Answer

This program generates a random number in the
range of zero to 999. However, it has a difference. It only
shows you every tenth number it generates.
Line 20 generates the numbers. Line 40 selects the
tenth number from each set.
276
Program Listing
10 PRINT "}":REM CLEAR SCREEN
20 T=INT(1000*<RND<1)))
30 V=V+1
40 IF 0.1*V=INT(0al*V) THEN PRINT V,T
50 GOTO 20
Random Numbers:
Zero To Nine
Although you see four program lines below, what we
really have here is a very convenient single-line program
for you to insert in a larger game or educational-testing
program.
Line 20 is the winner here. It prints a random number
from zero to nine every time. For your use here, we print
that numberon the screen. You could just as easily have
the computer store that random number in a memory
location for later recall and use.
We have added lines 10, 30 and 40 to make your
computer show a whole series of random numbers from
zero to nine. Remember, line 20 is the important single-
line program element here.
If you would like random numbers in the range from
zero to 99, make it 100* in line 20. For zero to 999, use
1000* in line 20.
Program Listing
10 PRINT ">"SREM SCREEN CLEAR
20 PRINT INT(10*<RND<1)))
30 FOR L=l TO 200:NEXT L
40 GOTO 20
Random Numbers:
Distribution
Ever wonder how "random" are the numbers
277
generated by the random-number generator in your
computer when you use the RND instruction? Try this
program.
It generates 100 random numbers in a range from
zero to nine and counts how many there are of each
number between zero and nine.
By the way, while it is doing that it will display the
message "counting" so you can tell it is working.
At the end of its run, the computer prints a neat
chart, on the video display, of results.
Program Listing
10 PRINT ">":REM SCREEN CLEAR
20 FOR L=l TO 100
30 N=INT(10*(RND(1)>)
40 IF N=0 THEN A=A+1
50 IF N=i THEN B=B+1
60 IF N=2 THEN C=C+1
70 IF N=3 THEN D=D+1
80 IF N=4 THEN E=E+1
90 IF N=5 THEN F=F+1
100 IF N=6 THEN G=G+1
110 IF N=7 THEN H=H+1
120 IF N=8 THEN 1=1+1
130 IF N=9 THEN J=J+1
140 PRINT "COUNTING"
150 NEXT L
160 PRINT ")":REM CLEAR SCREEN
170 PRINT "}":REM BUZZER
200 PRINT "0",A
210 PRINT Hl"iB
220 PRINT "2'SC
230 PRINT "3" ,D
240 PRINT "4",E
250 PRINT "5",F
260 PRINT "6" ,G
270 PRINT "7",H
280 PRINT "8", I
290 PRINT "9",J
300 END
278
Random Numbers:
Averages
This program generates 100 random numbers and
totals them. Then it finds the average of all 100 numbers.
In fact, the average number itself is a useful new ran
dom number.
To make the program run again, press the RETURN
key on the computer's keyboard.
Program Listing
20 FOR L=0 TO 99
30 N=INT(10*CRNB<1)) )
40 NT=NT+N
50 PRINT "AVERAGING"
60 NEXT L
70 PRINT "}":REM SCREEN CLEAR
80 AV=NT/100
90 PRINT "TOTAL OF 100 RANDOM NUMBERS"
100 PRINT "BETWEEN ZERO AND NINE IS "5NT
110 PRINT "AVERAGE iS ";«V
200 DIM K*(l)
210 PRINT "FOR MORE, PRESS RETURN"
220 INPUT K$
230 CLR :GOTO 10
Random Numbers:
Sorting High/Low
It's important to be able to sort a group of numbers to
see what the highest and lowest values are. This program
does that.
The random number generator is in line 30. It gives
numbers in a range of zero to 999. Line 50 determines the
lowest number in the set and line 60 finds the highest
number.
279
Program Listing
10 PRINT ">"!REM SCREEN CLEAR
20 FOR L=0 TO 99
30 N=INTU000*<RNDU>>>
40 IF L=0 THEN LN=N:HN=N
50 IF N<LN THEN LN=N
60 IF N>HN THEN HN=N
70 PRINT "SORTING"
80 NEXT L
90 PRINT CHR*<253>:REM BUZZER
110 PRINT "LOW NUMBER IS ",LN
120 PRINT "HIGH NUMBER IS ",HN
200 END
Random Number
Quality Checker
Ever wonder just how unintentional, haphazard, or
unrelated your random numbers are? This program rein
forces your confidence in the pseudorandom number
generator in the computer.
It causes the machine to generate 100 numbers bet
ween zero and 100 and reports how many are above 49 and
how many are below 50.
Just for fun, we've thrown in an executive decision
maker. That is, the board of directors voted 47 yes, 53 no.
Can you imagine it?
Program Listing
10 PRINT ">":REM CLEAR SCREEN
20 CLR
30 FOR L=l TO 100
40 X=INT(100*(RND(1)))
50 IF X<50 THEN Y=Y+1
60 IF X>49 THEN N=N+1
70 NEXT L
280
80 PRINT "YESs",Y
90 PRINT "NOs",N
100 PRINT
110 GOTO 20
Sample Run
YES: 48
NO: 52
YES: 58
NOs 42
YES: 50
NO a 50
YES: 54
NOs 46
Sneaky seeds
Random numbers are very important in many com

puter programs. Most of all, in games. One of the few
shortcomings of several computers is the lack of a con
venient RND command to generate random numbers. In
lieu of this easy method, you have to use a brief math ex
ercise to generate numbers. This way you can gener
ate pseudorandom numbers.
Why pseudorandom? Because though they often ap

pear not to repeat themselves, eventually a string of
numbers from any of these generators will repeat. The
longer the string gets before the series of numbers starts
over, the better the generator.
Sometimes, you need any old random number. In that
case, the easiest to obtain is a decimal between zero and
one. At other times, you'll need random numbers between
one and six (for dice games); between zero and nine (for
games where moves depend upon spinning for a number
28-;
between zero and nine); between zero and 99 (where
two-digit numbers are needed); etc.
Any of these combinations can be obtained by the
computer.
The seed number in a generator is the number you
give it, before it generates, to set a starting point for its in
ternal math. Games aren't as much fun if you have the
computer ask: GIVE ME A SEED NUMBER.
You need something more attuned to the game at
hand. Or to the player. Often, one of the best ways to be
sneaky in getting a seed number is to have the computer
converse with the player. For instance, the computer
might ask, HOW OLD ARE YOU? This should generate a
seed number from the player, somewhere between 1 and
99.
Other good conversational gambits include WHAT
GRADE ARE YOU IN? for young players; HOW MANY
PLAYERS? for a complex game; HOW MANY
ASSISTANTS DO YOU NEED? for a detective game; HOW
MANY MEN ON DECK? for a battleship game; or HOW
MUCH GOLD IS BURIED? for a treasure game.
Players will enjoy the game more if they feel as if
they are talking with the computer. Be sure they don't use
the same seed over or the string of random numbers will
be the same.
By the way, you could have the machine think up the
first number but, since it has no RND function, that first
seed would always be the same so the string of numbers
would always be the same.
Program Listing
ID CL.:PA.nY0U ARE SEARCHING"

:PA.nF0R BURIED TREASURE":PA.""
2D PA."HOW HUCH G0LD":B.l
:I."IS BURIED? $"'-.A
3D R=.D1A
MO R=-C-Ctt-+R>AS>-INT-C-C-tt +R>AS>:T =1D*R
:X=INTT
282
SD IF X>bTHENM0
bO IF X<1THENM0
b5 IF <2 = 1THENE00
70 PA."THE MAP SAYS"
:PA." X HARKS THE SPOT"
fiO GOTO ISO
EDO PA."WHERE IS IT?"

520 B.1:1."IN THE GARDEN ?"-,D$
530 IFD$="YES"THENMOO
EMD B.1:1."SUNK IN THE POND ?"-,F$
55D IF F$="YES"THENSOO
EbO B.1:1."BESIDE THE TREE ?f-,H$
E70 IF H*="YES"THENbOO
EflO B. 1:1."BENEATH THE BOULDER ?"-,I$
ETO IF I$="YES"THEN700
3D0 B.1:1."INSIDE THE CAVE f"nJ$
310 IF J$="YES"THENflOO
3E0 B.1:1."UNDER THE SHED f"-,K$
330 IF K$="YES"THENC1DD
3M0 IF K$="N0"THENC1SD
MOO IF X=l THENM30
M10 PA."WRONG .f":U=U+l:PA."TRY AGAIN."

:GOTOEMO
M30 PA."UOU !":P=P+1

:PA."ON THE FIRST TRY" :GOTO^fiO
500 IF X=ETHEN S30
SID PA."NO. TRY AGAIN":W=U+1:GO TOEbO

530 PA."UOy .,n:P =P+l:PA."THAT WAS C2UICK"
283
-.GOTOTflO
bOO IF X=3THENb3D
blO PA."SORRY. WRONG":W=W+l
:PA."TRY ELSEWHERE":GOTOEfiO
b30 PA-"FANTASTIC J":P=P+1:GOTOTfiO
700 IF X=M THEN730
71D PA."WRONG. NOT THERE":W=W+1:G0T030D
730 PA." GREAT !":P=P+1:GOTOTflO
fiOO IF X=S THENS30
fllO PA."NOT THERE":W=W+1:G0T03E0
630 P=P+l:PA."AT LAST...":GOTOTflO
TOO IF X=bTHENl30
110 PA."NOT UNDER THERE":W=W+1

:PA."BETTER THINK HARD":GOTOEOO
T30 PA."FINALLY...":P=P+l:GOTOclfiD
TSO PA."IT HAS TO BE"
170 PA."IN THE GARDEN"

T71 PA."SUNK IN THE POND"
C17S PA."BESIDE THE TREE"
173 PA."BENEATH THE BOULDER"
T7M PA."INSIDE THE CAVE"
175 PA."OR UNDER THE SHED."
17b GOTO SOO
ISO PA."YOU FOUND"

:PA."THE TREASURE CHEST"
:PA." WITH $"}A
Ifll PA."":B.1:1."WANT TO PLAY AGAIN ?"-iL$

IflE IF L$="YES"THENlflS
284
1A3 IF L$="N0"THEN111
IflM PA."YES OR NO":GOT01fll
1fl5 0=1:PA."H0W HUCH GOLD":B.l
:I."IS BURIED? $"Â
Iflb G0T030
111 Z=P +W:n =-CP/Z}*100D:f1=lNTM:PA."OKAY'

:P."YOUR SCORE IS ":,f1
m END
285
Computer books
from ARCsoft Publishers
At Your Bookstore
For the TIMEX/Sinclalr 1000, Sinclair ZX-81 and MIcroAce:
Practical TIMEX/Slnclair Computer Programs for Beginners
Edward Page $7.95 ISBN 0-86668-027-6
101 TIMEX 1000/Sinclair ZX-81 Programming Tips &Tricks
Edward Page $7.95 ISBN 0-86668-020-9
TIMEX/Slnclair Computer Games Programs
Edward Page $7.95 ISBN 0-86668-026-8
37 TIMEX 1000/Sinclair ZX-81 Programs for Home, School &Office
Edward Page $8.95 ISBN 0-86668-021-7
TIMEX/Slnclair Computer Program Writing Workbook
Edward Page $4.95 ISBN 0-86668-810-2
For the Texas Instruments TI-99/4A Home Computer
Texas Instruments Home Computer Games Programs
Len Turner $8.95 ISBN 0-86668-032-2
Texas Instruments Home Computer Graphics Programs
Len Turner $9.95 jsbn O86668-031-4
101 Programming Tips & Tricks for the Texas Instruments TI-99/4A
Len Turner $8.95 ISBN 0-86668-025-X
36 Texas Instruments TI-99/4A Programs for Home, School & Office
Len Turner $8.95 ISBN 0-86668-024-1
Texas Instruments Computer Program Writing Workbook
Len Turner $4.95 ISBN 0-86668-812-9
For the VIC-20 and Commodore computers:
Commodore 64 Computer Programs for Beginners
Howard Adler $8.95 ISBN 0-86668-033-0
101 Programming Tips & Tricks for the VIC-20 and Commodore 64
34 VIC-20Computer Programs for Home, School & Office
VIC-20 Computer Program Writing Workbook
For the ATARI computers:
101 ATARI Computer Programming Tips & Tricks
Alan North $8.95 ISBN 0-86668-022-5
31 New ATARI Computer Programs for Home, School & Office
Alan North $8.99> ISBN 0-86668-018-7
ATARI Computer Program Writing Workbook
Alan North $4.95 ISBN 0-86668-814-5
For the TRS-80 Color Computer and TDP-100 computers:
Color Computer Graphics
Ron Clark $9.95 isbn 0-86668-012-8
101 Color Computer ProgrammingTips &Tricks
Ron Clark $7.95 |SBN 0-86668-007-1
287
55 Color Computer Programs for Home School & Office
Ron Clark $9.95 ISBN 0-86668-005-5
55 MORE Color Computer Programs for Home, School &Office
Ron Clark $9.95 ISBN 0-86668-008-X
The Color Computer Songbook
Ron Clark $7.95 ISBN 0-86668-011-X
TRS-80Color Computer Program Writing Workbook
Ron Clark $4.95 ISBN 0-88668-816-1
My Buttons Are Blue and Other Love Poems
Edited by Ron Clark $4.95 ISBN 0-86668-013-6
For the APPLE and Franklin ACE computers:
101 APPLE Computer Programming Tips &Tricks
Fred White $8.95 ISBN 0-86668-015-2
33 New APPLE Computer Programs for Home, School &Office
Fred White $8.95 ISBN 0-86668-016-0
APPLE Computer Program Writing Workbook
Fred White $4.95 ISBN 0-86668-813-7
For the TRS-80, Sharp and Casio Pocket Computers:

44 Programs for the TRS-80 Model 100 Portable Computer
Jim Cole $8.95 ISBN 0-86668-034-9
Practical PC-2/PC-1500 Pocket Computer Programs
Jim Cole $7.95 ISBN 0-86668-028-4
Pocket Computer Programming Made Easy
Jim Cole $8.95 ISBN 0-86668-009-8
99 Tips & Tricks for the New Pocket Computers
Jim Cole $7.95 ISBN 0-86668-019-5
101 Pocket Computer Programming Tips & Tricks
Jim Cole $7.95 ISBN 0-86668-004-7
Murder In The Mansion and Other Computer Adventures—2nd Edition
Jim Cole $6.95 ISBN 0-86668-501-4
50 Programs in BASIC for Home, School & Office—2nd Edition
Jim Cole $9.95 ISBN 0-86668-502-2
50 MORE Programs in BASIC for Home, School & Office
Jim Cole $9.95 ISBN 0-86668-003-9
Pocket Computer Program Writing Workbook
Jim Cole $4.95 ISBN 0-86668-817-X
35 Practical Programs for the CASIO Pocket Computer
Jim Cole $8.95 ISBN 0-86668-014-4
For the TRS-80 Model I and Model III computers:

TRS-80 Model l/l11 Computer Program Writing Workbook
Mark Lewis $4.95 ISBN 0-86668-815-3
For the IBM Personal Computer.
IBM Personal Computer Program Writing Workbook
George Bridges $4.95 ISBN 0-86668-818-8
Universal for use with any computer system:
Universal BASIC Computer Program Writing Workbook
Don Roberts $4.95 ISBN 0-86668-81&«
ISBN: International Standard Book Number
288

222 BASIC Computer Programs (1984)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

222 BASIC Computer Programs (1984)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

222 BASIC Computer Programs (1984)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

222 BASIC

222 BASIC Computer Programs for Home, School & Office

© 1984 by ARCsoft Publishers, PO Box 132, Woodsboro, MD 21798 USA

Reproduction or publication of the contents of this book, in any manner,

Trademark credits and software copyrights:

Fun & Games

50 Gee Whiz I: Smart Adder 94

For The Family

Home Finance Programs

81 How Money Grows 126

109 Temperature Converter 158

Math Helper Programs

217 Every 10th Answer 276

Most computers allow the use of the BASIC word LET

Standalone vs. subroutine

20 IF RND (2X2 THEN PAUSE "HEADS"

Traditional Dice Roll

See Two Dice

See Four Dice

Original Hi/Lo Game

Manual Box Mover

Print Character Set

Wood Chuck Chuck

Murder In the Mansion

140 PRINT " * * "

Old West Shootout

Keeping Game Scores

Computer Rating Service

Gee Whiz I: Smart Adder

Gee Whiz III:

Gee Whiz IV: First

Gee Whiz V: Second

Gee Whiz VI:

Three-Minute Egg Timer

Photography: Close Ups

Photography: Flash Exposure

High/Low Bowling Score

Day Of The Year

Name N Note List

Great Circle Navigation

Super Number Reverser

Simulated RPN Calculator

Simulated Algebraic Calculator

Single-Digit Adding Machine

How Money Grows

110 FOR T=l TO 250!NEXT T

710 GOTO 310

Installment Purchase Plan

Reconciling a N.O.W. Account

Finance Charge Refund

Electric Bill Analysis

Monthly Loan Payment

Make a conservative estimate of the number of miles

Compound Interest: Present Value

Compound Interest: Future Value

Compound Interest: Future Value

Compound Interest: Future Value

410 "B" CLEAR

Number Of Days In A Month